grepcent / static financial knowledge base

Jefferies Financial Group Inc. (JEF)

CIK: 0000096223. SIC: 6211 Security Brokers, Dealers & Flotation Companies. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-01-28.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Security And Commodity Brokers, Dealers, Exchanges, And Services > SIC 6211 Security Brokers, Dealers & Flotation Companies

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=96223. Latest filing source: 0000096223-26-000009.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read JEF's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read JEF's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Peer comparisons including JEF

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue10,823,677,000USD20252026-01-28
Net income682,045,000USD20252026-01-28
Assets76,012,347,000USD20252026-01-28

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-01-28. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000096223.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric20102011201220132016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue10,875,254,0005,048,906,0005,009,728,0005,358,656,0006,880,447,0008,945,464,0007,149,263,0007,441,399,00010,515,069,00010,823,677,000
Net income194,321,000252,847,0001,051,076,000962,563,000768,410,0001,677,376,000781,710,000262,388,000716,019,000682,045,000
Diluted EPS0.340.452.903.032.656.133.061.102.992.83
Operating cash flow234,463,000526,453,000-827,837,0002,075,948,0001,804,847,000-1,933,626,000-140,466,000-1,495,143,000
Capital expenditures44,344,00038,586,00071,325,000137,130,000176,958,000165,605,000224,301,0001,155,000250,584,000207,467,000
Dividends paid91,296,000117,407,000151,758,000149,647,000160,940,000222,798,000280,104,000278,595,000302,964,000374,130,000
Share buybacks95,020,000100,477,0001,130,854,000509,914,000816,871,000269,400,000859,593,000169,402,00044,312,00058,515,000
Assets45,071,307,00047,169,108,00047,131,095,00049,460,234,00053,118,352,00056,107,311,00051,057,683,00057,905,161,00064,360,309,00076,012,347,000
Liabilities34,305,849,00036,478,536,00036,907,059,00039,706,945,00043,530,151,00045,377,271,00040,630,743,00048,102,620,00054,134,916,00065,369,738,000
Stockholders' equity10,128,100,00010,105,957,00010,060,866,0009,579,705,0009,403,893,00010,553,755,00010,232,846,0009,709,827,00010,156,772,00010,574,696,000
Cash and cash equivalents3,807,558,0005,275,480,0005,258,809,0007,678,821,0009,055,148,00010,755,133,0009,703,109,0008,526,363,00012,153,414,00014,043,889,000
Free cash flow1,898,990,0001,580,546,000-1,934,781,000-391,050,000-1,702,610,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric20102011201220132016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin1.79%5.01%20.98%17.96%11.17%18.75%10.93%3.53%6.81%6.30%
Return on equity1.92%2.50%10.45%10.05%8.17%15.89%7.64%2.70%7.05%6.45%
Return on assets0.43%0.54%2.23%1.95%1.45%2.99%1.53%0.45%1.11%0.90%
Liabilities / equity3.393.613.674.144.634.303.974.955.336.18

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places JEF against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

JEF Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6211; peer count 19.JEF Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6211; peer count 19.19 SIC peersMin -5.1%Median 14.8%Max 70.2%JEF 6.3%

ROE peer context

JEF ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6211; peer count 19.JEF ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6211; peer count 19.19 SIC peersMin -7.9%Median 15.1%Max 81.2%JEF 6.4%

ROA peer context

JEF ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6211; peer count 19.JEF ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6211; peer count 19.19 SIC peersMin -5.6%Median 1.8%Max 21.6%JEF 0.9%

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

JEF FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.JEF FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.JEF free cash flow bridgeFY2025: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount-$2.0B$0.0B$250.0M-$1.5BOperating cash flow-$207.5MCapex-$1.7BFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0000096223-26-000009; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivitiesContinuingOperations; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivitiesContinuingOperations | Capital expenditures: accession 0000096223-26-000009; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0000096223-26-000009; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivitiesContinuingOperations - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivitiesContinuingOperations; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

JEF revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $10.8BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$10.0B$20.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: Revenues. Source concepts: us-gaap:Revenues.

JEF net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $682.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: ProfitLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:ProfitLoss.

JEF diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = $2.83/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$4.00/share$8.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

JEF operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = -$1.5BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow-$2.0B$0.0B$4.0BFY2020FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivitiesContinuingOperations. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivitiesContinuingOperations.

JEF capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2025 = $207.5MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

JEF dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF Dividends paidLatest point: FY2025 = $374.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDividends paid$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock.

JEF share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF Share buybacksLatest point: FY2025 = $58.5MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$500.0M$1.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

JEF assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $76.0BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$50.0B$100.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

JEF liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2025 = $65.4BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$37.5B$75.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

JEF stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = $10.6BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$10.0B$20.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

JEF cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF cash and cash equivalents, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF Cash and cash equivalentsLatest point: FY2025 = $14.0BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCash and cash equivalents$0.0B$10.0B$20.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue. Source concepts: us-gaap:CashAndCashEquivalentsAtCarryingValue.

JEF free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.JEF Free cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = -$1.7BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearFree cash flow-$2.0B$0.0B$4.0BFY2020FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-11-30; accession 0000096223-26-000009; filed 2026-01-28. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivitiesContinuingOperations - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivitiesContinuingOperations; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-07-09. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000096223.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-05-310.45reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-08-310.78reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-02-280.54reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-05-310.05reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-08-312,040,915,00053,947,0000.22reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-11-301,968,738,00070,433,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-02-292,551,942,000156,392,0000.66reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-05-312,516,296,000154,687,0000.64reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-08-312,595,589,000181,039,0000.75reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-11-302,851,242,000223,901,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-02-282,472,864,000136,849,0000.57reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-05-312,494,315,00091,395,0000.40reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-08-312,907,674,000242,504,0001.01reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-11-302,948,824,000211,297,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-02-282,871,265,000159,346,0000.70reported discrete quarter
2026-Q22026-05-313,118,197,000249,978,000reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

JEF quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.JEF quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.JEF Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q2 = $3.1BSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$2.0B$4.0B2023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q12026-Q2

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-05-31; accession 0000096223-26-000025; filed 2026-07-09. Concept: Revenues. Source concepts: us-gaap:Revenues.

JEF quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.JEF quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.JEF Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q2 = $250.0MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q2.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M2023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q12026-Q2

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-05-31; accession 0000096223-26-000025; filed 2026-07-09. Concept: ProfitLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:ProfitLoss.

JEF quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.JEF quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.JEF Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $0.70/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$0.75/share$1.50/share2022-Q22022-Q32023-Q12023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-02-28; accession 0000096223-26-000017; filed 2026-04-07. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0000096223-26-000025.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-07-09. Report date: 2026-05-31.

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This report may contain or incorporate by reference certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and/or the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include statements about our future and statements that are not historical or current facts. These forward-looking statements are often preceded by the words “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements may contain expectations regarding revenues, earnings, operations and other results, and may include statements of future performance, plans and objectives. Forward-looking statements also include statements pertaining to our strategies for future development of our business and products. Forward-looking statements represent only our belief regarding future events, many of which by their nature are inherently uncertain. It is possible that the actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Information regarding important factors that could cause actual results to differ, perhaps materially, from those in our forward-looking statements is contained in this report and other documents we file. You should read and interpret any forward-looking statement together with these documents, including the following:

•the description of our business and risk factors contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2025 and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on January 28, 2026;

•the discussion of our analysis of financial condition and results of operations contained in this report under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” herein;

•the discussion of our risk management policies, procedures and methodologies contained in this report under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Risk Management” herein;

•the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in this report; and

•cautionary statements we make in our public documents, reports and announcements.

Any forward looking statement speaks only as of the date on which that statement is made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward looking statement to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which the statement is made, except as required by applicable law.

Our business, by its nature, does not produce predictable or necessarily recurring earnings. Our results in any given period can be materially affected by conditions in global financial markets, economic conditions generally and our own activities and positions.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Overview

Three Months Ended May 31,
$ in thousands20262025% Change
Net revenues$2,206,451$1,634,44735.0%
Non-interest expenses1,890,9021,499,54626.1%
Earnings before income taxes315,549134,901133.9%
Income tax expense65,57143,50650.7%
Net earnings249,97891,395173.5%
Net losses attributable to noncontrolling interests(5,440)(7,668)(29.1)%
Preferred stock dividends29,18411,046164.2%
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders226,23488,017157.0%
Effective tax rate20.8%32.3%
Six Months Ended May 31,
$ in thousands20262025% Change
Net revenues$4,223,581$3,227,46630.9%
Non-interest expenses3,695,8162,941,50025.6%
Earnings before income taxes527,765285,96684.6%
Income tax expense118,44157,722105.2%
Net earnings409,324228,24479.3%
Net losses attributable to noncontrolling interests(21,298)(14,651)45.4%
Preferred stock dividends48,46126,94079.9%
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders382,161215,95577.0%
Effective tax rate22.4%20.2%

Executive Summary

Three Months Ended May 31, 2026 Versus May 31, 2025

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders were $226.2 million and $88.0 million for the three months ended May 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

Our effective tax rate was 20.8%, and 32.3% for the three months ended May 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

Six Months Ended May 31, 2026 Versus May 31, 2025

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders were $382.2 million and $216.0 million for the six months ended May 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

Our effective tax rate was 22.4%, and 20.2% for the six months ended May 31, 2026 and 2025, respectively.

The remainder of our “Consolidated Results of Operations” is presented on a detailed product and expense basis. Our “Revenues by Source” is reported along the following business lines: Investment Banking, Equities, Fixed Income and Asset Management.

At May 31, 2026, we had 7,371 employees globally across all of our consolidated subsidiaries within our Investment Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management reportable segments, compared to 7,787 at November 30, 2025. Included within our global headcount are 1,334 employees at May 31, 2026 and 1,797 employees at November 30, 2025 of our Stratos, Tessellis, HomeFed and M Science subsidiaries.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
May 2026 Form 10-Q47

Revenues by Source

We present our results as two reportable business segments: Investment Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management. Additionally, corporate activities are fully allocated to each of these reportable business segments.

Net revenues presented for our Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment include allocations of interest income and interest expense as we assess the profitability of these businesses inclusive of these costs, including the net interest cost of allocated short- and long-term debt, which is a function of the mix of each business’s associated assets and liabilities and the related funding costs.

Debt valuation adjustments on derivative contracts, gains and losses on investments held in deferred compensation plans, foreign currency transaction gains or losses or certain other corporate income items are not considered by management in assessing the financial performance of our operating businesses and are, therefore, not reported as part of our business segment results.

Three Months Ended May 31,
20262025
$ in thousandsAmount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net Revenues% Change
Advisory$674,11830.6%$457,86028.0%47.2%
Equity underwriting370,69116.8122,3667.5202.9
Debt underwriting160,1867.3205,36312.6(22.0)
Other investment banking1,825(19,282)(1.2)N/M
Total Investment Banking1,206,82054.7766,30746.957.5
Equities600,75127.2526,24432.214.2
Fixed income198,5419.0177,91110.911.6
Total Capital Markets799,29236.2704,15543.113.5
Total Investment Banking and Capital Markets (1)2,006,11290.91,470,46290.036.4
Asset management fees and revenues15,1690.720,7661.3(27.0)
Investment return31,0371.450,4043.1(38.4)
Allocated net interest (2)(22,935)(1.0)(19,144)(1.2)19.8
Other investments, inclusive of net interest164,4477.5102,5956.360.3
Total Asset Management187,7188.6154,6219.521.4
Other12,6210.59,3640.534.8
Net revenues$2,206,451100.0%$1,634,447100.0%35.0%
Six Months Ended May 31,
20262025
$ in thousandsAmount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net Revenues% Change
Advisory$1,201,24628.4%$855,64026.5%40.4%
Equity underwriting676,66016.0250,8867.8169.7
Debt underwriting342,0448.1404,72512.5(15.5)
Other investment banking4,1630.2(44,252)(1.4)N/M
Total Investment Banking2,224,11352.71,466,99945.451.6
Equities1,159,23927.4935,30229.023.9
Fixed income418,8099.9467,13714.5(10.3)
Total Capital Markets1,578,04837.31,402,43943.512.5
Total Investment Banking and Capital Markets (1)3,802,16190.02,869,43888.932.5
Asset management fees and revenues85,0792.0109,3963.4(22.2)
Investment return120,0292.844,7701.4168.1
Allocated net interest (2)(45,173)(1.1)(36,365)(1.1)24.2
Other investments, inclusive of net interest248,0455.9228,5357.18.5
Total Asset Management407,9809.6346,33610.817.8
Other13,4400.411,6920.315.0
Net revenues$4,223,581100.0%$3,227,466100.0%30.9%

N/M — Not Meaningful

(1)Allocated net interest is not separately disaggregated for Investment Banking and Capital Markets. This presentation is aligned to our Investment Banking and Capital Markets internal performance measurement.

(2)Allocated net interest represents an allocation to Asset Management of our long-term debt interest expense, net of interest income on our Cash and cash equivalents and other sources of liquidity. Allocated net interest has been disaggregated to increase transparency and to make clearer actual Investment return. We believe that aggregating Investment return and Allocated net interest would obscure the Investment return by including an amount that is unique to our credit spreads, debt maturity profile, capital structure, liquidity risks and allocation methods.

Investment Banking Revenues

Investment banking is composed of revenues from:

•advisory services with respect to mergers and acquisitions, debt financing, restructurings and private capital transactions;

•underwriting services, which include debt underwriting, syndication and placement services related to investment grade debt, high yield bonds, leveraged loans, emerging market debt, global structured notes, municipal debt and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities; and equity underwriting and placement services related to equity offerings, preferred stock and equity-linked securities;

•our 50% share of net earnings from our Jefferies Finance joint venture;

•our 45% share of net earnings from our commercial real estate joint venture, Berkadia, which includes commercial mortgage origination and servicing as well as investment sales;

•securities and loans received or acquired in connection with our investment banking activities; and

•certain revenue-sharing agreements with SMBC primarily associated with investment banking transactions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
48Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

[[GREPCENT_TABLE]]
[["","Deals Completed"],["","Three Months Ended May 31,","Six Months Ended May 31,"],["","2026","2025","2026","2025"],["Advisory transactions","118","","84",""

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-01-28. Report date: 2025-11-30.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial

Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This report may contain or incorporate by reference certain

“forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A

of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934 and/or the Private Securities Litigation

Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include

statements about our future and statements that are not

historical or current facts. These forward-looking statements are

often preceded by the words “should,” “expect,” “believe,”

“intend,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements may contain expectations regarding

revenues, earnings, operations and other results, and may include

statements of future performance, plans and objectives. Forward-

looking statements also include statements pertaining to our

strategies for future development of our business and products.

Forward-looking statements represent only our belief regarding

future events, many of which by their nature are inherently

uncertain. It is possible that the actual results may differ, possibly

materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these

forward-looking statements. Information regarding important

factors that could cause actual results to differ, perhaps

materially, from those in our forward-looking statements is

contained in this report and other documents we file. You should

read and interpret any forward-looking statement together with

these documents, including the following:

•the description of our business contained in this report under

the caption “Business”;

•the risk factors contained in this report under the caption “Risk

Factors”;

•the discussion of our analysis of financial condition and results

of operations contained in this report under the caption

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

and Results of Operations” herein;

•the discussion of our risk management policies, procedures

and methodologies contained in this report under the caption

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

and Results of Operations—Risk Management” herein;

•the consolidated financial statements and notes to the

consolidated financial statements contained in this report; and

•cautionary statements we make in our public documents,

reports and announcements.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on

which that statement is made. We undertake no obligation to

update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or

circumstances that occur after the date on which the statement

is made, except as required by applicable law.

Our business, by its nature, does not produce predictable or

necessarily recurring earnings. Our results in any given period

can be materially affected by conditions in global financial

markets, economic conditions generally and our own activities

and positions. For a further discussion of the factors that may

affect our future operating results, refer to the risk factors

contained in this report under the caption “Risk Factors”.

Our results of operations for the years ended November 30, 2025

(“2025”) and November 30, 2024 (“2024”) are discussed below.

For a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended

November 30, 2023 (“2023”) and our 2024 results of operations

as compared to our 2023 results of operations, refer to

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report

Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2024, which was

filed with the SEC on January 28, 2025.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
17Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Overview

$ in thousands20252024% Change
Net revenues ....................................................$7,343,751$7,034,8034.4%
Non-interest expenses ....................................6,472,7626,029,2577.4%
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes ...................................870,9891,005,546(13.4)%
Income tax expense from continuing operations ....................................................184,570293,194(37.0)%
Net earnings from continuing operations .....686,419712,352(3.6)%
Net (losses) earnings from discontinued operations, net of income taxes ...............(4,374)3,667N/M
Net losses attributable to noncontrolling interests .......................................................(28,430)(27,364)3.9%
Preferred stock dividends ...............................79,68474,1107.5%
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders ................................................630,791669,273(5.7)%
Effective tax rate from continuing operations ...................................................21.2%29.2%
$ in thousands20242023% Change
Net revenues ....................................................$7,034,803$4,700,41749.7%
Non-interest expenses ....................................6,029,2574,346,14838.7%
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes ...................................1,005,546354,269183.8%
Income tax expense from continuing operations ....................................................293,19491,881219.1%
Net earnings from continuing operations .....712,352262,388171.5%
Net losses from discontinued operations, net of income taxes ....................................3,667N/M
Net losses attributable to noncontrolling interests .......................................................(27,364)(14,846)84.3%
Net losses attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests .............................(454)(100.0)%
Preferred stock dividends ...............................74,11014,616407.0%
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders ................................................669,273263,072154.4%
Effective tax rate from continuing operations ...................................................29.2%25.9%

N/M — Not Meaningful

Executive Summary

Year Ended November 30, 2025 Versus November 30, 2024

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders were

$630.8 million and $669.3 million for the year ended November

30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Our effective tax rate was 21.2%, and 29.2% for the year ended

November 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The remainder of our “Consolidated Results of Operations” is

presented on a detailed product and expense basis. Our

“Revenues by Source” is reported along the following business

lines: Investment Banking, Equities, Fixed Income and Asset

Management.

At November 30, 2025, we had 7,787 employees globally across

all of our consolidated subsidiaries within our Investment

Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management reportable

segments, compared to 7,822 at November 30, 2024. Included

within our global headcount are 1,797 employees at

November 30, 2025 and 2,063 employees at November 30, 2024

of our Stratos, Tessellis, HomeFed and M Science subsidiaries.

Revenues by Source

We present our results as two reportable business segments:

Investment Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management.

Additionally, corporate activities are fully allocated to each of

these reportable business segments.

Net revenues presented for our Investment Banking and Capital

Markets reportable segment include allocations of interest

income and interest expense as we assess the profitability of

these businesses inclusive of these costs, including the net

interest cost of allocated short- and long-term debt, which is a

function of the mix of each business’s associated assets and

liabilities and the related funding costs.

Debt valuation adjustments on derivative contracts, gains and

losses on investments held in deferred compensation plans,

foreign currency transaction gains or losses or certain other

corporate income items are not considered by management in

assessing the financial performance of our operating businesses

and are, therefore, not reported as part of our business segment

results.

20252024
$ in thousandsAmount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net Revenues% Change
Advisory .................................$2,145,42129.2%$1,811,63425.8%18.4%
Equity underwriting ...............771,89010.5799,80411.4(3.5)
Debt underwriting ..................870,00711.8689,2279.826.2
Other investment banking ....2,981144,1222.0(97.9)
Total Investment Banking ...3,790,29951.53,444,78749.010.0
Equities ...................................1,907,86626.01,592,79322.619.8
Fixed income .........................909,86912.41,166,76116.6(22.0)
Total Capital Markets ..........2,817,73538.42,759,55439.22.1
Total Investment Banking and Capital Markets (1) .6,608,03489.96,204,34188.26.5
Asset management fees and revenues ..................140,9141.9103,4881.536.2
Investment return ..................177,8142.4212,2093.0(16.2)
Allocated net interest (2) .....(76,045)(1.0)(62,135)(1.0)22.4
Other investments, inclusive of net interest ..467,5336.4550,1077.8(15.0)
Total Asset Management ....710,2169.7803,66911.3(11.6)
Other .......................................25,5010.326,7930.5(4.8)
Net revenues .........................$7,343,751100.0%$7,034,803100.0%4.4%
20242023
$ in thousandsAmount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net Revenues% Change
Advisory ..................................$1,811,63425.8%$1,198,91625.5%51.1%
Equity underwriting ...............799,80411.4560,24311.942.8
Debt underwriting ..................689,2279.8410,2088.768.0
Other investment banking ....144,1222.0102,8512.240.1
Total Investment Banking ...3,444,78749.02,272,21848.351.6
Equities ...................................1,592,79322.61,139,42524.239.8
Fixed income .........................1,166,76116.61,092,73623.26.8
Total Capital Markets ..........2,759,55439.22,232,16147.423.6
Total Investment Banking and Capital Markets (1) .6,204,34188.24,504,37995.737.7
Asset management fees and revenues ...................103,4881.593,6782.010.5
Investment return ..................212,2093.0154,4613.337.4
Allocated net interest (2) .....(62,135)(1.0)(49,519)(1.1)25.5
Other investments, inclusive of net interest ..550,1077.8(10,275)(0.2)N/M
Total Asset Management ....803,66911.3188,3454.0326.7
Other .......................................26,7930.57,6930.3248.3
Net revenues .........................$7,034,803100.0%$4,700,417100.0%49.7%

N/M — Not Meaningful

(1)Allocated net interest is not separately disaggregated for Investment Banking

and Capital Markets. This presentation is aligned to our Investment Banking

and Capital Markets internal performance measurement.

(2)Allocated net interest represents an allocation to Asset Management of our

long-term debt interest expense, net of interest income on our Cash and cash

equivalents and other sources of liquidity. Allocated net interest has been

disaggregated to increase transparency and to make clearer actual

Investment return. We believe that aggregating Investment return and

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K18

Allocated net interest would obscure the Investment return by including an

amount that is unique to our credit spreads, debt maturity profile, capital

structure, liquidity risks and allocation methods.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2024, revenues from corporate

equity derivative transactions historically included within Other

investment banking net revenues were reclassified to Equities net

revenues as the underlying business has matured and has

started to generate meaningful revenues. Prior year amounts

have been revised to conform to this reclassification change to

the current year reporting.

Investment Banking Revenues

Investment banking is composed of revenues from:

•advisory services with respect to mergers and acquisitions,

debt financing, restructurings and private capital transactions;

•underwriting services, which include debt underwriting and

placement services related to investment grade debt, high yield

bonds, leveraged loans, emerging market debt, global

structured notes, municipal debt, mortgage-backed and asset-

backed securities; equity underwriting and placement services

related to equity offerings, preferred stock, and equity-linked

securities; and loan syndication;

•our 50% share of net earnings from our Jefferies Finance joint

venture;

•our 45% share of net earnings from our commercial real estate

joint venture, Berkadia (which includes commercial mortgage

origination and servicing) as well as investment sales;

•Foursight, our wholly-owned subsidiary engaged in the lending

and servicing of automobile loans (until the sale in April 2024);

•securities and loans received or acquired in connection with

our investment banking activities; and

•certain revenue-sharing agreements with SMBC primarily

associated with investment banking transactions.

Deals Completed
202520242023
Advisory transactions ......................................392364287
Public and private equity and convertible offerings ........................................................215243182
Public and private debt financings .................1,1151,080699
Aggregate Value
$ in billions202520242023
Advisory transactions ......................................$435.5$359.2$259.1
Public and private equity and convertible offerings ........................................................100.683.559.6
Public and private debt financings .................532.0516.1213.6

Year Ended November 30, 2025 Versus November 30, 2024

Investment banking net revenues were $3.79 billion, up 10.0%

compared to $3.44 billion for the prior year period.

Advisory net revenues of $2.15 billion reflect a record year, an

increase of 18.4% compared to $1.81 billion for the prior year

period, driven by market share gains and increased overall

market opportunity.

Total underwriting net revenues were $1.64 billion, up 10.3%

compared to $1.49 billion for the prior year period. Solid net

revenues in Debt underwriting were driven by an increase in

mergers and acquisition activity across most sectors and

collateralized loan origination activity. Equity underwriting net

revenues declined due to reduced transaction activity across

most sectors, reflecting a broad industry slowdown in the first-

half of 2025. However, by June, market conditions began to

strengthen and transaction volumes accelerated as economic

and market clarity improved. Over 40% of our annual Equity

underwriting net revenues were generated in the fourth quarter of

2025.

Other investment banking net revenues were $3.0 million,

compared to net revenues of $144.1 million for the prior year

period. A significant portion of the decrease is attributable to the

prior year’s inclusion of Foursight’s operating revenues as well as

the gain on the sale of Foursight in April 2024. The current year

also includes mark-to-market net losses on certain investment

positions compared to mark-to-market net gains in the prior year

period. Additionally, performance of our Berkadia joint venture

increased while performance of our Jefferies Finance joint

venture was lower than the prior year period.

Our investment banking momentum and backlog remains strong,

continuing the trend we saw during the second half of 2025,

although the extent and timing of its realization is always subject

to change. Backlog snapshots are subject to limitations as the

time frame for the realization of revenues from these expected

transactions varies and is influenced by factors we do not

control. Transactions not included in the estimate may occur, and

expected transactions may be modified or cancelled.

Equities Net Revenues

Equities is composed of net revenues from:

•services provided to our clients from which we earn

commissions or spread revenue by executing, settling and

clearing transactions for clients;

•advisory services offered to clients;

•financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage

services offered to clients, including capital introductions and

outsourced trading;

•corporate equity derivative transactions; and

•wealth management services.

Year Ended November 30, 2025 Versus November 30, 2024

Equities net revenues were a record $1.91 billion, up 19.8%

compared to $1.59 billion for the prior year period, as market

share gains and overall strong client activity drove stronger

results in our prime services, global electronic trading, Europe

and Asia equity cash, equity options and corporate derivatives

businesses, many of which have been key areas of focus and

investment in prior years. These increases were partially offset by

lower revenues from our U.S. equity cash business.

Fixed Income Net Revenues

Fixed income is composed of net revenues from:

•executing transactions for clients and making markets in

securitized products, investment grade, high-yield, distressed,

emerging markets, municipal, sovereign and emerging markets

securities and loans;

•customized products and corporate hedging and foreign

currency solutions through derivative products; and

•financing and other structuring services.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
19Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Year Ended November 30, 2025 Versus November 30, 2024

Fixed income net revenues were $909.9 million, down 22.0%

compared to $1.17 billion for the prior year period, as a result of

lower global activity levels and volatility in credit spreads for the

first-half of 2025 meaningfully impacting the overall trading

environment. Strong results from our global structured solutions

business were offset by lower results in our distressed trading,

municipals, emerging markets, corporates and rates businesses.

Asset Management

We operate a diversified alternative asset management platform

through our Leucadia Asset Management division that provides

institutional clients with a broad range of investment strategies,

both directly and through our strategic affiliated asset managers.

Certain affiliated managers also benefit from access to our

global marketing and distribution platform, as well as operational

infrastructure and support. Our asset management business

makes seed and additional strategic investments directly in

alternative asset management separately managed accounts and

co-mingled funds where we act as the asset manager or in

affiliated asset managers where we have strategic relationships

and participate in the revenues or profits of the affiliated

manager.

Asset management fees and revenues primarily consist of:

•Management and performance fees from funds and accounts

managed by us;

•Placement and distribution fees for raising capital from

investors; and

•Revenue from strategic affiliated asset managers where we are

entitled to portions of their operating revenues and income

based on our ownership interests in the affiliates.

Fees and revenues are generally tied to the value of assets under

management and the performance of those assets.

Performance-based fees are earned when returns exceed

specified benchmarks or performance targets and are typically

recognized annually generally in our first quarter, once they

become fixed and determinable and are not subject to significant

reversal.

We also generate an investment return from capital invested in

our managed funds and in funds managed by our affiliated asset

managers. Additionally, we earn revenues from other

investments, including our portfolio of real estate development

activities, foreign exchange trading, and telecommunications

operations.

$ in thousands20252024% Change
Asset management fees and other ..$67,719$50,70033.6%
Revenue from strategic affiliates (1)73,19552,78838.7%
Total asset management fees and revenues ..........................................140,914103,48836.2%
Investment return ................................177,814212,209(16.2)%
Allocated net interest ..........................(76,045)(62,135)22.4%
Other investments ...............................467,533550,107(15.0)%
Total Asset Management ..................$710,216$803,669(11.6)%
$ in thousands20242023% Change
Asset management fees:
Asset management fees and other ..$50,700$33,86749.7%
Revenue from strategic affiliates (1)52,78859,811(11.7)%
Total asset management fees and revenues ..........................................103,48893,67810.5%
Investment return ................................212,209154,46137.4%
Other investments ...............................550,107(10,275)N/M
Allocated net interest ..........................(62,135)(49,519)25.5%
Total Asset Management ..................$803,669$188,345326.7%

N/M — Not Meaningful

(1)Amounts include our share of fees received by affiliated asset management

companies with which we have revenue and profit share arrangements, as

well as earnings on our ownership interest in affiliated asset managers.

Year Ended November 30, 2025 Versus November 30, 2024

Asset management fees and revenues were $140.9 million, up

36.2% compared to $103.5 million for the prior year period,

primarily reflecting higher performance fees on funds managed

by us and through our strategic affiliates.

Investment return was $177.8 million, down 16.2% compared to

$212.2 million for the prior year period, primarily driven by a pre-

tax loss of $30.0 million related to our investment in Point Bonita.

Other investments net revenues were $467.5 million, down 15.0%

compared to $550.1 million for the prior year period, as

performance from Stratos and HomeFed was lower than the prior

year period, as well as net losses recognized on certain

investments in the current year period compared to net gains in

the prior year period.

Assets Under Management

Assets under management (“AUM”) represents the assets we

manage or are managed by our affiliated asset managers with

whom we have revenue sharing arrangements. AUM primarily

refers to the basis of assets from which we are entitled to earn

fees and revenues though the measure also includes funds and

separately managed accounts for which we do not charge fees.

AUM includes:

•the net asset value of a fund or separately managed account

managed by us or our affiliated managers and may include an

agreed target AUM utilizing leverage;

•unfunded capital commitments to a fund; and

•the fair value of any invested capital in our consolidated funds

or separately managed accounts.

Net asset value generally refers to the fair value the assets less

the liabilities of a fund or account.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K20

Assets under management:

$ in millions20252024
Net asset value seeded by us:
Jefferies funds or separately managed accounts ..............................................................$358$377
Our affiliates funds or separately managed accounts ..............................................................1,7411,384
Total net asset value of Jefferies’ invested capital (1) .............................................................2,0991,761
Fair value of investment purchased with leverage ................................................................699895
Total AUM attributed to Jefferies as investor ....$2,798$2,656
Net asset value of third-party investors:
Jefferies funds or separately managed accounts (2) ........................................................2,4622,596
Our affiliates funds or separately managed accounts (3) ........................................................25,38722,515
Total AUM attributed to third-party investors ....$27,849$25,111
Unfunded capital commitments ............................195250
Aggregated AUM .....................................................$30,842$28,017

(1)Revenues related to the investments made by us are presented in Investment

return within the results of our asset management businesses.

(2)We earn asset management fees as a result of the third-party investments,

which are presented in Asset management fees and revenues within the

results of our asset management business.

(3)Revenues from our share of fees received by affiliated asset managers are

presented in Revenue from strategic affiliates within the results of our asset

management business. November 30, 2024 includes an adjustment of

$3.02 billion.

Our definition of assets under management may differ from the

calculations of other asset managers; and as a result, this

measure may not be comparable to similar measures presented

by other asset managers. Our definition of AUM may differ from

that referenced in any of our investment management

agreements, differs from the manner in which “Regulatory Assets

Under Management” is reported to the SEC on Form ADV, and

includes assets for which we do not act as an asset manager.

In addition to our investments directly in Jefferies’ and our

strategic affiliates funds and separately managed accounts, we

have capital invested in other equity method investees as part of

our asset management business of $174.0 million and

$81.0 million at November 30, 2025 and November 30, 2024,

respectively.

Other

Other revenues include foreign currency transaction gains or

losses, debt valuation adjustments on derivative contracts, gains

and losses on investments held in deferred compensation plans

or certain other corporate income items that are not attributed to

business segments as management does not consider such

amounts in assessing the financial performance of our operating

businesses.

Non-interest Expenses

$ in thousands20252024% Change
Compensation and benefits ...........$3,860,255$3,659,5885.5%
Brokerage and clearing fees ..........489,203432,72113.1
Underwriting costs ..........................85,83868,49225.3
Technology and communications598,187546,6559.4
Occupancy and equipment rental .126,414118,6116.6
Business development ...................335,683283,45918.4
Professional services .....................313,821296,2045.9
Depreciation and amortization ......192,281190,3261.0
Cost of sales ....................................190,934206,283(7.4)
Other ..................................................280,146226,91823.5
Total non-interest expenses .........$6,472,762$6,029,2577.4%
$ in thousands20242023% Change
Compensation and benefits ...........$3,659,588$2,535,27244.3%
Brokerage and clearing fees ..........432,721366,70218.0
Underwriting costs ..........................68,49261,08212.1
Technology and communications546,655477,02814.6
Occupancy and equipment rental .118,611106,05111.8
Business development ...................283,459177,54159.7
Professional services .....................296,204266,44711.2
Depreciation and amortization ......190,326112,20169.6
Cost of sales ....................................206,28329,435600.8
Other ..................................................226,918214,3895.8
Total non-interest expenses .........$6,029,257$4,346,14838.7%

Total Non-interest Expenses

Year Ended November 30, 2025 Versus November 30, 2024

Non-interest expenses were $6.47 billion, an increase of 7.4%,

compared to $6.03 billion for the prior year.

Compensation and Benefits

Compensation and benefits expense consists of salaries,

benefits, commissions, annual cash compensation and share-

based awards and the amortization of share-based and cash

compensation awards to employees.

Cash and share-based awards granted to employees may contain

provisions such that employees who terminate their employment

or are terminated without cause may continue to vest in their

awards, so long as those awards are not forfeited as a result of

other forfeiture provisions (primarily non-compete clauses) of

those awards. Accordingly, the compensation expense for a

portion of awards granted at year end as part of annual

compensation is recorded during the year of the award.

Compensation and benefits expense includes amortization

expense associated with these awards to the extent vesting is

contingent on future service. In addition, certain awards to our

Chief Executive Officer and our President contain performance

conditions and the awards are amortized over their service

periods.

Compensation and benefits expense for 2025 was $3.86 billion

compared to $3.66 billion for 2024. A significant portion of our

compensation expense is highly variable with net revenues.

Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of Net

revenues was 52.6% for 2025 compared with 52.0% for 2024.

Compensation expense related to the amortization of share- and

cash-based awards amounted to $621.5 million for 2025

compared to $513.7 million for 2024.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
21Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

At November 30, 2025, we had 7,787 employees globally across

all of our consolidated subsidiaries within our Investment

Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management reportable

segments, compared to 7,822 at November 30, 2024. Included

within our global headcount are 1,797 employees at

November 30, 2025 and 2,063 employees at November 30, 2024

of our Stratos, Tessellis, HomeFed, and M Science subsidiaries.

Non-interest Expenses (Excluding Compensation and Benefits)

Year Ended November 30, 2025 Versus November 30, 2024

Non-compensation expenses as a percentage of Net revenues

was 35.6% compared to 33.7% for the current year and the prior

year period, respectively, and was impacted by the following:

•Brokerage and clearing fees were higher by $56.5 million

primarily due to increased global equities trading volumes, as

we continue to gain market share globally.

•Technology and communication were higher by $51.5 million

related to the continued development of various trading and

management systems as well as higher data related costs in

investment banking.

•Business development was higher by $52.2 million due to

increased deal related costs and increased expenses related to

business travel, conferences and other events.

•Other expenses were higher by $53.2 million compared to the

prior year period, as charitable donations increased

$17.0 million compared to the prior year period. Other

expenses for the current year also include a write-down on

certain assets held for sale. Other expenses for the prior year

period include bad debt expenses of $26.2 million largely

related to the shutdown of Weiss. In addition, the prior year

period includes activity from Foursight, which was sold in April

2024.

Income Taxes

Year Ended November 30, 2025 Versus November 30, 2024

The provision for income taxes on continuing operations was

$184.6 million and $293.2 million for the year ended November

30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, representing an effective tax rate

of 21.2%, and 29.2%, respectively. The lower rate was primarily

driven by the resolution of certain state and local tax matters.

On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was

signed into law. The OBBBA permanently extends and modifies

certain domestic and international provisions from the 2017 Tax

Cuts and Jobs Act and phases out certain provisions from the

2022 Inflation Reduction Act. Certain domestic provisions have

retroactive effects beginning in 2025, while the international

provisions are generally effective for years beginning after

December 31, 2025. The OBBBA did not materially impact our

fiscal 2025 results.

Business Developments

On September 19, 2025, we and the SMBC Group announced a

significant expansion of our strategic alliance originally

established in 2021. Key provisions include:

•The planned formation of a joint venture in Japan to integrate

our global equities platform with SMBC Group’s domestic

equity research, sales, trading, and equity capital markets

businesses, expected to launch in January 2027;

•Expansion of joint sponsor coverage in EMEA, targeting larger

sponsors with our combined investment banking and

corporate banking capabilities;

•SMBC Group’s intent to increase its economic ownership from

14.5% to up to 20% (on an as-converted and fully diluted basis),

while maintaining less than 5% voting interest; and

•SMBC Group’s commitment to provide approximately $2.5

billion in new credit facilities to us and Jefferies Finance.

These initiatives are designed to deepen the partnership, leverage

complementary strengths, and deliver enhanced services to

clients.

On December 9, 2025, we entered into an agreement to acquire a

50% interest in Hildene Holding Company, LLC, parent of Hildene

Capital Management, LLC, a credit-focused asset manager with

approximately $18.0 billion of assets under management. We will

contribute our existing revenue share, a portion of our interest in

an existing Hildene-managed fund, and $340.0 million in cash for

our interest. Hildene’s principals will contribute their ownership

interests and approximately $250.0 million of fund and related

equity interests. Additionally, subsequent to the transaction,

Hildene’s insurance underwriting and annuity reinsurance will

expand. Closing is expected in the third quarter of 2026, subject

to customary approvals.

Accounting Developments

For a discussion of recently issued accounting developments and

their impact on our consolidated financial statements, refer to

Note 3, Accounting Developments in our consolidated financial

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity

with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”),

which requires management to make estimates and

assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our

consolidated financial statements and related notes. Actual

results can and may differ from estimates. These differences

could be material to our consolidated financial statements.

We believe our application of U.S. GAAP and the associated

estimates are reasonable. Our accounting estimates are

reevaluated, and adjustments are made when facts and

circumstances dictate a change. Historically, we have found our

application of accounting policies to be appropriate, and actual

results have not differed materially from those determined using

necessary estimates.

For further discussions of the following significant accounting

policies and other significant accounting policies, refer to Note 2,

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated

financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-

K.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K22

Valuation of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not

yet purchased are recorded at fair value. The fair value of a

financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell

an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction

between market participants at the measurement date (the exit

price). Unrealized gains or losses are generally recognized in

Principal transactions revenues in our Consolidated Statements

of Earnings.

For information on the composition of our Financial instruments

owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

recorded at fair value, refer to Note 5, Fair Value Disclosures in

our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual

Report on Form 10-K.

Fair Value Hierarchy – In determining fair value, we maximize the

use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable

inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when

available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants

would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data

obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect

our assumptions that market participants would use in pricing

the asset or liability developed based on the best information

available in the circumstances. We apply a hierarchy to

categorize our fair value measurements broken down into three

levels based on the transparency of inputs, where Level 1 uses

observable prices in active markets and Level 3 uses valuation

techniques that generally incorporate significant unobservable

inputs. Greater use of management judgment is required in

determining fair value when inputs are less observable or

unobservable in the marketplace, such as when the volume or

level of trading activity for a financial instrument has decreased

and when certain factors suggest that observed transactions

may not be reflective of orderly market transactions. Judgment

must be applied in determining the appropriateness of available

prices, particularly in assessing whether available data reflects

current prices and/or reflects the results of recent market

transactions. Prices or quotes are weighed when estimating fair

value with greater reliability placed on information from

transactions that are considered to be representative of orderly

market transactions.

Fair value is a market-based measure; therefore, when market

observable inputs are not available, our judgment is applied to

reflect those judgments that a market participant would use in

valuing the same asset or liability. The availability of observable

inputs can vary for different products. We use prices and inputs

that are current as of the measurement date even in periods of

market disruption or illiquidity. The valuation of financial

instruments categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

involves the greatest extent of management judgment. Refer to

Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 5,

Fair Value Disclosures in our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further

information on the definitions of fair value, Level 1, Level 2 and

Level 3 and related valuation techniques.

For information on the composition of our Financial instruments

owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

recorded at fair value and the composition of activity of our Level

3 assets and Level 3 liabilities, refer to Note 5, Fair Value

Disclosures in our consolidated financial statements included in

this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Controls Over the Valuation Process for Financial Instruments –

Our Independent Price Verification Group, independent of the

trading function, plays an important role in determining that our

financial instruments are appropriately valued and that fair value

measurements are reliable. This is particularly important where

prices or valuations that require inputs are less observable. In the

event that observable inputs are not available, the control

processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach

utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the

assumptions are reasonable. In addition, recently executed

comparable transactions and other observable market data are

considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying

the model.

Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in estimating our provision for

income taxes. In determining the provision for income taxes, we

must make judgments and interpretations about how to apply

inherently complex tax laws to numerous transactions and

business events. In addition, we must make estimates about the

amount, timing and geographic mix of future taxable income,

which includes various tax planning strategies to utilize tax

attributes and deferred tax assets before they expire.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax

asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We

are required to consider all available evidence, both positive and

negative, and to weigh the evidence when determining whether a

valuation allowance is required and the amount of such valuation

allowance. Generally, greater weight is required to be placed on

objectively verifiable evidence when making this assessment, in

particular on recent historical operating results.

We also record reserves for unrecognized tax benefits based on

our assessment of the probability of successfully sustaining tax

filing positions. Management exercises significant judgment

when assessing the probability of successfully sustaining tax

filing positions, and in determining whether a contingent tax

liability should be recorded and if so, estimating the amount. If

our tax filing positions are successfully challenged, payments

could be required that are in excess of reserved amounts or we

may be required to reduce the carrying amount of our net

deferred tax asset, either of which could be significant to our

financial condition or results of operations.

Impairment of Equity Method Investments

We evaluate equity method investments for impairment when

operating losses or other factors may indicate a decrease in

value which is other than temporary. We consider a variety of

factors including economic conditions nationally and in an

investment’s geographic area of operation, adverse changes in

the industry in which an investment operates, declines in

business prospects, deterioration in earnings, increasing costs of

operations and other relevant factors specific to the

investee. Whenever we believe conditions or events indicate that

one of these investments might be significantly impaired, we

generally obtain from such investee updated cash flow

projections and obtain other relevant information related to

assessing the overall valuation of the investee. Utilizing this

information, we assess whether the investment is considered to

be other-than-temporarily impaired. To the extent an investment

is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, an impairment

charge is recognized for the amount, if any, by which the

investment’s book value exceeds our estimate of the

investment’s fair value.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
23Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

In the first quarter of 2023, we performed a valuation of our

equity method investment in Golden Queen as forecasts of the

expected future production of gold and silver from its mine had

declined from previous periods. Our estimate of fair value was

based on a discounted cash flow analysis, which included

management’s projections of future Golden Queen cash flows

and a discount rate of 11.0%. As a result, an impairment loss of

$22.1 million was recorded in Other income for the three months

ended February 28, 2023. During the three months ended May 31,

2023, we recognized an additional impairment loss of $7.3

million primarily due to further declines in cash flows at Golden

Queen During the three months ended August 31, 2023, we

recognized an additional impairment loss of $27.8 million

primarily based on our estimate of what could be recognized in a

sale transaction for the investment. In the fourth quarter of 2023,

we sold Golden Queen and recognized a gain of $1.7 million on

the sale.

Goodwill

At November 30, 2025, goodwill recorded in our Consolidated

Statements of Financial Condition is $1.84 billion (2.4% of total

assets). The nature and accounting for goodwill is discussed in

Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 12,

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, in our consolidated financial

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for

impairment at least annually, or when circumstances or events

make it more likely than not that an impairment occurred.

Goodwill is tested by comparing the estimated fair value of each

reporting unit with its carrying value. Our annual goodwill

impairment testing date for a substantial portion of our reporting

units is August 1 and November 30 for other identified reporting

units. The results of our annual tests did not indicate any

goodwill impairment.

Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit requires management

judgment and often involves the use of estimates and

assumptions that could have a significant effect on whether or

not an impairment charge is recorded and the magnitude of such

a charge. Estimated fair values for our reporting units utilize

market valuation methods that incorporate price-to-earnings and

price-to-book multiples of comparable public companies and/or

projected cash flows. Under the market valuation approach, the

key assumptions are the selected multiples and our internally

developed projections of future profitability, growth and return on

equity for each reporting unit. The weight assigned to the

multiples requires judgment in qualitatively and quantitatively

evaluating the size, profitability and the nature of the business

activities of the reporting units as compared to the comparable

publicly-traded companies. Under the income approach the key

assumptions include our internally developed projections of

future cash flows, growth rates, and risk adjusted discount rates

which are sensitive to the interest rate environment and capital

market conditions. The valuation methodology for our reporting

units is sensitive to management’s forecasts of future

profitability, which are a significant component of the valuation

and come with a level of uncertainty regarding trading volumes

and capital market transaction levels. In addition, as the fair

values determined under the market valuation approach

represent a noncontrolling interest, we apply a control premium

to arrive at the estimate fair value of each reporting unit on a

controlling basis.

We use allocated tangible equity plus allocated goodwill and

intangible assets for the carrying amount of each reporting unit.

The amount of tangible equity allocated to a reporting unit is

based on our cash capital model deployed in managing our

businesses, which seeks to approximate the capital a business

would require if it were operating independently. For further

information on our Cash Capital Policy, refer to the Liquidity,

Financial Condition and Capital Resources section herein.

Intangible assets are allocated to a reporting unit based on either

specifically identifying a particular intangible asset as pertaining

to a reporting unit or, if shared among reporting units, based on

an assessment of the reporting unit’s benefit from the intangible

asset in order to generate results.

For certain of our reporting units included within Other

investments we may first assess qualitative factors to determine

whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the

reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we determine on

the basis of this qualitative assessment that it is not more likely

than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying

amount, we place reliance on our qualitative assessment and no

quantitative calculation of the fair value of the reporting unit is

performed.

Carrying values of goodwill by reporting unit:

November 30,
$ in millions20252024
Investment banking ...................................................................$702.0$700.7
Equities and wealth management ...........................................255.9255.4
Fixed income ..............................................................................578.0576.9
Asset management ...................................................................143.0143.0
Other investments .....................................................................158.7151.9
Total.............................................................................................$1,837.6$1,827.9

The results of our annual assessments indicated that all of our

reporting units had a fair value in excess of their carrying

amounts. Our valuation methodologies and the assessment of

qualitative factors are sensitive to management’s forecasts of

future probability. At November 30, 2025, our Stratos reporting

unit with allocated goodwill of $5.5 million is the most sensitive

to the forecast assumptions used in our market approach

valuation. Reductions in trading volumes and/or a decline in

performance from the expected levels assumed in our forecast

could cause a decline in the estimated fair value of our Stratos

reporting unit and a resulting impairment of a portion of our

goodwill.

Refer to Note 4, Business Acquisitions and Discontinued

Operations and Note 12, Goodwill and Intangible Assets in our

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report

on Form 10-K for further details on goodwill.

Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources

Our CFO and Global Treasurer are responsible for developing and

implementing our liquidity, funding and capital management

strategies. These policies are determined by the nature and

needs of our day-to-day business operations, business

opportunities, regulatory obligations, and liquidity requirements.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K24

Our actual levels of capital, total assets and financial leverage are

a function of a number of factors, including asset composition,

business initiatives and opportunities, regulatory requirements,

rating agency ratios and cost and availability of both long term

and short-term funding. We have historically maintained a

balance sheet consisting of a large portion of our total assets in

cash and liquid marketable securities. The liquid nature of these

assets provides us with flexibility in financing and managing our

business.

We also own a legacy portfolio of businesses and investments

that are reflected as consolidated subsidiaries, equity

investments or securities. Over the most recent years, we

completed several critical steps to substantially liquidate our

legacy Other investments portfolio of businesses, including the

sales of Foursight in April 2024 and the wholesale operations of

OpNet in August 2024.

In keeping with our strategy of returning excess liquidity to

shareholders, during the year ended November 30, 2025, we

returned an aggregate of $432.6 million to shareholders primarily

in the form of $374.1 million in cash dividends and the

repurchase of 735,426 common shares for a total of $58.5

million at a weighted average price of $79.57 per share in

connection with the net share settlement for tax purposes of

stock awards under our equity compensation plans.

We maintain modest leverage to support our investment grade

ratings. The growth of our balance sheet is supported by our

equity and we have quantitative metrics in place to monitor

leverage and double leverage. Our capital plan is robust, in order

to sustain our operating model through stressed conditions. We

maintain adequate financial resources to support business

activities in both normal and stressed market conditions,

including a buffer in excess of our regulatory, or other internal or

external, requirements. Our access to funding and liquidity is

stable and efficient to ensure that there is sufficient liquidity to

meet our financial obligations in normal and stressed market

conditions.

In January 2026, we issued $1.5 billion aggregate principal

amount of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036.

Our Balance Sheet

A business unit level balance sheet and cash capital analysis are

prepared and reviewed with senior management on a weekly

basis. As a part of this balance sheet review process, capital is

allocated to all assets and gross balance sheet limits are

adjusted, as necessary. This process ensures that the allocation

of capital and costs of capital are incorporated into business

decisions. The goals of this process are to protect the firm’s

platform, enable our businesses to remain competitive, maintain

the ability to manage capital proactively and hold businesses

accountable for both balance sheet and capital usage.

We actively monitor and evaluate our financial condition and the

composition of our assets and liabilities. We continually monitor

our overall securities inventory, including the inventory turnover

rate, which confirms the liquidity of our overall assets. A

significant portion of our financial instruments are valued on a

daily basis and we monitor and employ balance sheet limits for

our various businesses.

November 30,
$ in millions20252024% Change
Total assets ...........................................$76,012.3$64,360.318.1%
Cash and cash equivalents ..................14,043.912,153.415.6
Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory purposes or deposited with clearing and depository organizations ....................................917.71,132.6(19.0)
Financial instruments owned ..............27,722.724,138.314.8
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased .........................................13,320.211,007.321.0
Total Level 3 assets ..............................737.8734.20.5
Securities borrowed ..............................$8,295.2$7,213.415.0%
Securities purchased under agreements to resell ........................8,449.16,179.736.7
Total securities borrowed and securities purchased under agreements to resell .......................$16,744.3$13,393.125.0%
Securities loaned ...................................$2,540.8$2,540.9—%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ........................................12,156.712,337.9(1.5)
Total securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase ...................................$14,697.5$14,878.8(1.2)%

Total assets at November 30, 2025 and 2024 were $76.01 billion

and $64.36 billion, respectively, an increase of 18.1%. During the

year ended November 30, 2025, average total assets were higher

by 5.1% than total assets at November 30, 2025.

Our total Financial instruments owned inventory was $27.72

billion and $24.14 billion at November 30, 2025 and 2024,

respectively. During the year ended November 30, 2025, our total

Financial instruments owned increased primarily due to

increased client facilitation trades in corporate equity securities

largely in connection with our growing prime brokerage business,

derivative contracts and loans at fair value, partially offset by a

decrease in U.S. government and agency securities. Financial

instruments sold, not yet purchased inventory was $13.32 billion

at November 30, 2025, an increase of 21.0% from $11.01 billion

at November 30, 2024, with the increase primarily driven by

increases in corporate equity securities and derivative contracts,

partially offset by a decrease in U.S. government and agency

securities. Our overall net inventory position was $14.40 billion

and $13.13 billion at November 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively,

with the increase primarily due to increases in derivative

contracts, investments at fair value and corporate debt.

Level 3 assets:

$ in millionsNovember 30, 2025PercentNovember 30, 2024Percent
Investment Banking ............$111.715.1%$146.720.0%
Equities and Fixed Income .$343.646.7312.242.5
Asset Management (1) .......$230.531.2256.234.9
Other ......................................$52.07.019.12.6
Total ......................................$737.8100.0%$734.2100.0%

(1)At November 30, 2025 and 2024, $195.8 million and $218.3 million,

respectively, are attributed to Other investments within our Asset Management

reportable segment.

Securities financing assets and liabilities include financing for

our financial instruments trading activity, matched book

transactions and mortgage finance transactions. Matched book

transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain

securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions.

Our average month end balance of total reverse repos and stock

borrows during year ended November 30, 2025 was 23.4% higher

than the balance at November 30, 2025. Our average month end

Column 1Column 2Column 3
25Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

balance of total repos and stock loans during the year ended

November 30, 2025 was 34.4% higher than the balance at

November 30, 2025.

Select information related to repurchase agreements:

Year Ended November 30,
$ in millions20252024
Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell:
Year end ..............................................................$8,449$6,180
Month end average ............................................10,5268,910
Maximum month end ........................................14,92710,978
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase:
Year end ..............................................................$12,157$12,338
Month end average ............................................16,49715,197
Maximum month end ........................................19,78520,971

Fluctuations in the balance of our repurchase agreements from

period to period and intraperiod are dependent on business

activity in those periods. Additionally, the fluctuations in the

balances of our securities purchased under agreements to resell

are influenced in any given period by our clients’ balances and

our clients’ desires to execute collateralized financing

arrangements via the repurchase market or via other financing

products. Average balances and period end balances will

fluctuate based on market and liquidity conditions and we

consider the fluctuations intraperiod to be typical for the

repurchase market.

Leverage Ratios:

November 30,
$ in millions20252024
Total assets ..................................................................$76,012$64,360
Total equity ...................................................................$10,642$10,225
Total shareholders’ equity ..........................................$10,575$10,157
Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets, net ............(2,040)(2,054)
Tangible shareholders’ equity ...................................$8,535$8,103
Leverage ratio (1) .........................................................7.16.3
Tangible gross leverage ratio (2) ...............................8.77.7

(1)Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total equity.

(2)Tangible gross leverage ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure) equals total

assets less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, net divided by tangible

shareholders’ equity. The tangible gross leverage ratio is used by rating

agencies in assessing our leverage ratio.

Liquidity Management

The key objectives of the liquidity management framework are to

support the successful execution of our business strategies

while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and

during periods of financial and idiosyncratic distress. Our liquidity

management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk

that we may be unable to access adequate financing to service

our financial obligations without material franchise or business

impact.

The principal elements of our liquidity management framework

are our Cash Capital Policy, our assessment of Modeled Liquidity

Outflow (“MLO”) and our Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”).

Liquidity Management Framework. Our Liquidity Management

Framework is based on a model of a potential liquidity

contraction over a one-year time period. This incorporates

potential cash outflows during a market or our idiosyncratic

liquidity stress event, including, but not limited to, the following:

•Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and

no incremental unsecured debt issuance;

•Maturity rolloff of outstanding letters of credit with no further

issuance and replacement with cash collateral;

•Higher margin requirements than currently exist on assets on

securities financing activity, including repurchase agreements

and other secured funding including central counterparty

clearinghouses;

•Liquidity outflows related to possible credit downgrade;

•Lower availability of secured funding;

•Client cash withdrawals;

•The anticipated funding of outstanding investment and loan

commitments; and

•Certain accrued expenses and other liabilities and fixed costs.

Cash Capital Policy. We maintain a cash capital model that

measures long-term funding sources against requirements.

Sources of cash capital include our equity, mezzanine equity and

the noncurrent portion of long-term borrowings. Uses of cash

capital include the following:

•Illiquid assets such as equipment, goodwill, net intangible

assets, exchange memberships, deferred tax assets and

certain investments;

•A portion of securities inventory and other assets not expected

to be financed on a secured basis in a credit stressed

environment (i.e., margin requirements); and

•Drawdowns of unfunded commitments.

To ensure that we do not need to liquidate inventory in the event

of a funding stress, we seek to maintain surplus cash capital. Our

total long-term capital of $23.14 billion at November 30, 2025

exceeded our cash capital requirements.

MLO. Our businesses are diverse, and our liquidity needs are

determined by many factors, including market movements,

collateral requirements and client commitments, all of which can

change dramatically in a difficult funding environment. During a

liquidity stress, credit-sensitive funding, including unsecured debt

and some types of secured financing agreements, may be

unavailable, and the terms (e.g., interest rates, collateral

provisions and tenor) or availability of other types of secured

financing may change. As a result of our policy to ensure we have

sufficient funds to cover what we estimate may be needed in a

liquidity stress, we hold more cash and unencumbered securities

and have greater long-term debt balances than our businesses

would otherwise require. As part of this estimation process, we

calculate an MLO that could be experienced in a liquidity stress.

MLO is based on a scenario that includes both a market-wide

stress and firm-specific stress, characterized by some or all of

the following elements:

•Global recession, default by a medium-sized sovereign, low

consumer and corporate confidence, and general financial

instability.

•Severely challenged market environment with material declines

in equity markets and widening of credit spreads.

•Damaging follow-on impacts to financial institutions leading to

the failure of a large bank.

•A firm-specific crisis potentially triggered by material losses,

reputational damage, litigation, executive departure, and/or a

ratings downgrade.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K26

The following are the critical modeling parameters of the MLO:

•Liquidity needs over a 30-day scenario.

•A two-notch downgrade of our long-term senior unsecured

credit ratings.

•No support from government funding facilities.

•A combination of contractual outflows, such as upcoming

maturities of unsecured debt, and contingent outflows (e.g.,

actions though not contractually required, we may deem

necessary in a crisis). We assume that most contingent

outflows will occur within the initial days and weeks of a

stress.

•No diversification benefit across liquidity risks. We assume

that liquidity risks are additive.

The calculation of our MLO under the above stresses and

modeling parameters considers the following potential

contractual and contingent cash and collateral outflows:

•All upcoming maturities of unsecured long-term debt,

promissory notes and other unsecured funding products

assuming we will be unable to issue new unsecured debt or

rollover any maturing debt.

•Repurchases of our outstanding long-term debt in the ordinary

course of business as a market maker.

•A portion of upcoming contractual maturities of secured

funding activity due to either the inability to refinance or the

ability to refinance only at wider haircuts (i.e., on terms which

require us to post additional collateral). Our assumptions

reflect, among other factors, the quality of the underlying

collateral and counterparty concentration.

•Collateral postings to counterparties due to adverse changes in

the value of our over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives and other

outflows due to trade terminations, collateral substitutions,

collateral disputes, collateral calls or termination payments

required by a two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings.

•Variation margin postings required due to adverse changes in

the value of our outstanding exchange-traded derivatives and

any increase in initial margin and guarantee fund requirements

by derivative clearing houses.

•Liquidity outflows associated with our prime services business,

including withdrawals of customer credit balances, and a

reduction in customer short positions.

•Liquidity outflows to clearing banks to ensure timely

settlements of cash and securities transactions.

•Draws on our unfunded commitments considering, among

other things, the type of commitment and counterparty.

•Other upcoming large cash outflows, such as employee

compensation, tax and dividend payments, with no expectation

of future dividends from any subsidiaries.

Based on the sources and uses of liquidity calculated under the

MLO scenarios, we determine, based on a calculated surplus or

deficit, additional long-term funding that may be needed versus

funding through the repurchase financing market and consider

any adjustments that may be necessary to our inventory balances

and cash holdings. At November 30, 2025, we had sufficient

excess liquidity to meet all contingent cash outflows detailed in

the MLO for at least 30 days without balance sheet reduction. We

regularly refine our model to reflect changes in market or

economic conditions and our business mix.

CFP. Our CFP ensures the ability to access adequate liquid

financial resources to meet liquidity shortfalls that may arise in

emergency situations. The CFP triggers the following actions:

•Sets out the governance for managing liquidity during a

liquidity crisis;

•Identifies key liquidity and capital early warning indicators that

will help guide the response to the liquidity crisis;

•Identifies the actions and escalation procedures should we

experience a liquidity crisis including coordination amongst

senior management and the Board of Directors;

•Sets out the sources of funding available during a liquidity

crisis;

•Sets out the communication plan during a liquidity crisis for

key external stakeholders including regulators, relationship

banks, rating agencies and funding counterparties; and

•Sets out an action plan to source additional funding.

Sources of Liquidity

Financial instruments that are cash and cash equivalents or are

deemed by management to be generally readily convertible into

cash, marginable or accessible for liquidity purposes within a

relatively short period of time:

$ in thousandsNovember 30, 2025Average BalanceQuarter Ended November 30, 2025 (1)November 30, 2024
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash in banks .............................................$3,903,807$5,014,748$3,925,535
Money market investments (2) ...............10,140,0826,622,5328,227,879
Total cash and cash equivalents ............14,043,88911,637,28012,153,414
Other sources of liquidity:
Debt securities owned and securities purchased under agreements to resell (3) ................................................1,823,7331,995,9201,287,564
Other (4) ......................................................1,836,1501,561,944573,042
Total other sources ...................................3,659,8833,557,8641,860,606
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources .......................$17,703,772$15,195,144$14,014,020
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources as % of Total assets ....................................................23.3%21.8%
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources as % of Total assets less goodwill and intangible assets ....................................................23.9%22.5%

(1)Average balances are calculated based on weekly balances.

(2)At November 30, 2025 and 2024, $10.12 billion and $8.21 billion, respectively,

was invested in U.S. government money funds that invest primarily in cash,

securities issued by the U.S. government and U.S. government-sponsored

entities, and repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by cash or

government securities. The remaining balances at November 30, 2025 and

2024 are primarily invested in AAA-rated prime money funds. The average

balance of U.S. government money funds for the quarter ended November 30,

2025 was $6.60 billion.

(3)Consists of unencumbered high-quality sovereign government securities and

reverse repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities

and other high quality sovereign government securities; deposits with a central

bank within the European Economic Area, United Kingdom, Canada, Australia,

Japan, Switzerland or the U.S.; and securities issued by a designated

multilateral development bank and reverse repurchase agreements with

underlying collateral composed of these securities.

(4)Other includes unencumbered inventory representing an estimate of the

amount of additional secured financing that could be reasonably expected to

be obtained from our Financial instruments owned that are currently not

pledged after considering reasonable financing haircuts.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
27Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

In addition to the cash balances and liquidity pool presented

above, the majority of financial instruments (both long and short)

in our trading accounts are actively traded and readily

marketable. At November 30, 2025, we had the ability to readily

obtain repurchase financing for 71.8% of our inventory at haircuts

of 10% or less, which reflects the liquidity of our inventory. In

addition, as a matter of our policy, all of these assets have

internal capital assessed, which is in addition to the funding

haircuts provided in the securities finance markets. Additionally,

certain of our Financial instruments owned primarily consisting

of loans and investments are predominantly funded by long term

capital. Under our cash capital policy, we model capital allocation

levels that are more stringent than the haircuts used in the

market for secured funding; and we maintain surplus capital at

these more stringent levels. We continually assess the liquidity of

our inventory based on the level at which we could obtain

financing in the marketplace for a given asset. Assets are

considered to be liquid if financing can be obtained in the

repurchase market or the securities lending market at collateral

haircut levels of 10% or less.

Financial instruments by asset class that we consider to be of a

liquid nature and the amount of such assets that have not been

pledged as collateral:

November 30,
20252024
$ in thousandsLiquid FinancialInstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (1)Liquid Financial InstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (1)
Corporate equity securities .............$7,433,971$2,715,099$5,280,920$781,490
Corporate debt securities .............4,788,698280,5125,179,229339,500
U.S. government, agency and municipal securities .............3,013,34455,7814,061,77375,911
Other sovereign obligations ..........1,460,5711,731,0741,361,7621,044,630
Agency mortgage-backed securities (2) .......3,060,2622,695,282
Loans and other receivables ..........159,939978
Total ...........................$19,916,785$4,782,466$18,579,944$2,241,531

(1)Unencumbered liquid balances represent assets that can be sold or used as

collateral for a loan but have not been.

(2)Consists solely of agency mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal

Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), the Federal National

Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Government National Mortgage

Association (“Ginnie Mae”).

In addition to being able to be readily financed at reasonable

haircut levels, we estimate that each of the individual securities

within each asset class above could be sold into the market and

converted into cash within three business days under normal

market conditions, assuming that the entire portfolio of a given

asset class was not simultaneously liquidated. There are no

restrictions on the unencumbered liquid securities, nor have they

been pledged as collateral.

Sources of Funding and Capital Resources

Our assets are funded by equity capital, senior debt, securities

loaned, securities sold under agreements to repurchase,

customer free credit balances, bank loans and other payables.

Secured Financing

We rely principally on readily available secured funding to finance

our inventory of financial instruments owned and financial

instruments sold. Our ability to support increases in total assets

is largely a function of our ability to obtain short- and

intermediate-term secured funding, primarily through securities

financing transactions. We finance a portion of our long inventory

and cover some of our short inventory by pledging and borrowing

securities in the form of repurchase or reverse repurchase

agreements (collectively “repos”), respectively. A portion of our

cash and noncash repurchase financing activities is used as

collateral that is considered eligible collateral by central clearing

corporations. Central clearing corporations are situated between

participating members who borrow cash and lend securities (or

vice versa); accordingly, repo participants contract with the

central clearing corporation and not one another individually.

Therefore, counterparty credit risk is borne by the central clearing

corporation which mitigates the risk through initial margin

demands and variation margin calls from repo participants. The

comparatively large proportion of our total repo activity that is

eligible for central clearing reflects the high quality and liquid

composition of the inventory we carry in our trading books. For

those asset classes not eligible for central clearing house

financing, we seek to execute our bi-lateral financings on an

extended term basis and the tenor of our repurchase and reverse

repurchase agreements generally exceeds the expected holding

period of the assets we are financing. The weighted average

maturity of cash and noncash repurchase agreements for non-

clearing corporation eligible funded inventory is approximately

eight months at November 30, 2025.

Our ability to finance our inventory via central clearinghouses and

bi-lateral arrangements is augmented by our ability to draw bank

loans on an uncommitted basis under our various banking

arrangements. At November 30, 2025, short-term borrowings,

which must be repaid within one year or less include bank loans,

overdrafts and borrowings under revolving credit facilities.

Letters of credit are used in the normal course of business

mostly to satisfy various collateral requirements in favor of

exchanges in lieu of depositing cash or securities. Average short-

term borrowings outstanding were $1.26 billion and $1.25 billion

for the year ended November 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

At November 30, 2025 and 2024, our borrowings under bank

loans in Short-term borrowings were $533.8 million and

$414.5 million, respectively. Our borrowings include credit

facilities that contain certain covenants that, among other things,

require us to maintain a specified level of tangible net worth,

require a minimum regulatory net capital requirement for our U.S.

broker-dealer, Jefferies LLC, and impose certain restrictions on

the future indebtedness of certain of our subsidiaries that are

borrowers. Interest is based on rates at spreads over the federal

funds rate or other adjusted rates, as defined in the various credit

agreements, or at a rate as agreed between the bank and us in

reference to the bank’s cost of funding. At November 30, 2025,

we were in compliance with all covenants under these credit

facilities.

In addition to the above financing arrangements, we issue notes

backed by eligible collateral under master repurchase

agreements, which provide an additional financing source for our

inventory (our “repurchase agreement financing program”). The

notes issued under the program are presented within Other

secured financings. At November 30, 2025, the outstanding notes

totaled $2.27 billion, bear interest primarily at a spread over the

Secured Overnight Funding Rate (“SOFR”) and mature from

December 2025 to October 2028.

For additional details on our repurchase agreement financing

program, refer to Note 9, Variable Interest Entities in our

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report

on Form 10-K.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K28

Total Long-Term Capital

At November 30, 2025 and 2024, we had total long-term capital

of $23.14 billion and $21.66 billion, respectively, resulting in a

long-term debt to equity capital ratio of 1.17:1 and 1.12:1,

respectively.

November 30,
$ in thousands20252024
Unsecured Long-Term Debt (1) ..................................$12,494,842$11,430,610
Total Mezzanine Equity ...............................................406406
Total Equity ...................................................................10,642,20310,224,987
Total Long-Term Capital ............................................$23,137,451$21,656,003

(1)Amounts at November 30, 2025 and 2024 exclude our secured long-term debt.

The amount at November 30, 2024 excludes $8.5 million of our 5.500%

Callable Note as the note matured on February 22, 2025, $5.4 million of our

6.000% Callable Note as the note matured on June 16, 2025, $6.2 million of

our 4.500% Callable Note as the note matured on July 22, 2025, and

$500.0 million of our 5.100% Callable Note as the note matured on September

15, 2025. The amount at November 30, 2025 excludes $869.5 million of our

Callable Notes as the note matures on April 16, 2026, and $45.2 million of our

Floating Senior Notes as the note matures on June 19, 2026. The amounts at

November 30, 2025 and 2024 also exclude $102.7 million and $157.6 million,

respectively, of structured notes as the notes mature within one year.

Long-Term Debt

During the year ended November 30, 2025, long-term debt

increased by $2.37 billion to $15.90 billion at November 30, 2025,

as presented in our Consolidated Statements of Financial

Condition. This increase is primarily due to proceeds of

$1.07 billion from the issuances of unsecured senior notes,

$698.7 million from net issuances of structured notes,

$1.65 billion from increased subsidiaries’ borrowings, and

$296.1 million from currency losses on foreign currency

borrowings. These increases were partially offset by repayments

of $1.42 billion on our unsecured senior notes.

At November 30, 2025, our unsecured long-term debt has a

weighted average maturity of approximately 7.4 years.

At November 30, 2025 and 2024, our borrowings under several

credit facilities classified within Long-term debt in our

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition amounted to

$803.2 million and $775.3 million, respectively. Interest on these

credit facilities is based on an adjusted SOFR plus a spread or

other adjusted rates, as defined in the various credit agreements.

The credit facility agreements contain certain covenants that,

among other things, require us to maintain specified levels of

tangible net worth and liquidity amounts, certain credit and rating

levels and impose certain restrictions on future indebtedness of

and require specified levels of regulated capital and cash

reserves for certain of our subsidiaries. At November 30, 2025,

we were in compliance with all covenants under theses credit

facilities.

For further information, refer to Note 17, Borrowings, in our

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report

on Form 10-K.

Long-term debt ratings:

RatingOutlook
Moody’s Investors Service .........................................Baa2Stable
Standard & Poor’s ........................................................BBBStable
Fitch Ratings .................................................................BBB+Stable
Jefferies LLCJefferies International LimitedJefferies GmbH
RatingOutlookRatingOutlookRatingOutlook
Moody’s Investors Service ..........Baa1StableBaa1StableBaa1Stable
Standard & Poor’s ............BBB+StableBBB+StableBBB+Stable

Access to external financing to finance our day-to-day operations,

as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent upon various

factors, including our debt ratings. Our current debt ratings are

dependent upon many factors, including industry dynamics,

operating and economic environment, operating results,

operating margins, earnings trend and volatility, balance sheet

composition, liquidity and liquidity management, our capital

structure, our overall risk management, business diversification

and our market share and competitive position in the markets in

which we operate. Deterioration in any of these factors could

impact our credit ratings. While certain aspects of a credit rating

downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions,

the impact on our business and trading results in future periods

is inherently uncertain and depends on a number of factors,

including the magnitude of the downgrade, the behavior of

individual clients and future mitigating action taken by us.

In January 2026, we issued $1.5 billion aggregate principal

amount of 5.500% Senior Notes due 2036.

Equity Capital

Common Stock

At November 30, 2025 and 2024, we had 565,000,000 authorized

shares of voting common stock with a par value of $1.00 per

share and had 206,296,167 and 205,504,272 common shares

outstanding, respectively. At November 30, 2025, we had

16,202,612 share-based awards that do not require the holder to

pay any exercise price and 5,064,740 stock options that require

the holder to pay a weighted average exercise price of $22.69 per

share.

The Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of

common stock up to $250.0 million under a share repurchase

program. We did not purchase any shares under our share

repurchase program during the year ended November 30, 2025.

Treasury stock repurchases during the year ended November 30,

2025 represent repurchases of common stock for net-share tax

withholding under our equity compensation plan.

Dividends

Year Ended November 30, 2025
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment DatePer Common Share Amount
January 8, 2025February 14, 2025February 27, 2025$0.40
March 26, 2025May 19, 2025May 29, 2025$0.40
June 25, 2025August 18, 2025August 29, 2025$0.40
September 29, 2025November 17, 2025November 26, 2025$0.40

On January 8, 2025, the Board of Directors increased our

quarterly dividend from $0.35 to $0.40 per common share. On

January 7, 2026, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of

$0.40 per common share to be paid on February 27, 2026 to

common shareholders of record at February 17, 2026.

The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our

Board of Directors and depends upon general business

conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may

deem to be relevant.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
29Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Non-Voting Common Stock

On June 28, 2023, shareholders approved an Amended and

Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which authorized the

issuance of 35,000,000 shares of non-voting common stock with

a par value of $1.00 per share (the “Non-Voting Common

Shares”). The Non-Voting Common Shares are entitled to share

equally, on a per share basis, with the voting common stock, in

dividends and distributions. Upon the effectiveness of the

Amended and Restated Certificate of Corporation on June 30,

2023, the number of authorized shares of common stock

remains at 600,000,000 shares, composed of 565,000,000 shares

of voting common stock and 35,000,000 shares of Non-Voting

Common Shares.

Preferred Stock

On April 27, 2023, we established Series B Non-Voting

Convertible Preferred Shares with a par value of $1.00 per share

(“Series B Preferred Stock”) and designated 70,000 shares as

Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock has a

liquidation preference of $17,500 per share and rank senior to our

voting common stock upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up

of Jefferies Financial Group Inc. Each share of Series B Preferred

Stock is automatically convertible into 500 shares of non-voting

common stock, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments, three

years after issuance. The Series B Preferred Stock participates in

cash dividends and distributions alongside our voting common

stock on an as-converted basis.

Additionally, on April 27, 2023, we entered into an Exchange

Agreement with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (“SMBC”),

which entitles SMBC to exchange shares of our voting common

stock for shares of the Series B Preferred Stock at a rate of 500

shares of voting common stock for one share of Series B

Preferred Stock. The Exchange Agreement is limited to 55,125

shares of Preferred Stock and SMBC is required to pay $1.50 per

share of voting common stock so exchanged. As of November

30, 2025, SMBC had exchanged approximately 27.6 million

shares of voting common stock for 55,125 shares of Series B

Preferred Stock. At November 30, 2025, SMBC owns

approximately 15.7% of our common stock on an as-converted

basis and 14.3% on a fully-diluted, as-converted basis. The CEO

of Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. serves on our Board of

Directors. Additionally, Refer to Note 23, Related Party

Transactions for further information regarding transactions with

SMBC.

On September 19, 2025, our Board of Directors established Series

B-1 Non-Voting Convertible Preferred Shares with a par value of

$1.00 per share (“Series B-1 Preferred Stock”) and designated

17,500 shares as Series B-1 Preferred Stock. The Series B-1

Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $500 per share

and ranks senior to our voting common stock and equal to the

Series B Preferred Stock upon dissolution, liquidation or winding

up of Jefferies Financial Group Inc. Each share of Series B-1

Preferred Stock is automatically convertible into 500 shares of

non-voting common stock as soon as such non-voting common

stock exists, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. The

Series B-1 Preferred Stock also participates in cash dividends

and distributions alongside our voting common stock on an as-

converted basis.

Additionally, on September 19, 2025, we entered into an amended

and restated Exchange Agreement (the “Amended and Restated

Exchange Agreement”) with SMBC, which entitles SMBC to

exchange shares of our voting common stock for shares of the

Series B-1 Preferred Stock at a rate of 500 shares of voting

common stock for one share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock. The

Amended and Restated Exchange Agreement is limited to 17,500

shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock. Under the Amended and

Restated Exchange Agreement, SMBC is permitted to increase its

economic ownership in the Company to up to 20% on an as-

converted and fully diluted basis, while continuing to own less

than 5% of a voting interest in the Company.

During the year ended November 30, 2025 and 2024, we paid

cash dividends of $44.1 million and $31.9 million, respectively,

with respect to the Series B Preferred stock.

The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our

Board of Directors and depends upon general business

conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may

deem to be relevant.

Net Capital

Jefferies LLC is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a

member firm of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority

(“FINRA”) and is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule

(“Rule 15c3-1”), which requires the maintenance of minimum net

capital, and has elected to calculate minimum capital

requirements using the alternative method permitted by Rule

15c3-1 in calculating net capital. Jefferies LLC, as a dually-

registered U.S. broker-dealer and futures commission merchant

(“FCM”), is also subject to Regulation 1.17 of the Commodity

Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) under the Commodity

Exchange Act, which sets forth minimum financial requirements.

The minimum net capital requirement in determining excess net

capital for a dually registered U.S. broker-dealer and FCM is equal

to the greater of the requirement under SEA Rule 15c3-1 or CFTC

Regulation 1.17. FINRA is the designated examining authority for

Jefferies LLC and the National Futures Association (“NFA”) is the

designated self-regulatory organization (“DSRO”) for Jefferies

LLC as an FCM.

Jefferies Financial Services, Inc. (“JFSI”) is registered with the

SEC as a Security-Based Swap Dealer (“SBS Dealer”) and an OTC

Derivatives Dealer (“OTCDD”) subject to the SEC’s SBS dealer

regulatory rules and the SEC’s net capital requirements. JFSI is

also registered as a swap dealer with the CFTC and is subject to

the CFTC’s regulatory capital requirements pursuant to the

minimum financial requirements for swap dealers. Additionally,

as a registered member firm, JFSI is subject to the net capital

requirements of the NFA. The SEC is the designated examining

authority for JFSI in its capacity as an SBS Dealer and OTCDD,

while the NFA is the DSRO for JFSI, as a CFTC registered swap

dealer.

Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to capital adequacy

requirements as prescribed by the regulatory authorities in their

respective jurisdictions. This includes Jefferies International

Limited (“JIL”), which is subject to the regulatory supervision and

requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority in the U.K. and

Jefferies GmbH, which is subject to the regulatory supervision of

the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K30

At November 30, 2025, net capital and excess net capital were as

follows:

$ in thousandsNetCapitalExcess Net Capital
Jefferies LLC .................................................................$2,262,928$2,115,314
JFSI - SEC ......................................................................234,041200,305
JFSI - CFTC ...................................................................234,041203,041
JIL (1) .............................................................................2,043,4001,209,300
Jefferies GmbH (1) ......................................................379,326184,633

(1)Represents an equivalent capital requirement in the respective jurisdiction.

At November 30, 2025, Jefferies LLC, JFSI, JIL and Jefferies

GmbH are in compliance with their applicable requirements.

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above may

restrict our ability to withdraw capital from our regulated

subsidiaries.

At November 30, 2025 and 2024, $5.93 billion and $4.96 billion,

respectively, of net assets of our consolidated subsidiaries are

restricted as to the payment of cash dividends, or the ability to

make loans or advances to the parent company. At November 30,

2025 and 2024, $5.30 billion and $4.54 billion, respectively, of

these assets are restricted as they reflect regulatory capital

requirements or require regulatory approval prior to the payment

of cash dividends and advances to the parent company.

Customer Protection and Segregation Requirement

As a registered broker dealer that clears and carries customer

accounts, Jefferies LLC is subject to the customer protection

provisions under SEC Rule 15c3-3 and is required to compute

reserve formula requirement for customer accounts and deposit

cash or qualified securities into a special reserve bank account

for the exclusive benefit of customers. At November 30, 2025,

Jefferies LLC had $846.7 million in cash and qualified U.S.

Government securities on deposit in special reserve bank

accounts for the exclusive benefit of customers.

As a registered broker dealer that clears and carries proprietary

accounts of brokers or dealers (commonly referred to as “PAB”),

Jefferies LLC is also required to compute a reserve requirement

for PABs pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-3. At November 30, 2025,

Jefferies LLC had $475.1 million in cash and qualified U.S.

Government securities in special reserve bank accounts for the

exclusive benefit of PABs.

The qualified securities meeting the 15c3-3 customer and PAB

requirements are included in Cash and securities segregated and

Securities purchased under agreements to resell.

JFSI is exempt from the CFTC and SEC segregation rules.

Other Developments

In February 2022, Russia invaded Ukraine. Following Russia’s

invasion, the U.S., the U.K., and the European Union governments,

among others, developed coordinated financial and economic

sanctions targeting Russia that, in various ways, constrain

transactions with numerous Russian entities, including major

Russian banks and individuals; transactions in Russian sovereign

debt; and investment, trade and financing to, from, or in Ukraine.

We do not have any operations in Russia or any clients with

significant Russian operations and we have minimal market risk

related to securities of companies either domiciled or operating

in Russia. We continue to closely monitor the status of global

sanctions and restrictions, trading conditions related to Russian

securities and the credit risk and nature of our counterparties.

Global markets continue to experience disruption and volatility

following the geopolitical instability from the ongoing conflicts

along Israel’s border with the Gaza Strip and elsewhere in the

Middle East, including the ongoing tensions between Israel and

Iran. Our investments and assets in our growing business in the

Persian Gulf, Saudi Arabia and Israel, as well as the related global

macroeconomic climate, could be negatively affected by

consequences from this geopolitical and military conflict in the

region. We continue to monitor these and other geopolitical

conflicts, including recent developments between the United

States, Venezuela and other Latin American countries, and

assess their potential impact on our business.

Throughout 2025, the United States introduced actions to

increase import tariffs at various rates, including on certain

products imported from almost all countries. Other countries

have responded with retaliatory actions or plans for retaliatory

actions. Some of these tariff announcements have since been

followed by announcements of limited exemptions and

temporary pauses, and wholly new arrangements with key trading

partners of the United States. These actions have led to

increased economic uncertainty, and could negatively impact

global supply chains and trade flow. The potential impact of

tariffs on corporate earnings remains uncertain. We continue to

closely monitor the impact of these matters on our business.

Beginning on September 24, 2025, First Brands Group, LLC and

certain of its affiliates (“First Brands”) filed voluntary petitions for

Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. First Brands is an aftermarket

auto parts manufacturer that sells its products to major auto-

parts retailers (the “Obligors”). As of that date, Point Bonita

Capital, a division of Leucadia Asset Management (“LAM”),

managed on behalf of third-party institutional and other investors

an approximately $3 billion portfolio of trade-finance assets,

which was supported by total invested equity of $1.9 billion, of

which $113 million, or 5.9%, is owned by LAM. Since 2019, the

portfolio has included purported accounts receivable purchased

from First Brands and arising from the sale of First Brands’

products to Obligors. The purchase of receivables in this fashion

is called factoring, and as of the Chapter 11 filing the Point Bonita

portfolio had approximately $715 million in purported receivables

due from retailers, including Walmart, AutoZone, NAPA, O’Reilly

Auto Parts, and Advanced Auto Parts, with First Brands, as the

servicer, responsible for collecting and remitting the Obligors’

payments to Point Bonita. For almost six years until September

15, 2025, Point Bonita always had been paid on time and in full.

On September 15, 2025, First Brands stopped directing timely

transfers of funds to Point Bonita.

The First Brands bankruptcy proceedings have uncovered what is

alleged to be a massive fraud that has resulted in the bankrupt

estate bringing claims against its former CEO, its former

Executive Vice President, one of its significant financing

counterparties, and various related entities to recover billions of

dollars in allegedly fraudulent transfers. As it relates to factoring,

the alleged fraudulent activities included First Brands selling

certain receivables more than once, selling receivables that had

been inflated in amount, and selling fabricated receivables. The

Company is exerting every effort to maximize the recovery of

assets from First Brands and from the various Obligors. That

process will take months to years to complete and, given the

fraud, the recovery is uncertain.

Separately, Apex Credit Partners LLC (“Apex”), a wholly owned

subsidiary of Jefferies Finance, 50%-owned by us, manages on

behalf of third-party institutional and other investors certain CLOs

that invest in broadly syndicated loans with approximately $4.5

billion in assets under management. 12 CLOs managed by Apex

Column 1Column 2Column 3
31Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

own approximately $49 million in the aggregate of First Brands’

term loans (including PIK interest) and $9 million of First Brands’

debtor-in-possession term loans, which is approximately 1% of

the CLO assets managed by Apex. Additionally, approximately, $1

million of First Brands’ term loans (including PIK interest) and

$0.2 million of debt-in-possession term loans were transferred

from an Apex-managed CLO warehouse to Apex in anticipation of

a CLO closing expected to occur at the end of January. Apex

beneficially own a portion of the equity tranche and other senior

tranches in an amount to comply with applicable securitization

risk-retention rules and in certain instances such additional

amounts which are not material.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have contractual commitments arising in the ordinary course

of business for securities loaned or purchased under agreements

to resell, repurchase agreements, future purchases and sales of

foreign currencies, securities transactions on a when-issued

basis, purchases and sales of corporate loans in the secondary

market and underwriting. Each of these financial instruments and

activities contains varying degrees of off-balance sheet risk

whereby the fair values of the securities underlying the financial

instruments may be in excess of, or less than, the contract

amount. The settlement of these transactions is not expected to

have a material effect upon our consolidated financial

statements.

In the normal course of business, we engage in other off balance-

sheet arrangements, including derivative contracts. Neither

derivatives’ notional amounts nor underlying instrument values

are reflected as assets or liabilities in our Consolidated

Statements of Financial Condition. Rather, the fair values of

derivative contracts are reported in our Consolidated Statements

of Financial Condition as Financial instruments owned or

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased as applicable.

Derivative contracts are reflected net of cash paid or received

pursuant to credit support agreements and are reported on a net

by counterparty basis when a legal right of offset exists under an

enforceable master netting agreement. For additional information

about our accounting policies and our derivative activities, refer

to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in our

consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of

our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30,

2024 and Note 5, Fair Value Disclosures and Note 6, Derivative

Financial Instruments in our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations

Subsequent to November 30, 2025 and on or before January 31,

2026, we expect to make cash payments of $1.94 billion related

to year-end compensation awards for fiscal 2025. Refer to Note

14, Compensation Plans in our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further

information.

Risk Management

Overview

Risk is an inherent part of our business and activities. The extent

to which we properly and effectively identify, assess, monitor and

manage each of the various types of risk involved in our activities

is critical to our financial soundness, viability and profitability.

Accordingly, we have a comprehensive risk management

approach, with a formal governance structure and policies and

procedures outlining frameworks and processes to identify,

assess, monitor and manage risk. Principal risks involved in our

business activities include market, credit, liquidity and capital,

operational, model and strategic risk. Legal and compliance, new

business and reputational risk are also included within our

principal risks.

Risk management is a multifaceted process that requires

communication, judgment and knowledge of financial products

and markets. Our risk management process encompasses the

active involvement of executive and senior management, and

also many departments independent of the revenue-producing

business units, including Risk Management, Operations,

Information Technology, Compliance, Legal and Finance. Our risk

management policies, procedures and methodologies are flexible

in nature and are subject to ongoing review and modification.

In achieving our strategic business objectives, our risk appetite

incorporates keeping our clients’ interests as top priority and

ensuring we are in compliance with applicable laws, rules and

regulations, as well as adhering to the highest ethical standards.

We undertake prudent risk-taking that protects the capital base

and franchise, utilizing risk limits and tolerances that avoid

outsized risk-taking. We maintain a diversified business mix and

avoid significant concentrations to any sector, product,

geography or activity and set quantitative concentration limits to

manage this risk. We consider contagion, second order effects

and correlation in our risk assessment process and actively seek

out value opportunities of all sizes. We manage the risk of

opportunities larger than our approved risk levels through risk

sharing and risk distribution, sell-down and hedging as

appropriate. We have a limited appetite for illiquid assets and

complex derivative financial instruments. We maintain the asset

quality of our balance sheet through conducting trading activity in

liquid markets and generally ensure high turnover of our

inventory. We subject less liquid positions and derivative financial

instruments to particular scrutiny and use a wide variety of

specific metrics, limits and constraints to manage these risks.

We protect our reputation and franchise, as well as our standing

within the market. We operate a federated approach to risk

management and assign risk oversight responsibilities to a

number of functions with specific areas of focus.

For discussion of liquidity and capital risk management, refer to

the “Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources” section

herein.

Governance and Risk Management Structure

Our Board of Directors (“Board”) and Risk and Liquidity Oversight

Committee (“Committee”). Our Board and Committee play an

important role in reviewing our risk management process and

risk appetite. The Committee assists the Board in its oversight of:

(i) our enterprise risk management, (ii) our capital, liquidity and

funding guidelines and policies and (iii) the performance of our

Global Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”). Our CRO and Global Treasurer

meet with the Committee on no less than a quarterly basis to

present our risk profile and liquidity profile and to respond to

questions. Our Chief Information Officer also meets with the

Committee at least semi-annually to receive and review reports

related to any exposure to cybersecurity risk and our plans and

programs to mitigate and respond to cybersecurity risks.

Additionally, our risk management team continuously monitors

our various businesses, the level of risk the businesses are taking

and the efficacy of potential risk mitigation strategies and

presents this information to our senior management and the

Committee.

Our Board also fulfills its risk oversight role through the

operations of its various committees, including its Audit

Committee, through review of our financial statements, internal

audit function and internal control over financial reporting, as well

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K32

as through assisting the Board with our legal and regulatory

compliance and overseeing our Code of Business Practice. The

Audit Committee is also updated on risk controls at each of its

regularly scheduled meetings.

Internal Audit, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board

and includes professionals with a broad range of audit and

industry experience, including risk management expertise, is

responsible for independently assessing and validating key

controls within our risk management framework.

We make extensive use of internal committees to govern risk

taking and ensure that business activities are properly identified,

assessed, monitored and managed. The Risk Management

Committee (“RMC”) and membership comprises our Chief

Executive Officer, President, CFO, CRO and Global Treasurer. Our

other risk related committees govern risk taking and ensure that

business activities are properly managed for their area of

oversight.

Risk Committees

•Risk Management Committee (RMC) - the principal committee

that governs our risk taking activities. The RMC meets weekly

to discuss our risk profile and discuss business or market

trends and their potential impact on the business. The RMC

approves our limits as a whole and across risk categories and

business lines, reviews limit breaches, approves risk policies

and stress testing methodologies and is supported by other

Committees including:

◦Credit Risk Committee - provides review and approval of

counterparties and credit limits.

◦Model Governance Committee - oversees all model risk

matters throughout the model life cycle, from model

identification and initiation, model development, model

validation/approval and model risk control.

◦Stress Testing Committee - provides review, approval and

oversees implementation of our stress testing framework

and methodologies.

•Operating Committee - brings together the managers of all

control areas and the business line chief operating officers,

whereby each department presents issues regarding current

and proposed business. This committee provides the key

forum for coordination and communication between the

control managers entirely focused on our activities as a whole.

•Asset / Liability Committee - seeks to ensure effective

management and control of the balance sheet in terms of risk

profile, adequacy of capital and liquidity resources and funding

profile and strategy. The committee is responsible for

developing, implementing and enforcing our liquidity, funding

and capital policies. This includes recommendations for

capital and balance sheet size, as well as the allocation of

capital to our businesses.

•Independent Price Verification Committee - establishes our

valuation policies and procedures and is responsible for

independently validating the fair value of our financial

instruments. The committee, which comprises stakeholders

represented by the CFO, Internal Audit, Risk Management and

Controllers, meets monthly to assess and approve the results

of our inventory price testing.

•New Business Committee - reviews new business, products and

activities and extensions of existing businesses, products and

activities that may introduce materially different or greater

risks than those of a business’ existing activities. The new

business approval process is a key control over new business

activity. The objectives are to notify all relevant functions of the

intention to introduce a new product, business or activity, to

share information between functions and to ensure there is a

thorough understanding of the proposal.

Risk Considerations

We apply a comprehensive framework of limits on a variety of

key metrics to constrain the risk profile of our business activities.

The size of the limits reflects our risk appetite for a certain

activity under normal business conditions. Key metrics included

in our risk management framework include inventory position

and exposure limits on a gross and net basis, scenario analysis

and stress tests, Value-at-Risk (“VaR”), sensitivities, exposure

concentrations, aged inventory, Level 3 assets, counterparty

exposure, leverage and cash capital.

Market Risk

Market risk is defined as the risk of loss due to fluctuations in the

market value of financial assets and liabilities attributable to

changes in market variables.

Our market risk principally arises from interest rate risk, from

exposure to changes in the yield curve, the volatility of interest

rates, and credit spreads, and from equity price risks from

exposure to changes in prices and volatilities of individual

equities, equity baskets and equity indices. In addition,

commodity price risk results from exposure to the changes in

prices and volatilities of individual commodities, commodity

baskets and commodity indices, and foreign exchange risk

results from changes in foreign currency rates.

Market risk is present in our capital markets business through

market making, proprietary trading, underwriting and investing

activities and is present in our asset management business

through investments in separately managed accounts and direct

investments in funds. Given our involvement in a broad set of

financial products and markets, market risk exposures are

diversified and economic hedges are established as appropriate.

Market risk is monitored and managed through a set of key risk

metrics such as VaR, stress scenarios, risk sensitivities and

position exposures. Limits are set on the key risk metrics to

monitor and control the risk exposure ensuring that it is in line

with our risk appetite. Our risk appetite, including the market risk

limits, is periodically reviewed to reflect business strategy and

market environment. Material risk changes, top/emerging risks

and limit utilizations/breaches are highlighted through risk

reporting and escalated as necessary.

Trading is principally managed through front office trader

mandates, where each trader is provided a specific mandate in

line with our product registry. Mandates set out the activities,

currencies, countries and products that a desk is permitted to

trade in and set the limits applicable to a desk. Traders are

responsible for knowing their trading limits and trading in a

manner consistent with their mandate.

VaR

VaR is a statistical estimate of the potential loss from adverse

market movements over a specified time horizon within a

specified probability (confidence level). It provides a common

risk measure across financial instruments, markets and asset

classes. We estimate VaR using a model that simulates revenue

and loss distributions by applying historical market changes to

the current portfolio. We calculate a one-day VaR using a one-

year look-back period measured at a 95% confidence level.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
33Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

As with all measures of VaR, our estimate has inherent

limitations due to the assumption that historical changes in

market conditions are representative of the future. Furthermore,

the VaR model measures the risk of a current static position over

a one-day horizon and might not capture the market risk over a

longer time horizon where moves may be more extreme.

Previous changes in market risk factors may not generate

accurate predictions of future market movements. While we

believe the assumptions and inputs in our risk model are

reasonable, we could incur losses greater than the reported VaR.

Consequently, this VaR estimate is only one of a number of tools

we use in our daily risk management activities.

VaR at November 30, 2025Daily Firmwide VaR
$ in millionsDaily VaR for 2025
Risk CategoriesAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads .............................$4.52$5.67$9.31$2.50
Equity Prices ........................7.839.2713.935.73
Currency Rates ....................1.911.642.610.54
Commodity Prices ..............0.560.360.930.12
Diversification Effect (1) ....(5.86)(5.71)N/AN/A
Firmwide VaR (2) ................$8.96$11.23$16.03$7.60
VaR at November 30, 2024Daily Firmwide VaR
$ in millionsDaily VaR for 2024
Risk CategoriesAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads .............................$4.30$5.69$8.25$2.58
Equity Prices ........................8.3111.4120.697.76
Currency Rates ....................0.840.672.820.24
Commodity Prices ..............0.410.441.380.15
Diversification Effect (1) ....(2.19)(5.08)N/AN/A
Firmwide VaR (2) ................$11.67$13.13$18.70$9.33

(1)The diversification effect is not applicable for the maximum and minimum

VaR values as the firmwide VaR and the VaR values for the four risk categories

might have occurred on different days during the period.

(2)The aggregated VaR presented here is less than the sum of the individual

components (i.e., interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity risk and

commodity price risk) due to the benefit of diversification among the four risk

categories. Diversification benefit equals the difference between aggregated

VaR and the sum of VaRs for the four risk categories and arises because the

market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

VaR for our capital markets trading activities, which excludes the

impact on VaR for each component of market risk from our asset

management activities, by interest rate and credit spreads, equity,

currency and commodity products using the past 365 days of

historical data:

VaR at November 30, 2025Daily Capital Markets VaR
$ in millionsDaily VaR for 2025
Risk CategoriesAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads .............................$4.46$5.57$9.10$1.05
Equity Prices ........................4.374.296.952.85
Currency Rates ....................1.721.121.990.51
Commodity Prices ..............0.040.25
Diversification Effect (1) ....(4.11)(3.38)N/AN/A
Capital Markets VaR (2) ....$6.44$7.64$14.01$4.48
VaR at November 30, 2024Daily Capital Markets VaR
$ in millionsDaily VaR for 2024
Risk CategoriesAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads .............................$4.33$5.66$11.88$0.98
Equity Prices ........................7.277.0018.854.18
Currency Rates ....................0.520.450.900.11
Commodity Prices ..............0.010.03
Diversification Effect (1) ....(5.69)(4.59)N/AN/A
Capital Markets VaR (2) ....$6.43$8.53$12.47$5.52

(1)The diversification effect is not applicable for the maximum and minimum

VaR values as the capital markets VaR and the VaR values for the four risk

categories might have occurred on different days during the period.

(2)The aggregated VaR presented here is less than the sum of the individual

components (i.e., interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity risk and

commodity price risk) due to the benefit of diversification among the four risk

categories. Diversification benefit equals the difference between aggregated

VaR and the sum of VaRs for the four risk categories and arises because the

market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K34

Our average daily firmwide VaR decreased to $11.23 million for 2025 from $13.13 million for 2024, driven by lower equity exposures,

partially offset by an increase in exposures to movements in currency rates. The average daily capital markets VaR decreased to $7.64

million for 2025 from $8.53 million for 2024 driven by lower equity exposures, partially offset by an increase in exposures to movements

in currency rates and a lower diversification effect.

The efficacy of the VaR model is tested by comparing our actual daily net revenues for those positions included in the calculation of

VaR with the daily VaR estimate. This evaluation is performed at various levels, from the overall level down to specific business lines.

For the VaR model, revenue is defined as principal transactions revenues, trading related commissions, revenue from securitization

activities and net interest income. VaR backtesting methodologies differ for regulated entities with approved capital models.

For a 95% confidence one day VaR model (i.e., no intra-day trading), assuming current changes in market value are consistent with the

historical changes used in the calculation, losses would not be expected to exceed the VaR estimates more than twelve times on an

annual basis (i.e., once in every 20 days). During 2025, there were three days when the aggregate net trading loss exceeded the 95% one

day VaR.

The chart below presents our daily firmwide VaR and capital markets VaR over the last four quarters. In the last quarter of 2025, the

firmwide VaR decrease was driven by lower equity exposures, partially offset by an increase in exposures to movements in currency

rates.

Daily Net Trading Revenue

There were 23 days with firmwide trading losses out of a total of 250 trading days in 2025. The histogram below presents the

distribution of our actual daily net trading revenue for substantially all of our activities (in millions):

Column 1Column 2Column 3
35Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Other Risk Measures

The VaR model does not include certain positions that are best measured and monitored using sensitivity analysis. Risk Management

has additional procedures in place to assure that the level of potential loss driven by those positions not in the VaR model arising from

market movements are within acceptable levels. Such procedures include performing stress tests and profit and loss analysis. The

table below presents the potential reduction in earnings associated with a 10% stress of the fair value of the positions that are not

included in the VaR model at November 30, 2025:

$ in thousands10% Sensitivity
Investment in funds and other (1) ..........................................................................................................................................................................$173,595
Private investments ..................................................................................................................................................................................................64,693
Corporate debt securities in default .......................................................................................................................................................................17,459
Trade claims ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................2,063

(1)Primarily includes investments in hedge funds, fund of funds and private equity funds classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and excluded from the fair value

hierarchy based on net asset value.

The impact of changes in our own credit spreads on our structured notes for which the fair value option was elected is not included in

VaR. The estimated credit spread risk sensitivity for each one basis point widening in our own credit spreads on financial liabilities for

which the fair value option was elected was an increase in value of approximately $2.0 million at November 30, 2025, which is included

in other comprehensive income.

Other Risk

We are also subject to interest rate risk on our long-term fixed interest rate debt. Generally, the fair market value of debt securities with

a fixed interest rate will increase as interest rates fall, and the fair market value will decrease as interest rates rise. The following table

represents principal cash flows by expected maturity dates and the related weighted-average interest rate on those maturities for our

consolidated long-term debt obligations, inclusive of any related interest rate hedges. For the variable rate borrowings, the weighted-

average interest rates are based on the rates in effect at the reporting date. Our market risk with respect to foreign currency exposure

on our long-term debt is also presented in the table below. For additional information, refer to Note 17, Borrowings in our consolidated

financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Expected Maturity Date (Fiscal Years)
$ in thousands20262027202820292030ThereafterTotalFair Value
Rate Sensitive Liabilities:
Fixed Interest Rate Borrowings$211,312$656,405$1,378,273$370,957$1,508,541$5,442,407$9,567,895$9,710,721
Weighted-Average Interest Rate5.26%5.28%5.16%5.52%4.61%5.74%
Variable Interest Rate Borrowings$625,000$725,000$—$1,317$2,236$1,411,372$2,764,925$2,623,848
Weighted-Average Interest Rate6.44%6.71%—%4.97%4.84%5.82%
Borrowings with Foreign Currency Exposure$962,514$633,859$580,100$584,037$1,416$1,153,471$3,915,397$3,788,401
Weighted-Average Interest Rate3.95%2.59%3.37%4.04%2.50%5.92%

Stress Tests and Scenario Analysis

Stress tests are used to analyze the potential impact of specific

events or extreme market moves on the current portfolio both

firm-wide and within business segments. Stress testing is an

important part of our risk management approach because it

allows us to quantify our exposure to tail risks, highlight potential

loss concentrations, undertake risk/reward analysis, set risk

controls and overall assess and mitigate our risk.

We employ a range of stress scenarios, which comprise both

historical market price and rate changes and hypothetical market

environments, and generally involve simultaneous changes of

many risk factors. Indicative market changes in the scenarios

include, but are not limited to, a large widening of credit spreads,

a substantial decline in equities markets, significant moves in

selected emerging markets, large moves in interest rates and

changes in the shape of the yield curve.

Unlike our VaR, which measures potential losses within a given

confidence interval, stress scenarios do not have an associated

implied probability. Rather, stress testing is used to estimate the

potential loss from market moves that tend to be larger than

those embedded in the VaR calculation. Stress testing

complements VaR to cover for potential limitations of VaR such

as the breakdown in correlations, non-linear risks, tail risk and

extreme events and capturing market moves beyond the

confidence levels assumed in the VaR calculations.

Stress testing is performed and reported at least weekly as part

of our risk management process and on an ad hoc basis in

response to market events or concerns. Current stress tests

provide estimated revenue and loss of the current portfolio

through a range of both historical and hypothetical events. The

stress scenarios are reviewed and assessed at least annually so

that they remain relevant and up to date with market

developments. Additional hypothetical scenarios are also

conducted on a sub-portfolio basis to assess the impact of any

relevant idiosyncratic stress events as needed.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K36

Counterparty Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in a

counterparty’s credit worthiness or its ability or willingness to

meet its financial obligations in accordance with the terms and

conditions of a financial contract.

We are exposed to credit risk as a trading counterparty to other

broker-dealers and customers, as a counterparty to derivative

contracts, as a direct lender and through extending loan

commitments and providing securities-based lending and as a

member of exchanges and clearing organizations. Credit

exposure exists across a wide range of products, including cash

and cash equivalents, loans, securities finance transactions and

over-the-counter derivative contracts. The main sources of credit

risk are:

•Loans and lending arising in connection with our investment

banking and capital markets activities, which reflects our

exposure at risk on a default event with no recovery of loans.

Current exposure represents loans that have been drawn by the

borrower and lending commitments that are outstanding. In

addition, credit exposures on forward settling traded loans are

included within our loans and lending exposures for

consistency with the balance sheet categorization of these

items. Loans and lending also arise in connection with our

portion of a Secured Revolving Credit Facility that is with us

and Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, to be

funded equally, to support loan underwritings by Jefferies

Finance. For further information on this facility, refer to Note

10, Investments in our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, we

have loans outstanding to certain of our officers and

employees (none of whom are executive officers or directors).

For further information on these employee loans, refer to Note

23, Related Party Transactions in our consolidated financial

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

•Securities and margin financing transactions, which reflect our

credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements,

repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements to

the extent the fair value of the underlying collateral differs from

the contractual agreement amount and from margin provided

to customers.

•OTC derivatives, which are reported net by counterparty when a

legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable master netting

agreement. OTC derivative exposure is based on a contract at

fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under credit

support agreements. In addition, credit exposures on forward

settling trades are included within our derivative credit

exposures.

•Cash and cash equivalents, which includes both interest-

bearing and non-interest-bearing deposits at banks.

Credit is extended to counterparties in a controlled manner and in

order to generate acceptable returns, whether such credit is

granted directly or is incidental to a transaction. All extensions of

credit are monitored and managed as a whole to limit exposure

to loss related to credit risk. Credit risk is managed according to

the Credit Risk Management Policy, which sets out the process

for identifying counterparty credit risk, establishing counterparty

limits, and managing and monitoring credit limits. The policy

includes our approach for:

•Client on-boarding and approving counterparty credit limits;

•Negotiating, approving and monitoring credit terms in legal and

master documentation;

•Determining the analytical standards and risk parameters for

ongoing management and monitoring credit risk books;

•Actively managing daily exposure, exceptions and breaches;

and

•Monitoring daily margin call activity and counterparty

performance.

Counterparty credit exposure limits are granted within our credit

ratings framework, as detailed in the Credit Risk Management

Policy. The Credit Risk Department assesses counterparty credit

risk and sets credit limits at the counterparty master agreement

level. Limits must be approved by appropriate credit officers and

initiated in our credit and trading systems before trading

commences. All credit exposures are reviewed against approved

limits on a daily basis.

Our Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which supports loan

underwritings by Jefferies Finance, is governed under separate

policies other than the Credit Risk Management Policy and is

approved by our Board. The loans outstanding to certain of our

officers and employees are extended pursuant to a review by our

most senior management.

Current counterparty credit exposures at November 30, 2025 and

2024 are summarized in the tables below and provided by credit

quality, region and industry. Credit exposures presented take

netting and collateral into consideration by counterparty and

master agreement. Collateral taken into consideration includes

both collateral received as cash as well as collateral received in

the form of securities or other arrangements. Current exposure is

the loss that would be incurred on a particular set of positions in

the event of default by the counterparty, assuming no recovery.

Current exposure equals the fair value of the positions less

collateral. Issuer risk is the credit risk arising from inventory

positions (for example, corporate debt securities and secondary

bank loans). Issuer risk is included in our country risk exposure

within the following tables.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
37Jefferies Financial Group Inc.
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Credit Rating
Loans and LendingSecurities and MarginFinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash andCash EquivalentsTotal with Cash andCash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
$ in millionsNovember 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024
AAA Range$—$—$10.7$12.0$—$—$10.7$12.0$10,140.1$8,227.9$10,150.8$8,239.9
AA Range91.180.0218.8190.3270.55.6580.4275.9156.863.8737.2339.7
A Range24.50.21,081.51,145.1173.6415.01,279.61,560.33,514.53,691.84,794.15,252.1
BBB Range263.7253.5166.731.220.240.0450.6324.7232.5169.4683.1494.1
BB or Lower38.437.242.631.2173.878.7254.8147.10.5254.8147.6
Unrated279.5322.69.95.3289.4327.9289.4327.9
Total$697.2$693.5$1,520.3$1,409.8$648.0$544.6$2,865.5$2,647.9$14,043.9$12,153.4$16,909.4$14,801.3
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Region
Loans and LendingSecurities and MarginFinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash andCash EquivalentsTotal with Cash andCash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
$ in millionsNovember 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024
Asia-Pacific/Latin America/Other$15.8$15.8$234.6$130.4$0.4$0.2$250.8$146.4$766.3$520.3$1,017.1$666.7
Europe and the Middle East1.70.2426.5523.288.488.7516.6612.171.370.8587.9682.9
North America679.7677.5859.2756.2559.2455.72,098.11,889.413,206.311,562.315,304.413,451.7
Total$697.2$693.5$1,520.3$1,409.8$648.0$544.6$2,865.5$2,647.9$14,043.9$12,153.4$16,909.4$14,801.3
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Industry
Loans and LendingSecurities and MarginFinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash andCash EquivalentsTotal with Cash andCash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
$ in millionsNovember 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024November 30, 2025November30,2024
Asset Managers, Funds and Investment Advisors (1)(2)$438.6$362.7$83.6$38.9$—$1.6$522.2$403.2$10,140.1$8,227.9$10,662.3$8,631.1
Banks, Broker-Dealers (2)5.713.3863.8863.5478.9469.41,348.41,346.23,903.83,925.55,252.25,271.7
Corporates (2)145.3193.5165.869.6311.1263.1311.1263.1
As Agent Banks (2)529.9474.8529.9474.8529.9474.8
Other (2)107.6124.043.032.63.34.0153.9160.6153.9160.6
Total$697.2$693.5$1,520.3$1,409.8$648.0$544.6$2,865.5$2,647.9$14,043.9$12,153.4$16,909.4$14,801.3

(1)Includes a $250.0 million secured revolving credit facility to Jefferies Finance at November 30, 2025.

(2)Prior period amounts have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2025 Form 10-K38

Country Risk Exposure

Country risk is the risk that events or developments that occur in the general environment of a country or countries due to economic,

political, social, regulatory, legal or other factors, will affect the ability of obligors of the country to honor their obligations. We define the

country of risk as the country of jurisdiction or domicile of the obligor and monitor country risk resulting from both trading positions and

counterparty exposure, which may not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments utilized to manage market risk. The

following tables reflect our top exposures at November 30, 2025 and 2024 to the sovereign governments, corporations and financial

institutions in those non- U.S. countries in which we have net long issuer and counterparty exposure:

November 30, 2025
Issuer RiskCounterparty RiskIssuer and Counterparty Risk
$ in millionsFair Value of Long Debt SecuritiesFair Value of Short Debt SecuritiesNet Derivative Notional ExposureLoans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesCash and Cash EquivalentsExcluding Cash and Cash EquivalentsIncluding Cash and Cash Equivalents
Canada$175.2$(152.5)$46.3$—$56.9$373.3$—$499.2$499.2
United Kingdom1,391.5(806.6)(260.2)0.944.684.17.8454.3462.1
Hong Kong54.6(41.0)1.724.3294.939.6334.5
Australia837.8(611.8)(87.4)11.60.292.8150.4243.2
France628.5(405.8)(131.4)0.9149.20.1241.4241.5
Japan1,570.6(1,929.7)364.767.60.1140.073.3213.3
Spain546.6(341.8)(76.3)74.90.21.1203.6204.7
India19.9(17.8)0.6198.92.7201.6
Sweden250.9(168.4)52.710.5135.2145.7
Taiwan1,119.2(903.9)(172.2)101.5144.6144.6
Total$6,594.8$(5,379.3)$(261.5)$1.8$530.6$457.9$746.1$1,944.3$2,690.4
November 30, 2024
Issuer RiskCounterparty RiskIssuer and Counterparty Risk
$ in millionsFair Value of Long Debt SecuritiesFair Value of Short Debt SecuritiesNet Derivative Notional ExposureLoans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesCash and Cash EquivalentsExcluding Cash and Cash EquivalentsIncluding Cash and Cash Equivalents
Canada$259.2$(280.1)$109.7$—$46.6$360.1$59.3$495.5$554.8
United Kingdom1,332.5(680.8)(364.3)0.195.876.537.9459.8497.7
France592.2(495.0)7.70.1184.91.6291.5291.5
Hong Kong73.5(36.5)(6.0)2.4250.033.4283.4
Spain403.1(263.6)(6.0)63.11.20.5197.8198.3
Netherlands484.1(450.4)125.45.71.70.1166.5166.6
Japan2,146.0(2,093.5)0.463.237.4116.1153.5
Australia523.8(426.8)(16.8)26.544.6106.7151.3
India27.4(29.7)142.9(2.3)140.6
Italy1,070.9(569.3)(402.9)0.41.199.1100.2
Total$6,912.7$(5,325.7)$(552.8)$0.2$488.6$441.1$573.8$1,964.1$2,537.9

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of financial or non-financial impact,

resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people

and systems or from external events. We interpret this definition

as including not only financial loss or gain but also other negative

impacts to our objectives such as reputational impact, legal/

regulatory impact and impact on our clients. Third-party risk is

also included as a subset of operational risk and is defined as the

potential threat presented to us, our employees or clients from

our supply chain and other third parties used to perform a

process, service or activity on our behalf.

Our Operational Risk framework includes governance as well as

operational risk processes, comprises operational risk event

capture and analysis, risk and control self-assessments,

operational risk key indicators, action tracking, risk monitoring

and reporting, deep dive risk assessments, new business

approvals and vendor risk management. Each revenue producing

and support department is responsible for the management and

reporting of operational risks and the implementation of the

Operational Risk Management Policy and processes within the

department with regular operational risk training provided to our

employees.

Operational risk events are mapped to risk categories used for

the consistent classification of risk data to support root cause

and trend analysis, which includes:

•Fraud and Theft

•Clients and Business Practices

•Market Conduct / Regulatory Compliance

•Business Disruption

•Technology

•Data Protection and Privacy

•Trading

•Transaction and Process Management

•People

•Cybersecurity

•Vendor Risk

Our Operational Risk Management Policy and operational risk

management framework, infrastructure, methodology, processes,

guidance and oversight of the operational risk processes are

centralized and consistent firmwide and, additionally, subject to

regional and legal entity operational risk governance, as required.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
39Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

We also maintain a Third-Party (“Vendor”) Risk Management

Policy and Framework to ensure adequate control and monitoring

over our critical third parties, which includes processes for

conducting periodic reviews covering areas of risk including

financial health, information security, privacy, business continuity

management, disaster recovery and operational risk of our

vendors.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the risk of loss resulting from decisions that

are based on the output of models, due to errors or weaknesses

in the design and development, implementation or improper use

of models. We use quantitative models primarily to value certain

financial assets and liabilities and to monitor and manage our

risk. Model risk is a function of the model materiality, frequency

of use, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and

assumptions used in a given model. Robust model risk

management is a core part of our risk management approach

and is overseen through our risk governance structure and risk

management controls.

Legal and Compliance Risk

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of noncompliance

with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. We are subject

to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which we

conduct our business. We have various procedures addressing

issues such as regulatory capital requirements, sales and trading

practices, use of and safekeeping of customer funds, credit

granting, collection activities, anti-money laundering and record

keeping. These risks also reflect the potential impact that

changes in local and international laws and tax statutes have on

the economics and viability of current or future transactions. In

an effort to mitigate these risks, we continuously review new and

pending regulations and legislation and participate in various

industry interest groups. We also maintain an anonymous hotline

for employees or others to report suspected inappropriate

actions by us or by our employees or agents.

New Business Risk

New business risk refers to the risks of entering into a new line of

business or offering a new product. By entering a new line of

business or offering a new product, we may face risks that we are

unaccustomed to dealing with and may increase the magnitude

of the risks we currently face. The New Business Committee

reviews proposals for new businesses and new products to

determine if we are prepared to handle the additional or

increased risks associated with entering into such activities.

Reputational Risk

We recognize that maintaining our reputation among clients,

investors, regulators and the general public is an important

aspect of minimizing legal and operational risks. Maintaining our

reputation depends on a large number of factors, including the

selection of our clients and the conduct of our business

activities. We seek to maintain our reputation by screening

potential clients and by conducting our business activities in

accordance with high ethical standards. Our reputation and

business activity can be affected by statements and actions of

third parties, even false or misleading statements by them. We

actively monitor public comment concerning us and are vigilant

in seeking to assure accurate information and perception

prevails.

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0001628280-25-002833.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-01-28. Report date: 2024-11-30.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial

Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This report may contain or incorporate by reference certain

“forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A

of the Securities Act of 1933, Section 21E of the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934 and/or the Private Securities Litigation

Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include

statements about our future and statements that are not

historical or current facts. These forward-looking statements are

often preceded by the words “should,” “expect,” “believe,”

“intend,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements may contain expectations regarding

revenues, earnings, operations and other results, and may include

statements of future performance, plans and objectives. Forward-

looking statements also include statements pertaining to our

strategies for future development of our business and products.

Forward-looking statements represent only our belief regarding

future events, many of which by their nature are inherently

uncertain. It is possible that the actual results may differ, possibly

materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these

forward-looking statements. Information regarding important

factors that could cause actual results to differ, perhaps

materially, from those in our forward-looking statements is

contained in this report and other documents we file. You should

read and interpret any forward-looking statement together with

these documents, including the following:

•the description of our business contained in this report under

the caption “Business”;

•the risk factors contained in this report under the caption “Risk

Factors”;

•the discussion of our analysis of financial condition and results

of operations contained in this report under the caption

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

and Results of Operations” herein;

•the discussion of our risk management policies, procedures

and methodologies contained in this report under the caption

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

and Results of Operations—Risk Management” herein;

•the consolidated financial statements and notes to the

consolidated financial statements contained in this report; and

•cautionary statements we make in our public documents,

reports and announcements.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on

which that statement is made. We undertake no obligation to

update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or

circumstances that occur after the date on which the statement

is made, except as required by applicable law.

Our business, by its nature, does not produce predictable or

necessarily recurring earnings. Our results in any given period

can be materially affected by conditions in global financial

markets, economic conditions generally and our own activities

and positions. For a further discussion of the factors that may

affect our future operating results, refer to the risk factors

contained in this report under the caption “Risk Factors”.

Our results of operations for the years ended November 30, 2024

(“2024”) and November 30, 2023 (“2023”) are discussed below.

For a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended

November 30, 2022 (“2022”) and our 2023 results of operations

as compared to our 2022 results of operations, refer to

“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report

Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2023, which was

filed with the SEC on January 26, 2024.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
17Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Overview

$ in thousands20242023% Change
Net revenues ........................................$7,034,803$4,700,41749.7%
Non-interest expenses ........................6,029,2574,346,14838.7%
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes .............................1,005,546354,269183.8%
Income tax expense from continuing operations ..............................................293,19491,881219.1%
Net earnings from continuing operations ..............................................712,352262,388171.5%
Net earnings from discontinued operations (including gain on disposal), net of income taxes ............3,667N/M
Net losses attributable to noncontrolling interests .......................(27,364)(14,846)84.3%
Net losses attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests .(454)(100.0)%
Preferred stock dividends ....................74,11014,616407.0%
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders ..........................................669,273263,072154.4%
Effective tax rate from continuing operations .............................................29.2%25.9%
$ in thousands20232022% Change
Net revenues ........................................$4,700,417$5,978,838(21.4)%
Non-interest expenses ........................4,346,1484,923,276(11.7)%
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes .............................354,2691,055,562(66.4)%
Income tax expense from continuing operations ..............................................91,881273,852(66.4)%
Net earnings from continuing operations ..............................................262,388781,710(66.4)%
Net losses attributable to noncontrolling interests .......................(14,846)(2,397)519.4%
Net losses attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests .(454)(1,342)(66.2)%
Preferred stock dividends ....................14,6168,28176.5%
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders ..........................................263,072777,168(66.1)%
Effective tax rate from continuing operations .............................................25.9%25.9%

N/M — Not Meaningful

Executive Summary

Consolidated Results

•Net revenues were $7.03 billion for 2024, up 49.7% compared

to $4.70 billion for 2023, reflecting strength across all lines of

business primarily due to market share gains and a stronger

overall market for our services.

•Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes were

$1.01 billion for 2024, up 183.8% compared to $354.3 million

for 2023.

•Our overall results were strong for 2024, driven by strength and

continued momentum in Investment Banking and Equities.

•Net earnings from discontinued operations (including gain on

disposal), net of income taxes were $3.7 million and reflects

the current year results of OpNet offset by a gain on the sale of

OpNet, which closed in August 2024.

Business Results

•Investment banking net revenues were $3.44 billion for 2024,

up 51.6% compared to $2.27 billion for 2023. Advisory net

revenues were $1.81 billion, up 51.1% compared to $1.20

billion for 2023, primarily attributable to market share gains

and increased overall market opportunity. Total underwriting

net revenues were $1.49 billion for 2024, up 53.4% compared

to $970.5 million for 2023, due to increased equity and debt

underwriting activity as a result of a more robust equity and

general capital markets environment.

•Equities net revenues were $1.59 billion for 2024, up 39.8%

compared to $1.14 billion for 2023, attributable to market

share gains, increased volumes and more favorable trading

opportunities driving stronger results across most of our

equities business lines

•Fixed income net revenues were $1.17 billion, up 6.8%

compared to $1.09 billion for 2023, driven by stronger results

from our distressed trading and securitized markets

businesses, partially offset by reduced activity in our global

structured solutions business and less favorable results across

our emerging markets, credit e-trading, corporates, and

municipal securities businesses, which were particularly strong

in the prior fiscal year.

•Asset management net revenues were $803.7 million for 2024,

compared to $188.3 million for 2023. Investment return for

2024 were higher on improved performance across a number

of our investment strategies, partially offset by $36.2 million of

revenue losses associated with our investment in Weiss. Other

investments net revenues for the current year were

meaningfully higher than the prior year largely due to the

inclusion of Stratos and Tessellis in our overall results as these

entities became consolidated subsidiaries in the fourth quarter

of 2023.

Non-interest Expenses

•Compensation and benefits expense was $3.66 billion for

2024, an increase of $1.12 billion, or 44.3%, compared to $2.54

billion for 2023. Compensation and benefits expense as a

percentage of Net revenues was 52.0% for 2024, compared to

53.9% for 2023. The ratio for 2024 was impacted by the

consolidation of Stratos and Tessellis, which have lower

compensation ratios.

•Non-compensation expenses were $2.37 billion for 2024, an

increase of $558.8 million, or 30.9%, compared to $1.81 billion

for 2023. The increase in non-compensation expenses is

primarily attributed to increased brokerage and clearing fees

associated with increased trading volumes and higher

technology and communication and business development

expenses. Other expenses include bad debt expenses largely

related to our losses associated with Weiss Strategy Advisers

upon its shutdown in the first quarter of 2024. In addition, Non-

compensation expenses were higher due to the inclusion of

Stratos and Tessellis as operating subsidiaries, particularly

impacting depreciation and amortization expense, following

the consolidation of these entities in the fourth quarter of 2023,

partially offset by the impact of the spin-off of Vitesse Energy

in January 2023 and sale of Foursight in April 2024. The

increased cost of sales for 2024 reflects increased sales

activity within our HomeFed real estate subsidiary. Non-

compensation expenses as a percentage of Net revenues

improved from 38.5% in 2023 to 33.7% in 2024 as our revenue

growth outpaced expense growth. The ratio includes our Other

investments portfolio, which have higher non-compensation

expense ratios.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K18

Headcount

•At November 30, 2024, we had 7,822 employees globally

across all of our consolidated subsidiaries within our

Investment Banking and Capital Markets and Asset

Management reportable segments, an increase of 258

employees from our headcount of 7,564 at November 30, 2023.

Included within our global headcount are 2,063 employees of

our Stratos, Tessellis, HomeFed and M Science subsidiaries.

During the past year, we have increased the number of our

Investment Banking Managing Directors and related staff,

along with additional technology and corporate staff to support

our growth and strategic priorities.

Revenues by Source

We present our results as two reportable business segments:

Investment Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management.

Additionally, corporate activities are fully allocated to each of

these reportable business segments. Beginning in fiscal 2024, we

now refer to “Merchant banking” as “Other investments” in our

Asset Management reportable segment.

Net revenues presented for our Investment Banking and Capital

Markets reportable segment include allocations of interest

income and interest expense as we assess the profitability of

these businesses inclusive of the net interest revenue or expense

associated with the respective activities, including the net

interest cost of allocated short- and long-term debt, which is a

function of the mix of each business’s associated assets and

liabilities and the related funding costs.

The remainder of our “Consolidated Results of Operations” is

presented on a detailed product and expense basis. Our

“Revenues by Source” is reported along the following business

lines: Investment Banking, Equities, Fixed Income and Asset

Management.

Foreign currency transaction gains or losses, debt valuation

adjustments on derivative contracts, gains and losses on

investments held in deferred compensation plans or certain other

corporate income items are not considered by management in

assessing the financial performance of our operating businesses

and are, therefore, not reported as part of our business segment

results.

20242023
$ in thousandsAmount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net Revenues% Change
Advisory ............................$1,811,63425.8%$1,198,91625.5%51.1%
Equity underwriting ..........799,80411.4560,24311.942.8
Debt underwriting .............689,2279.8410,2088.768.0
Other investment banking ........................144,1222.0102,8512.240.1
Total Investment Banking ........................3,444,78749.02,272,21848.351.6
Equities ..............................1,592,79322.61,139,42524.239.8
Fixed income .....................1,166,76116.61,092,73623.26.8
Total Capital Markets ......2,759,55439.22,232,16147.423.6
Total Investment Banking and Capital Markets (1) ..................6,204,34188.24,504,37995.737.7
Asset management fees and revenues ..............103,4881.593,6782.010.5
Investment return .............212,2093.0154,4613.337.4
Allocated net interest (2) .(62,135)(1.0)(49,519)(1.1)25.5
Other investments, inclusive of net interest .........................550,1077.8(10,275)(0.2)N/M
Total Asset Management ...............803,66911.3188,3454.0326.7
Other ...................................26,7930.57,6930.3248.3
Net revenues .....................$7,034,803100.0%$4,700,417100.0%49.7%
20232022
$ in thousandsAmount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net Revenues% Change
Advisory .............................$1,198,91625.5%$1,778,00329.7%(32.6)%
Equity underwriting ..........560,24311.9538,9479.04.0
Debt underwriting .............410,2088.7490,8738.2(16.4)
Other investment banking ........................102,8512.263,2451.162.6
Total Investment Banking ........................2,272,21848.32,871,06848.0(20.9)
Equities ..............................1,139,42524.21,069,70117.96.5
Fixed income .....................1,092,73623.2800,49213.436.5
Total Capital Markets ......2,232,16147.41,870,19331.319.4
Total Investment Banking and Capital Markets (1) ..................4,504,37995.74,741,26179.3(5.0)
Asset management fees and revenues ...............93,6782.089,1271.55.1
Investment return .............154,4613.3156,5942.6(1.4)
Allocated net interest (2) .(49,519)(1.1)(54,429)(0.9)(9.0)
Other investments, inclusive of net interest .........................(10,275)(0.2)1,052,19917.6N/M
Total Asset Management ...............188,3454.01,243,49120.8(84.9)
Other ...................................7,6930.3(5,914)(0.1)N/M
Net revenues .....................$4,700,417100.0%$5,978,838100.0%(21.4)%

N/M — Not Meaningful

(1)Allocated net interest is not separately disaggregated for Investment Banking

and Capital Markets. This presentation is aligned to our Investment Banking

and Capital Markets internal performance measurement.

(2)Allocated net interest represents an allocation to Asset Management of our

long-term debt interest expense, net of interest income on our Cash and cash

equivalents and other sources of liquidity. Allocated net interest has been

disaggregated to increase transparency and to make clearer actual

Investment return. We believe that aggregating Investment return and

Allocated net interest would obscure the Investment return by including an

amount that is unique to our credit spreads, debt maturity profile, capital

structure, liquidity risks and allocation methods.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
19Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2024, revenues from corporate

equity derivative transactions historically included within Other

investment banking net revenues were reclassified to Equities net

revenues as the underlying business has matured and has

started to generate meaningful revenues. Prior year amounts

have been revised to conform to this reclassification change to

the current year reporting.

Investment Banking Revenues

Investment banking is composed of revenues from:

•advisory services with respect to mergers and acquisitions,

debt financing, restructurings and private capital transactions;

•underwriting services, which include debt underwriting and

placement services related to investment grade debt, high yield

bonds, leveraged loans, emerging market debt, global

structured notes, municipal debt, mortgage-backed and asset-

backed securities; equity underwriting and placement services

related to equity offerings, preferred stock, and equity-linked

securities; and loan syndication;

•our 50% share of net earnings from our corporate lending joint

venture, Jefferies Finance;

•our 45% share of net earnings from our commercial real estate

joint venture, Berkadia (which includes commercial mortgage

origination and servicing);

•Foursight, our wholly-owned subsidiary engaged in the lending

and servicing of automobile loans (until the sale in April 2024);

•securities and loans received or acquired in connection with

our investment banking activities; and

•certain revenue-sharing agreements with SMBC primarily

associated with investment banking business opportunities.

Investment banking net revenues were $3.44 billion for 2024, up

51.6% compared to $2.27 billion for 2023. We have made

extensive investments in our investment banking business,

including a significant number of professional hires, particularly

at the managing director level, and have expanded our

capabilities across sectors and regions, which has led to market

share gains.

Deals Completed
202420232022
Advisory transactions ....................364287364
Public and private equity and convertible offerings ..................243182166
Public and private debt financings ....................................1,080699653
Aggregate Value
$ in millions202420232022
Advisory transactions ....................$359.2$259.1$336.7
Public and private equity and convertible offerings ..................83.559.637.8
Public and private debt financings ....................................516.1213.6250.6

Advisory net revenues were $1.81 billion for 2024, up 51.1%

compared to $1.20 billion for 2023, driven by market share gains

attributable to an increase in transaction levels across most

sectors in the global mergers and acquisitions markets.

Total underwriting net revenues were $1.49 billion for 2024, up

53.4% compared to $970.5 million for 2023, due to increased

equity and debt underwriting activity as a result of a more robust

equity and general capital markets environment.

Other investment banking net revenues were $144.1 million for

2024, compared to $102.9 million for 2023. Results from our

share of the net earnings of our Jefferies Finance joint venture

increased, as net revenues were slightly improved and certain

investment and loan losses incurred in 2023 were not repeated.

Revenues from our share of the net earnings of our Berkadia joint

venture increased from the prior year period primarily driven by

higher interest income and servicing fees attributable to a larger

and growing loan servicing portfolio, as well as an increase in

sales volumes. In addition, during the current year, we recognized

a $24.2 million gain from the sale of Foursight. Other investment

banking revenue also includes net gains on investments and

revenue from our strategic alliance with SMBC.

Our investment banking backlog remains robust and we see

signs that underwriting and mergers and acquisitions activity in

the upcoming year will remain strong, although execution is

always uncertain and dependent on market conditions. Backlog

snapshots are subject to limitations as the time frame for the

realization of revenues from these expected transactions varies

and is influenced by factors we do not control. Transactions not

included in the estimate may occur, and expected transactions

may also be modified or cancelled.

Equities Net Revenues

Equities is composed of net revenues from:

•services provided to our clients from which we earn

commissions or spread revenue by executing, settling and

clearing transactions for clients;

•advisory services offered to clients;

•financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage

services offered to clients, including capital introductions and

outsourced trading;

•corporate equity derivative transactions; and

•wealth management services.

Equities net revenues were $1.59 billion for 2024, an increase of

39.8% compared to $1.14 billion in 2023, attributable to market

share gains, increased volumes and more favorable trading

opportunities driving stronger results across most of our equities

business lines. Results in our cash and electronic trading

businesses significantly increased over the prior year period.

Results in our prime services business were also strong and

revenue from equity derivative transactions has continued to

grow as the business continues to mature.

Fixed Income Net Revenues

Fixed income is composed of net revenues from:

•executing transactions for clients and making markets in

securitized products, investment grade, high-yield, distressed,

emerging markets, municipal, sovereign and emerging markets

securities and loans;

•customized products and corporate hedging and foreign

currency solutions through derivative products; and

•financing and other structuring services.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K20

Fixed income net revenues were $1.17 billion for 2024, up 6.8%

compared to $1.09 billion in 2023, driven by stronger results from

our distressed trading and securitized markets businesses,

partially offset by reduced activity in our global structured

solutions business and lower results across our emerging

markets, credit e-trading, corporates, and municipal securities

businesses, which were particularly strong in the prior fiscal year.

Asset Management

We operate a diversified alternative asset management platform

offering institutional clients a range of investment strategies

directly and through our affiliated asset managers. We provide

certain of our affiliated asset managers access to our global

marketing and distribution platform, as well as operational

infrastructure and support. We often invest our own capital in the

strategies offered by us and associated third-party asset

managers in which we have an interest.

Asset management revenues include the following:

•management and performance fees from funds and accounts

managed by us;

•revenue from affiliated asset managers where we are entitled

to portions of their revenues and/or profits, as well as earnings

on our ownership interests in our affiliated asset managers;

•investment income from our capital invested in and managed

by us and our affiliated asset managers; and

•revenues from investments held in our other investments

portfolio, including consolidated operations from real estate

development activities, foreign exchange trading (Stratos

consolidated from the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2023)

and telecommunications activities related to Tessellis

(consolidated at the end of the fourth quarter of 2023) as well

as OpNet (from the at the end of the fourth quarter of 2023

through its sale in August 2024) and investments in certain

public equity securities and private companies. Prior fiscal

years include revenues from oil and gas activities until the spin-

off of our interest in Vitesse Energy in January 2023.

Asset management fees and revenues are impacted by the level

of assets under management and the performance return of

those assets, for the most part on an absolute basis, and, in

certain cases, relative to a benchmark or hurdle. These

components can be affected by financial markets, profits and

losses in the applicable investment portfolios and client capital

activity. Further, asset management fees vary with the nature of

investment management services. The terms under which clients

may terminate our investment management agreements, and the

requisite notice period for such termination, varies depending on

the nature of the investment vehicle and the liquidity of the

portfolio assets. In some instances, performance fees and

similar revenues are recognized once a year, when they become

fixed and determinable and are not probable of being

significantly reversed, typically in December. As a result, a

significant portion of our performance fees and similar revenues

generated from investment returns in a calendar year are

recognized in our following fiscal year.

$ in thousands20242023% Change
Asset management fees:
Equities .................................................$5,145$3,78535.9%
Multi-asset ............................................45,55530,08251.4%
Total asset management fees ..........50,70033,86749.7%
Revenue from strategic affiliates (1)52,78859,811(11.7)%
Total asset management fees and revenues ..........................................103,48893,67810.5%
Investment return ................................212,209154,46137.4%
Other investments ...............................550,107(10,275)N/M
Allocated net interest ..........................(62,135)(49,519)25.5%
Total Asset Management ..................$803,669$188,345326.7%
$ in thousands20232022% Change
Asset management fees:
Equities .................................................$3,785$7,198(47.4)%
Multi-asset ............................................30,08216,32784.2%
Total asset management fees ..........33,86723,52544.0%
Revenue from strategic affiliates (1)59,81165,602(8.8)%
Total asset management fees and revenues ..........................................93,67889,1275.1%
Investment return ................................154,461156,594(1.4)%
Other investments ...............................(10,275)1,052,199N/M
Allocated net interest ..........................(49,519)(54,429)(9.0)%
Total Asset Management ..................$188,345$1,243,491(84.9)%

(1)These amounts include our share of fees received by affiliated asset

management companies with which we have revenue and profit share

arrangements, as well as earnings on our ownership interest in affiliated asset

managers.

Asset management fees and revenues were $103.5 million for

2024, compared to $93.7 million for 2023, reflecting higher

management and performance fees on funds managed by us,

partially offset by a decrease in revenues from our strategic

affiliates.

Investment return was $212.2 million for 2024, compared to

$154.5 million for 2023, with the increase driven by improved

returns generated across a number of our fund strategies,

partially offset by losses of $36.2 million associated with our

investment in Weiss.

Other investments net revenues were $550.1 million for 2024,

compared to negative net revenues of $(10.3) million for 2023,

with the increase primarily driven by the consolidation of Stratos

and Tessellis in the fourth quarter of 2023, partially offset by the

spin-off of Vitesse Energy in January 2023. Additionally, during

the current year, Other investments net revenues include net

gains on investment positions compared to losses  recognized in

the prior fiscal year on certain positions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
21Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Assets Under Management

Aggregate net asset values or net asset value equivalent assets

under management:

$ in millions20242023
Seed capital net asset values of investments .................$1,761$1,763
Financed net asset values of investments ......................1,1741,785
Net asset values of investments (1) ..................................2,9353,548
Assets under management by affiliated asset managers with revenue sharing arrangements (2) ....19,49822,379
Third-party and other investments actively managed by our wholly-owned managers (3) ....................................2,5962,100
Total aggregate net asset values or net asset value equivalent assets under management ........................$25,029$28,027

(1)Revenues related to the investments made by us are presented in Investment

return within the results of our asset management businesses.

(2)Revenues from our share of fees received by affiliated asset managers are

presented in Revenue from strategic affiliates within the results of our asset

management businesses.

(3)We earn asset management fees as a result of the third-party investments,

which are presented in Asset management fees and revenues within the

results of our asset management businesses.

The tables below include third-party and other assets under

management by us, excluding those of our affiliated asset

managers.

Assets under management by predominant asset class:

$ in millions20242023
Assets under management:
Equities ..........................................................................$473$448
Multi-asset ....................................................................2,1231,606
Total ...............................................................................$2,596$2,054

Change in assets under management:

$ in millions20242023
Assets under management:
Balance, beginning of period ......................................$2,054$1,248
Net cash inflows ...........................................................442693
Net market appreciation (depreciation) ...................100113
Balance, end of period ................................................$2,596$2,054

Assets under management are based on the net asset value or

net asset value equivalent of a fund plus unfunded capital

commitments to the fund, the net asset value equivalents of

separately managed accounts and the fair value of any invested

capital in our consolidated funds and separately managed

accounts. Assets under management is generally based on how

fee and revenues are calculated and the measure also includes

funds and separately managed accounts for which we do not

charge fees.

Our definition of assets under management is not based on any

definition contained in any of our investment management

agreements and differs from the manner in which “Regulatory

Assets Under Management” is reported to the SEC on Form ADV.

Asset Management Investments

Our asset management business makes seed and additional

strategic investments directly in alternative asset management

separately managed accounts and co-mingled funds where we

act as the asset manager or in affiliated asset managers where

we have strategic relationships and participate in the revenues or

profits of the affiliated manager.

Investments by type of asset manager:

$ in thousands20242023
Jefferies Financial Group Inc.; as manager:
Fund investments (1) ...................................................$199,248$179,533
Separately managed accounts (2) ............................177,998187,350
Total ...............................................................................$377,246$366,883
Strategic affiliates; as manager:
Fund investments (1) ...................................................$944,940$936,743
Separately managed accounts (2) ............................439,043458,894
Investments in asset managers .................................81,40340,363
Total ...............................................................................$1,465,386$1,436,000
Total asset management investments ...................$1,842,632$1,802,883

(1)Due to the level or nature of an investment in a fund, we may consolidate that

fund; and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the fund are included in the

representative line items in our consolidated financial statements. At

November 30, 2024 and 2023, $11.3 million and $11.9 million, respectively,

represent net investments in funds that have been consolidated in our

financial statements.

(2)Where we have investments in a separately managed account, the assets and

liabilities of such account are presented in our consolidated financial

statements within each respective line item.

Other

Other revenues include foreign currency transaction gains or

losses, debt valuation adjustments on derivative contracts, gains

and losses on investments held in deferred compensation plans

or certain other corporate income items that are not attributed to

business segments as management does not consider such

amounts in assessing the financial performance of our operating

businesses.

Non-interest Expenses

$ in thousands20242023% Change
Compensation and benefits ...........$3,659,588$2,535,27244.3%
Brokerage and clearing fees ..........432,721366,70218.0
Underwriting costs ..........................68,49261,08212.1
Technology and communications546,655477,02814.6
Occupancy and equipment rental .118,611106,05111.8
Business development ...................283,459177,54159.7
Professional services .....................296,204266,44711.2
Depreciation and amortization ......190,326112,20169.6
Cost of sales ....................................206,28329,435600.8
Other ..................................................226,918214,3895.8
Total non-interest expenses .........$6,029,257$4,346,14838.7%
$ in thousands20232022% Change
Compensation and benefits ...........$2,535,272$2,589,044(2.1)%
Brokerage and clearing fees ..........366,702347,8055.4
Underwriting costs ..........................61,08242,06745.2
Technology and communications477,028444,0117.4
Occupancy and equipment rental .106,051108,001(1.8)
Business development ...................177,541150,50018.0
Professional services .....................266,447240,97810.6
Depreciation and amortization ......112,201172,902(35.1)
Cost of sales ....................................29,435440,837(93.3)
Other ..................................................214,389387,131(44.6)
Total non-interest expenses .........$4,346,148$4,923,276(11.7)%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K22

Total Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses were $6.03 billion for 2024, an increase of

$1.68 billion, or 38.7%, compared to $4.35 billion for 2023,

primarily due to an increase in overall business activity and

compensation expense. Non-compensation expenses are also

impacted by the inclusion of Stratos and Tessellis as operating

subsidiaries following the consolidation of these entities in the

fourth quarter of 2023, partially offset by the impact of the spin-

off of Vitesse Energy in January 2023 and the sale of Foursight in

April 2024.

Compensation and Benefits

Compensation and benefits expense consists of salaries,

benefits, commissions, annual cash compensation and share-

based awards and the amortization of share-based and cash

compensation awards to employees.

Cash and share-based awards and a portion of cash awards

granted to employees as part of year end compensation generally

contain provisions such that employees who terminate their

employment or are terminated without cause may continue to

vest in their awards, so long as those awards are not forfeited as

a result of other forfeiture provisions (primarily non-compete

clauses) of those awards. Accordingly, the compensation

expense for a portion of awards granted at year end as part of

annual compensation is recorded during the year of the award.

Compensation and benefits expense includes amortization

expense associated with these awards to the extent vesting is

contingent on future service. In addition, certain awards to our

Chief Executive Officer and our President contain market and

performance conditions and the awards are amortized over their

service periods.

Compensation and benefits expense was $3.66 billion for 2024

compared to $2.54 billion for 2023. A significant portion of our

compensation expense is highly variable with net revenues.

Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of Net

revenues was 52.0% for 2024 and 53.9% for 2023. The ratio for

2024 was impacted by the consolidation of Stratos and Tessellis,

which have much lower compensation rates proportionate to net

revenues.

Compensation expense related to the amortization of share- and

cash-based awards amounted to $513.7 million for 2024

compared to $370.0 million for 2023.

At November 30, 2024, we had 7,822 employees globally across

all of our consolidated subsidiaries within our Investment

Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management reportable

segments, an increase of 258 employees from our headcount of

7,564 at November 30, 2023. Included within our global

headcount are 2,063 employees of our Stratos, Tessellis,

HomeFed, and M Science subsidiaries. During the past year, we

have increased the number of our Investment Banking Managing

Directors and related staff along with additional technology and

corporate staff to support our growth and strategic priorities.

Refer to Note 15, Compensation Plans included in this Annual

Report on Form 10-K, for further details on compensation and

benefits.

Non-interest Expenses (Excluding Compensation and Benefits)

Non-interest expenses, excluding Compensation and benefits, as

a percentage of Net revenues improved from 38.5% in 2023 to

33.7% in 2024 as our revenue growth outpaced expense growth.

The ratio includes our Other investments portfolio, which has a

higher non-compensation expense ratio.

Non-interest expenses was impacted by the following:

•Brokerage and clearing fees were higher by $66.0 million due

to increased trading volumes.

•Technology and communication were higher by $69.6 million

related to the continued development of various trading and

management systems and increased market data costs.

•Business development was higher by $105.9 million reflecting

increased investment banking advisory and capital markets

underwriting activity.

•Professional services expenses were higher by $29.8 million

primarily on increased transaction related legal fees

associated with capital markets transaction and litigation as

well as consulting fees paid to outsourced vendors related to

strategic technology investment initiatives.

•Cost of sales and depreciation and amortization expenses

were higher by $255.0 million primarily reflecting the

consolidation of Stratos and Tessellis, partially offset by the

spin-off of Vitesse Energy in January 2023 and sale of

Foursight in April 2024.

Income Taxes

•The provision for income taxes on continuing operations was

$293.2 million for 2024, equating to an effective tax rate of

29.2%, compared to $91.9 million for 2023, equating to an

effective tax rate of 25.9%. The higher rate for 2024 is largely

due to a smaller tax benefit from share-based awards in the

current year.

•The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development

(“OECD”) Pillar Two Model Rules (“Pillar Two”) for the global

15% minimum tax have been adopted in a number of

jurisdictions in which we operate. Pillar Two will be applicable

to us beginning December 1, 2024 and we do not expect a

material impact on our income tax expense for the year ended

November 30, 2025.

Refer to Note 20, Income Taxes in our consolidated financial

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for

further details on income taxes.

Accounting Developments

For a discussion of recently issued accounting developments and

their impact on our consolidated financial statements, refer to

Note 3, Accounting Developments in our consolidated financial

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity

with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”),

which requires management to make estimates and

assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our

consolidated financial statements and related notes. Actual

results can and may differ from estimates. These differences

could be material to our consolidated financial statements.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
23Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

We believe our application of U.S. GAAP and the associated

estimates are reasonable. Our accounting estimates are

reevaluated, and adjustments are made when facts and

circumstances dictate a change. Historically, we have found our

application of accounting policies to be appropriate, and actual

results have not differed materially from those determined using

necessary estimates.

For further discussions of the following significant accounting

policies and other significant accounting policies, refer to Note 2,

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated

financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-

K.

Valuation of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not

yet purchased are recorded at fair value. The fair value of a

financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell

an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction

between market participants at the measurement date (the exit

price). Unrealized gains or losses are generally recognized in

Principal transactions revenues in our Consolidated Statements

of Earnings.

For information on the composition of our Financial instruments

owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

recorded at fair value, refer to Note 6, Fair Value Disclosures in

our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual

Report on Form 10-K.

Fair Value Hierarchy – In determining fair value, we maximize the

use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable

inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when

available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants

would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data

obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect

our assumptions that market participants would use in pricing

the asset or liability developed based on the best information

available in the circumstances. We apply a hierarchy to

categorize our fair value measurements broken down into three

levels based on the transparency of inputs, where Level 1 uses

observable prices in active markets and Level 3 uses valuation

techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs.

Greater use of management judgment is required in determining

fair value when inputs are less observable or unobservable in the

marketplace, such as when the volume or level of trading activity

for a financial instrument has decreased and when certain

factors suggest that observed transactions may not be reflective

of orderly market transactions. Judgment must be applied in

determining the appropriateness of available prices, particularly

in assessing whether available data reflects current prices and/or

reflects the results of recent market transactions. Prices or

quotes are weighed when estimating fair value with greater

reliability placed on information from transactions that are

considered to be representative of orderly market transactions.

Fair value is a market-based measure; therefore, when market

observable inputs are not available, our judgment is applied to

reflect those judgments that a market participant would use in

valuing the same asset or liability. The availability of observable

inputs can vary for different products. We use prices and inputs

that are current as of the measurement date even in periods of

market disruption or illiquidity. The valuation of financial

instruments categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy

involves the greatest extent of management judgment. Refer to

Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 6,

Fair Value Disclosures in our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further

information on the definitions of fair value, Level 1, Level 2 and

Level 3 and related valuation techniques.

For information on the composition of our Financial instruments

owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

recorded at fair value and the composition of activity of our Level

3 assets and Level 3 liabilities, refer to Note 6, Fair Value

Disclosures in our consolidated financial statements included in

this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Controls Over the Valuation Process for Financial Instruments –

Our Independent Price Verification Group, independent of the

trading function, plays an important role in determining that our

financial instruments are appropriately valued and that fair value

measurements are reliable. This is particularly important where

prices or valuations that require inputs are less observable. In the

event that observable inputs are not available, the control

processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach

utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the

assumptions are reasonable. Where a pricing model is used to

determine fair value, these control processes include reviews of

the pricing model’s theoretical soundness and appropriateness

by risk management personnel with relevant expertise who are

independent from the trading desks. In addition, recently

executed comparable transactions and other observable market

data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions

underlying the model.

Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in estimating our provision for

income taxes. In determining the provision for income taxes, we

must make judgments and interpretations about how to apply

inherently complex tax laws to numerous transactions and

business events. In addition, we must make estimates about the

amount, timing and geographic mix of future taxable income,

which includes various tax planning strategies to utilize tax

attributes and deferred tax assets before they expire.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax

asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We

are required to consider all available evidence, both positive and

negative, and to weigh the evidence when determining whether a

valuation allowance is required and the amount of such valuation

allowance. Generally, greater weight is required to be placed on

objectively verifiable evidence when making this assessment, in

particular on recent historical operating results.

We also record reserves for unrecognized tax benefits based on

our assessment of the probability of successfully sustaining tax

filing positions. Management exercises significant judgment

when assessing the probability of successfully sustaining tax

filing positions, and in determining whether a contingent tax

liability should be recorded and if so, estimating the amount. If

our tax filing positions are successfully challenged, payments

could be required that are in excess of reserved amounts or we

may be required to reduce the carrying amount of our net

deferred tax asset, either of which could be significant to our

financial condition or results of operations.

Impairment of Equity Method Investments

We evaluate equity method investments for impairment when

operating losses or other factors may indicate a decrease in

value which is other than temporary. We consider a variety of

factors including economic conditions nationally and in an

investment’s geographic area of operation, adverse changes in

the industry in which an investment operates, declines in

business prospects, deterioration in earnings, increasing costs of

operations and other relevant factors specific to the

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K24

investee. Whenever we believe conditions or events indicate that

one of these investments might be significantly impaired, we

generally obtain from such investee updated cash flow

projections and obtain other relevant information related to

assessing the overall valuation of the investee. Utilizing this

information, we assess whether the investment is considered to

be other-than-temporarily impaired. To the extent an investment

is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, an impairment

charge is recognized for the amount, if any, by which the

investment’s book value exceeds our estimate of the

investment’s fair value.

In the first quarter of 2023, we performed a valuation of our

equity method investment in Golden Queen as forecasts of the

expected future production of gold and silver from its mine had

declined from previous periods. Our estimate of fair value was

based on a discounted cash flow analysis, which included

management’s projections of future Golden Queen cash flows

and a discount rate of 11.0%. As a result, an impairment loss of

$22.1 million was recorded in Other income for the three months

ended February 28, 2023. During the three months ended May 31,

2023, we recognized an additional impairment loss of $7.3

million primarily due to further declines in cash flows at Golden

Queen resulting in a carrying value our investment of $16.8

million at May 31, 2023. During the three months ended August

31, 2023, we recognized an additional impairment loss of $27.8

million, which reduced the carrying value of our investment to

zero and also reduced the carrying value of shareholder loans to

Golden Queen to $8.8 million at August 31, 2023. The impairment

for the three months ended August 31, 2023 was primarily based

on our estimate of what could be recognized in a sale transaction

for the investment. In the fourth quarter of 2023, we sold Golden

Queen and recognized a gain of $1.7 million on the sale.

We had an equity method interest in Stratos with rights to a

majority of all distributions in respect of Stratos. In the fourth

quarter of 2022, we had a triggering event to test our investment

in Stratos for impairment. We estimated the fair value of our

equity interest in Stratos based primarily on a discounted cash

flow valuation model. The discounted cash flow valuation model

used inputs including management’s projections of future Stratos

cash flows and a discount rate of 23.0%. The estimated fair value

of our equity investment in Stratos was $61.7 million as of the

date of our impairment evaluation, which was $25.3 million lower

than our prior carrying value. We concluded that the decline in fair

value was other than temporary and as result incurred a $25.3

million impairment charge. During 2023, we obtained 100% of the

interests in Stratos and now account for Stratos as a wholly

owned subsidiary. Refer to Note 4, Business Acquisitions in our

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report

on Form 10-K.

Goodwill

At November 30, 2024, goodwill recorded in our Consolidated

Statements of Financial Condition is $1.83 billion (2.8% of total

assets). The nature and accounting for goodwill is discussed in

Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 13,

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, in our consolidated financial

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for

impairment at least annually, or when circumstances or events

make it more likely than not that an impairment occurred.

Goodwill is tested by comparing the estimated fair value of each

reporting unit with its carrying value. Our annual goodwill

impairment testing date for a substantial portion of our reporting

units is August 1 and November 30 for other identified reporting

units. The results of our annual tests did not indicate any

goodwill impairment.

We use allocated tangible equity plus allocated goodwill and

intangible assets for the carrying amount of each reporting unit.

The amount of tangible equity allocated to a reporting unit is

based on our cash capital model deployed in managing our

businesses, which seeks to approximate the capital a business

would require if it were operating independently. For further

information on our Cash Capital Policy, refer to the Liquidity,

Financial Condition and Capital Resources section herein.

Intangible assets are allocated to a reporting unit based on either

specifically identifying a particular intangible asset as pertaining

to a reporting unit or, if shared among reporting units, based on

an assessment of the reporting unit’s benefit from the intangible

asset in order to generate results.

Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit requires management

judgment and often involves the use of estimates and

assumptions that could have a significant effect on whether or

not an impairment charge is recorded and the magnitude of such

a charge. Estimated fair values for our reporting units utilize

market valuation methods that incorporate price-to-earnings and

price-to-book multiples of comparable public companies and/or

projected cash flows. Under the market valuation approach, the

key assumptions are the selected multiples and our internally

developed projections of future profitability, growth and return on

equity for each reporting unit. The weight assigned to the

multiples requires judgment in qualitatively and quantitatively

evaluating the size, profitability and the nature of the business

activities of the reporting units as compared to the comparable

publicly-traded companies. The valuation methodology for our

reporting units is sensitive to management’s forecasts of future

profitability, which are a significant component of the valuation

and come with a level of uncertainty regarding trading volumes

and capital market transaction levels. In addition, as the fair

values determined under the market valuation approach

represent a noncontrolling interest, we apply a control premium

to arrive at the estimate fair value of each reporting unit on a

controlling basis.

Carrying values of goodwill by reporting unit:

November 30,
$ in millions20242023
Investment banking ...................................................................$700.7$700.2
Equities and wealth management ...........................................255.4255.3
Fixed income ..............................................................................576.9576.6
Asset management ...................................................................143.0143.0
Other investments .....................................................................151.9172.8
Total.............................................................................................$1,827.9$1,847.9

Refer to Note 4, Business Acquisitions and Note 13, Goodwill and

Intangible Assets in our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details on

goodwill.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
25Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources

Our CFO and Global Treasurer are responsible for developing and

implementing our liquidity, funding and capital management

strategies. These policies are determined by the nature and

needs of our day-to-day business operations, business

opportunities, regulatory obligations, and liquidity requirements.

Our actual levels of capital, total assets and financial leverage are

a function of a number of factors, including asset composition,

business initiatives and opportunities, regulatory requirements

and cost and availability of both long term and short-term

funding. We have historically maintained a balance sheet

consisting of a large portion of our total assets in cash and liquid

marketable securities. The liquid nature of these assets provides

us with flexibility in financing and managing our business.

We also own a legacy portfolio of businesses and investments

that are reflected as consolidated subsidiaries, equity

investments or securities. Over the most recent years, we

completed several critical steps to substantially liquidate our

legacy Other investments portfolio of businesses, including the

spin-off of Vitesse Energy in January 2023 and the sales of

Golden Queen in November 2023, Foursight in April 2024 and the

wholesale operations of OpNet in August 2024.

In keeping with our strategy of returning excess liquidity to

shareholders, during the year ended November 30, 2024, we

returned an aggregate of $347.3 million to shareholders primarily

in the form of $303.0 million in cash dividends and the

repurchases of $1.1 million common shares for a total of $44.3

million at a weighted average price of $40.72 per share in

connection with the net share settlement for tax purposes of

stock awards under our equity compensation plans.

We maintain modest leverage to support our investment grade

ratings. The growth of our balance sheet is supported by our

equity and we have quantitative metrics in place to monitor

leverage and double leverage. Our capital plan is robust, in order

to sustain our operating model through stressed conditions. We

maintain adequate financial resources to support business

activities in both normal and stressed market conditions,

including a buffer in excess of our regulatory, or other internal or

external, requirements. Our access to funding and liquidity is

stable and efficient to ensure that there is sufficient liquidity to

meet our financial obligations in normal and stressed market

conditions.

Our Balance Sheet

A business unit level balance sheet and cash capital analysis are

prepared and reviewed with senior management on a weekly

basis. As a part of this balance sheet review process, capital is

allocated to all assets and gross balance sheet limits are

adjusted, as necessary. This process ensures that the allocation

of capital and costs of capital are incorporated into business

decisions. The goals of this process are to protect the firm’s

platform, enable our businesses to remain competitive, maintain

the ability to manage capital proactively and hold businesses

accountable for both balance sheet and capital usage.

We actively monitor and evaluate our financial condition and the

composition of our assets and liabilities. We continually monitor

our overall securities inventory, including the inventory turnover

rate, which confirms the liquidity of our overall assets. A

significant portion of our financial instruments are valued on a

daily basis and we monitor and employ balance sheet limits for

our various businesses.

November 30,
$ in millions20242023% Change
Total assets................................................$64,360.3$57,905.211.1%
Cash and cash equivalents ......................12,153.48,526.442.5
Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory purposes or deposited with clearing and depository organizations ....................1,132.61,414.6(19.9)
Financial instruments owned ..................24,138.321,747.511.0
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased ..............................................11,007.311,251.2(2.2)
Total Level 3 assets ..................................734.2680.67.9
Securities borrowed ..................................$7,213.4$7,192.10.3%
Securities purchased under agreements to resell ............................6,179.75,950.53.9
Total securities borrowed and securities purchased under agreements to resell ...........................$13,393.1$13,142.61.9%
Securities loaned .......................................$2,540.9$1,840.538.1%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ............................................12,337.910,920.613.0
Total securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase ............................................$14,878.8$12,761.116.6%

Total assets at November 30, 2024 and 2023 were $64.36 billion

and $57.91 billion, respectively, an increase of 11.1%. During

2024, average total assets were approximately 10.3% higher than

total assets at November 30, 2024.

Our total Financial instruments owned inventory was $24.14

billion and $21.75 billion at November 30, 2024 and 2023,

respectively. During the year ended November 30, 2024, our total

Financial instruments owned increased primarily due to the

increase in corporate equity securities. Financial instruments

sold, not yet purchased inventory was $11.01 billion at

November 30, 2024, a decrease of 2.2% from $11.25 billion at

November 30, 2023, with the decrease primarily driven by

decreases in sovereign obligations and derivative contracts,

partially offset by increases in corporate equity and debt

securities. Our overall net inventory position was $13.13 billion

and $10.50 billion at November 30, 2024 and 2023, respectively,

with the increase primarily due to an increases in corporate

equity securities.

Level 3 assets:

$ in millionsNovember 30, 2024PercentNovember 30, 2023Percent
Investment Banking ............$146.720.0%$129.319.0%
Equities and Fixed Income .312.242.5337.249.5
Asset Management (1) .......256.234.9198.429.2
Other ......................................19.12.6$15.72.3
Total ......................................$734.2100.0%$680.6100.0%

(1)At November 30, 2024 and 2023, $218.3 million and $121.4 million,

respectively, are attributed to Other investments within our Asset Management

reportable segment.

Securities financing assets and liabilities include financing for

our financial instruments trading activity, matched book

transactions and mortgage finance transactions. Matched book

transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain

securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions.

Our average month end balance of total reverse repos and stock

borrows during 2024 were 34.4% higher than the November 30,

2024 balance. Our average month end balance of total repos and

stock loans during 2024 were 23.8% higher than the

November 30, 2024 balance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K26

Select information related to repurchase agreements:

Year Ended
$ in millions ......................................................................20242023
Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell:
Year end ...........................................................................$6,180$5,951
Month end average .........................................................8,9107,681
Maximum month end .....................................................10,97810,767
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase: .
Year end ...........................................................................$12,338$10,921
Month end average .........................................................15,19713,556
Maximum month end .....................................................20,97117,981

Fluctuations in the balance of our repurchase agreements from

period to period and intraperiod are dependent on business

activity in those periods. Additionally, the fluctuations in the

balances of our securities purchased under agreements to resell

are influenced in any given period by our clients’ balances and

our clients’ desires to execute collateralized financing

arrangements via the repurchase market or via other financing

products. Average balances and period end balances will

fluctuate based on market and liquidity conditions and we

consider the fluctuations intraperiod to be typical for the

repurchase market.

Leverage Ratios:

November 30,
$ in millions20242023
Total assets ..................................................................$64,360$57,905
Total equity ...................................................................$10,225$9,802
Total shareholders’ equity ..........................................$10,157$9,710
Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets ....................(2,054)(2,045)
Tangible shareholders’ equity ...................................$8,103$7,665
Leverage ratio (1) .........................................................6.35.9
Tangible gross leverage ratio (2) ...............................7.77.3

(1)Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total equity.

(2)Tangible gross leverage ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure) equals total

assets less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets divided by tangible

shareholders’ equity. The tangible gross leverage ratio is used by rating

agencies in assessing our leverage ratio.

Liquidity Management

The key objectives of the liquidity management framework are to

support the successful execution of our business strategies

while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and

during periods of financial and idiosyncratic distress. Our liquidity

management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk

that we may be unable to access adequate financing to service

our financial obligations without material franchise or business

impact.

The principal elements of our liquidity management framework

are our Cash Capital Policy, our assessment of Modeled Liquidity

Outflow (“MLO”) and our Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”).

Liquidity Management Framework. Our Liquidity Management

Framework is based on a model of a potential liquidity

contraction over a one-year time period. This incorporates

potential cash outflows during a market or our idiosyncratic

liquidity stress event, including, but not limited to, the following:

•Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and

no incremental unsecured debt issuance;

•Maturity rolloff of outstanding letters of credit with no further

issuance and replacement with cash collateral;

•Higher margin requirements than currently exist on assets on

securities financing activity, including repurchase agreements

and other secured funding including central counterparty

clearinghouses;

•Liquidity outflows related to possible credit downgrade;

•Lower availability of secured funding;

•Client cash withdrawals;

•The anticipated funding of outstanding investment and loan

commitments; and

•Certain accrued expenses and other liabilities and fixed costs.

Cash Capital Policy. We maintain a cash capital model that

measures long-term funding sources against requirements.

Sources of cash capital include our equity, mezzanine equity and

the noncurrent portion of long-term borrowings. Uses of cash

capital include the following:

•Illiquid assets such as equipment, goodwill, net intangible

assets, exchange memberships, deferred tax assets and

certain investments;

•A portion of securities inventory and other assets not expected

to be financed on a secured basis in a credit stressed

environment (i.e., margin requirements); and

•Drawdowns of unfunded commitments.

To ensure that we do not need to liquidate inventory in the event

of a funding stress, we seek to maintain surplus cash capital. Our

total long-term capital of $21.66 billion at November 30, 2024

exceeded our cash capital requirements.

MLO. Our businesses are diverse, and our liquidity needs are

determined by many factors, including market movements,

collateral requirements and client commitments, all of which can

change dramatically in a difficult funding environment. During a

liquidity stress, credit-sensitive funding, including unsecured debt

and some types of secured financing agreements, may be

unavailable, and the terms (e.g., interest rates, collateral

provisions and tenor) or availability of other types of secured

financing may change. As a result of our policy to ensure we have

sufficient funds to cover what we estimate may be needed in a

liquidity stress, we hold more cash and unencumbered securities

and have greater long-term debt balances than our businesses

would otherwise require. As part of this estimation process, we

calculate an MLO that could be experienced in a liquidity stress.

MLO is based on a scenario that includes both a market-wide

stress and firm-specific stress, characterized by some or all of

the following elements:

•Global recession, default by a medium-sized sovereign, low

consumer and corporate confidence, and general financial

instability.

•Severely challenged market environment with material declines

in equity markets and widening of credit spreads.

•Damaging follow-on impacts to financial institutions leading to

the failure of a large bank.

•A firm-specific crisis potentially triggered by material losses,

reputational damage, litigation, executive departure, and/or a

ratings downgrade.

The following are the critical modeling parameters of the MLO:

•Liquidity needs over a 30-day scenario.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
27Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

•A two-notch downgrade of our long-term senior unsecured

credit ratings.

•No support from government funding facilities.

•A combination of contractual outflows, such as upcoming

maturities of unsecured debt, and contingent outflows (e.g.,

actions though not contractually required, we may deem

necessary in a crisis). We assume that most contingent

outflows will occur within the initial days and weeks of a

stress.

•No diversification benefit across liquidity risks. We assume

that liquidity risks are additive.

The calculation of our MLO under the above stresses and

modeling parameters considers the following potential

contractual and contingent cash and collateral outflows:

•All upcoming maturities of unsecured long-term debt,

promissory notes and other unsecured funding products

assuming we will be unable to issue new unsecured debt or

rollover any maturing debt.

•Repurchases of our outstanding long-term debt in the ordinary

course of business as a market maker.

•A portion of upcoming contractual maturities of secured

funding activity due to either the inability to refinance or the

ability to refinance only at wider haircuts (i.e., on terms which

require us to post additional collateral). Our assumptions

reflect, among other factors, the quality of the underlying

collateral and counterparty concentration.

•Collateral postings to counterparties due to adverse changes in

the value of our over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives and other

outflows due to trade terminations, collateral substitutions,

collateral disputes, collateral calls or termination payments

required by a two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings.

•Variation margin postings required due to adverse changes in

the value of our outstanding exchange-traded derivatives and

any increase in initial margin and guarantee fund requirements

by derivative clearing houses.

•Liquidity outflows associated with our prime services business,

including withdrawals of customer credit balances, and a

reduction in customer short positions.

•Liquidity outflows to clearing banks to ensure timely

settlements of cash and securities transactions.

•Draws on our unfunded commitments considering, among

other things, the type of commitment and counterparty.

•Other upcoming large cash outflows, such as employee

compensation, tax and dividend payments, with no expectation

of future dividends from any subsidiaries.

Based on the sources and uses of liquidity calculated under the

MLO scenarios, we determine, based on a calculated surplus or

deficit, additional long-term funding that may be needed versus

funding through the repurchase financing market and consider

any adjustments that may be necessary to our inventory balances

and cash holdings. At November 30, 2024, we had sufficient

excess liquidity to meet all contingent cash outflows detailed in

the MLO for at least 30 days without balance sheet reduction. We

regularly refine our model to reflect changes in market or

economic conditions and our business mix.

CFP. Our CFP ensures the ability to access adequate liquid

financial resources to meet liquidity shortfalls that may arise in

emergency situations. The CFP triggers the following actions:

•Sets out the governance for managing liquidity during a

liquidity crisis;

•Identifies key liquidity and capital early warning indicators that

will help guide the response to the liquidity crisis;

•Identifies the actions and escalation procedures should we

experience a liquidity crisis including coordination amongst

senior management and the Board of Directors;

•Sets out the sources of funding available during a liquidity

crisis;

•Sets out the communication plan during a liquidity crisis for

key external stakeholders including regulators, relationship

banks, rating agencies and funding counterparties; and

•Sets out an action plan to source additional funding.

Sources of Liquidity

Financial instruments that are cash and cash equivalents or are

deemed by management to be generally readily convertible into

cash, marginable or accessible for liquidity purposes within a

relatively short period of time:

$ in thousandsNovember 30, 2024Average Balance Quarter Ended November 30, 2024 (1)November 30, 2023
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash in banks .............................................$3,925,535$5,070,837$2,606,673
Money market investments (2) ...............8,227,8795,089,1875,919,690
Total cash and cash equivalents ............12,153,41410,160,0248,526,363
Other sources of liquidity:
Debt securities owned and securities purchased under agreements to resell (3) ................................................1,287,5641,415,8631,472,524
Other (4) ......................................................573,042717,178456,341
Total other sources ...................................1,860,6062,133,0411,928,865
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources .......................$14,014,020$12,293,065$10,455,228
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources as % of Total assets ....................................................21.8%18.1%
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources as % of Total assets less goodwill and intangible assets ....................................................22.5%18.7%

(1)Average balances are calculated based on weekly balances.

(2)At November 30, 2024 and 2023, $8.21 billion and $5.90 billion, respectively,

was invested in U.S. government money funds that invest primarily in cash,

securities issued by the U.S. government and U.S. government-sponsored

entities, and repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by cash or

government securities. The remaining balances at November 30, 2024 and

2023 are primarily invested in AAA-rated prime money funds. The average

balance of U.S. government money funds for the quarter ended November 30,

2024 was $5.07 billion.

(3)Consists of high-quality sovereign government securities and reverse

repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities and other

high quality sovereign government securities; deposits with a central bank

within the European Economic Area, United Kingdom, Canada, Australia,

Japan, Switzerland or the U.S.; and securities issued by a designated

multilateral development bank and reverse repurchase agreements with

underlying collateral composed of these securities.

(4)Other includes unencumbered inventory representing an estimate of the

amount of additional secured financing that could be reasonably expected to

be obtained from our Financial instruments owned that are currently not

pledged after considering reasonable financing haircuts.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K28

In addition to the cash balances and liquidity pool presented

above, the majority of financial instruments (both long and short)

in our trading accounts are actively traded and readily

marketable. At November 30, 2024, we had the ability to readily

obtain repurchase financing for 77.0% of our inventory at haircuts

of 10% or less, which reflects the liquidity of our inventory. In

addition, as a matter of our policy, all of these assets have

internal capital assessed, which is in addition to the funding

haircuts provided in the securities finance markets. Additionally,

certain of our Financial instruments owned primarily consisting

of loans and investments are predominantly funded by long term

capital. Under our cash capital policy, we model capital allocation

levels that are more stringent than the haircuts used in the

market for secured funding; and we maintain surplus capital at

these more stringent levels. We continually assess the liquidity of

our inventory based on the level at which we could obtain

financing in the marketplace for a given asset. Assets are

considered to be liquid if financing can be obtained in the

repurchase market or the securities lending market at collateral

haircut levels of 10% or less.

Financial instruments by asset class that we consider to be of a

liquid nature and the amount of such assets that have not been

pledged as collateral:

November 30,
20242023
$ in thousandsLiquid FinancialInstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (2)Liquid Financial InstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (2)
Corporate equity securities .............$5,280,920$781,490$4,062,977$652,131
Corporate debt securities .............5,179,229339,5004,785,701171,457
U.S. government, agency and municipal securities .............4,061,77375,9113,852,232111,423
Other sovereign obligations ..........1,361,7621,044,6301,562,3461,120,074
Agency mortgage-backed securities (1) .......2,695,2823,220,918
Loans and other receivables ..........978210,373
Total ...........................$18,579,944$2,241,531$17,694,547$2,055,085

(1)Consists solely of agency mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal

Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), the Federal National

Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Government National Mortgage

Association (“Ginnie Mae”).

(2)Unencumbered liquid balances represent assets that can be sold or used as

collateral for a loan but have not been.

In addition to being able to be readily financed at reasonable

haircut levels, we estimate that each of the individual securities

within each asset class above could be sold into the market and

converted into cash within three business days under normal

market conditions, assuming that the entire portfolio of a given

asset class was not simultaneously liquidated. There are no

restrictions on the unencumbered liquid securities, nor have they

been pledged as collateral.

Sources of Funding and Capital Resources

Our assets are funded by equity capital, senior debt, securities

loaned, securities sold under agreements to repurchase,

customer free credit balances, bank loans and other payables.

Secured Financing

We rely principally on readily available secured funding to finance

our inventory of financial instruments owned and financial

instruments sold. Our ability to support increases in total assets

is largely a function of our ability to obtain short- and

intermediate term secured funding, primarily through securities

financing transactions. We finance a portion of our long inventory

and cover some of our short inventory by pledging and borrowing

securities in the form of repurchase or reverse repurchase

agreements (collectively “repos”), respectively. During 2024, an

average of approximately 61.0% of our cash and noncash

repurchase financing activities used collateral that was

considered eligible collateral by central clearing corporations.

Central clearing corporations are situated between participating

members who borrow cash and lend securities (or vice versa);

accordingly, repo participants contract with the central clearing

corporation and not one another individually. Therefore,

counterparty credit risk is borne by the central clearing

corporation which mitigates the risk through initial margin

demands and variation margin calls from repo participants. The

comparatively large proportion of our total repo activity that is

eligible for central clearing reflects the high quality and liquid

composition of the inventory we carry in our trading books. For

those asset classes not eligible for central clearing house

financing, we seek to execute our bi-lateral financings on an

extended term basis and the tenor of our repurchase and reverse

repurchase agreements generally exceeds the expected holding

period of the assets we are financing. The weighted average

maturity of cash and noncash repurchase agreements for non-

clearing corporation eligible funded inventory is approximately

six months at November 30, 2024.

Our ability to finance our inventory via central clearinghouses and

bi-lateral arrangements is augmented by our ability to draw bank

loans on an uncommitted basis under our various banking

arrangements. At November 30, 2024, short-term borrowings,

which must be repaid within one year or less include bank loans,

overdrafts and borrowings under revolving credit facilities.

Letters of credit are used in the normal course of business

mostly to satisfy various collateral requirements in favor of

exchanges in lieu of depositing cash or securities. Average daily

short-term borrowings outstanding were $1.25 billion and $787.9

million for 2024 and 2023, respectively.

At November 30, 2024 and 2023, our borrowings under bank

loans in Short-term borrowings were $414.5 million and

$937.1 million, respectively. Our borrowings include credit

facilities that contain certain covenants that, among other things,

require us to maintain a specified level of tangible net worth,

require a minimum regulatory net capital requirement for our U.S.

broker-dealer, Jefferies LLC, and impose certain restrictions on

the future indebtedness of certain of our subsidiaries that are

borrowers. Interest is based on rates at spreads over the federal

funds rate or other adjusted rates, as defined in the various credit

agreements, or at a rate as agreed between the bank and us in

reference to the bank’s cost of funding. At November 30, 2024,

we were in compliance with all covenants under these credit

facilities.

In addition to the above financing arrangements, we issue notes

backed by eligible collateral under master repurchase

agreements, which provides an additional financing source for

our inventory (our “repurchase agreement financing program”).

The notes issued under the program are presented within Other

secured financings. At November 30, 2024, the outstanding notes

totaled $2.11 billion, bear interest at a spread over the Secured

Overnight Funding Rate (“SOFR”) or the Euro Short-Term Rate

(“ESTER”) and mature from December 2024 to October 2026.

For additional details on our repurchase agreement financing

program, refer to Note 10, Variable Interest Entities in our

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report

on Form 10-K.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
29Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Total Long-Term Capital

At November 30, 2024 and 2023, we had total long-term capital

of $21.66 billion and $17.70 billion, respectively, resulting in a

long-term debt to equity capital ratio of 1.12:1 and 0.81:1,

respectively. Refer to “Equity Capital” herein for further

information on our change in total equity.

November 30,
$ in thousands20242023
Unsecured Long-Term Debt (1) ..................................$11,430,610$7,902,079
Total Mezzanine Equity ...............................................406406
Total Equity ...................................................................10,224,9879,802,135
Total Long-Term Capital ............................................$21,656,003$17,704,620

(1)The amounts at November 30, 2024 and 2023 exclude our secured long-term

debt. The amount at November 30, 2023 excludes $544.2 million of our 1%

Euro Medium Term Notes as the note fully matured on July 19, 2024. The

amount at November 30, 2024 excludes $8.5 million of our 5.500% Callable

Note as the note matures on February 22, 2025, $5.4 million of our 6.000%

Callable Note as the note matures on June 16, 2025, $6.2 million of our

4.500% Callable Note as the note matures on July 22, 2025, and $500.0 million

of our 5.100% Callable Note as the note matures on September 15, 2025. The

amounts at November 30, 2024 and 2023 exclude $157.6 million and $51.0

million, respectively, of structured notes as the senior notes mature within one

year.

Long-Term Debt

During 2024, long-term debt increased by $3.83 billion to $13.53

billion at November 30, 2024, as presented in our Consolidated

Statements of Financial Condition. This increase is primarily due

to proceeds of $3.98 billion from the issuances of unsecured

senior notes, $487.0 million from net issuances of structured

notes, $254.8 million from increased subsidiaries borrowings,

and valuation losses on structured notes of $175.7 million. These

increases were partially offset by a $350.0 million paydown of a

revolving credit facility and repayments of $720.5 million on our

unsecured senior notes.

At November 30, 2024, our unsecured long-term debt has a

weighted average maturity of approximately 7.5 years.

At November 30, 2024 and 2023 our borrowings under several

credit facilities classified within Long-term debt in our

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition amounted to

$775.3 million and $735.2 million, respectively. Interest on these

credit facilities is based on an adjusted SOFR plus a spread or

other adjusted rates, as defined in the various credit agreements.

The credit facility agreements contain certain covenants that,

among other things, require us to maintain specified levels of

tangible net worth and liquidity amounts, certain credit and rating

levels and impose certain restrictions on future indebtedness of

and require specified levels of regulated capital and cash

reserves for certain of our subsidiaries. At November 30, 2024,

we were in compliance with all covenants under theses credit

facilities.

For further information, refer to Note 18, Borrowings, in our

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report

on Form 10-K.

Our long-term debt ratings at November 30, 2024 are as follows:

RatingOutlook
Moody’s Investors Service .........................................Baa2Stable
Standard & Poor’s ........................................................BBBStable
Fitch Ratings .................................................................BBB+Stable
Jefferies LLCJefferies International LimitedJefferies GmbH
RatingOutlookRatingOutlookRatingOutlook
Moody’s Investors Service ..........Baa1StableBaa1StableBaa1Stable
Standard & Poor’s ............BBB+StableBBB+StableBBB+Stable

Access to external financing to finance our day-to-day operations,

as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent upon various

factors, including our debt ratings. Our current debt ratings are

dependent upon many factors, including industry dynamics,

operating and economic environment, operating results,

operating margins, earnings trend and volatility, balance sheet

composition, liquidity and liquidity management, our capital

structure, our overall risk management, business diversification

and our market share and competitive position in the markets in

which we operate. Deterioration in any of these factors could

impact our credit ratings. While certain aspects of a credit rating

downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions,

the impact on our business and trading results in future periods

is inherently uncertain and depends on a number of factors,

including the magnitude of the downgrade, the behavior of

individual clients and future mitigating action taken by us.

In connection with certain over-the-counter derivative contract

arrangements and certain other trading arrangements, we may be

required to provide additional collateral to counterparties,

exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a credit

rating downgrade. At November 30, 2024, the amount of

additional collateral that could be called by counterparties,

exchanges and clearing organizations under the terms of such

agreements in the event of a downgrade of our long-term credit

rating below investment grade was $120.1 million. For certain

foreign clearing organizations, credit rating is only one of several

factors employed in determining collateral that could be called.

The above represents management’s best estimate for additional

collateral to be called in the event of a credit rating downgrade.

The impact of additional collateral requirements is considered in

our CFP and calculation of MLO, as described above.

Equity Capital

Common Stock

At November 30, 2024 and 2023, we had 565,000,000 authorized

shares of voting common stock with a par value of $1.00 per

share and had 205,504,272 and 210,626,642 common shares

outstanding, respectively. At November 30, 2024, we had

15,768,229 share-based awards that do not require the holder to

pay any exercise price and 5,064,740 stock options that require

the holder to pay a weighted average exercise price of $22.69 per

share.

The Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of

common stock up to $250.0 million under a share repurchase

program. We did not purchase any shares under our share

repurchase program during 2024. Treasury stock repurchases

during 2024 represent repurchases of common stock for net-

share withholding under our equity compensation plan.

In February 2023, our mandatorily redeemable convertible

preferred shares were converted into 4,654,362 common shares.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K30

Dividends

Year Ended November 30, 2024
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment DatePer Common Share Amount
January 8, 2024February 16, 2024February 27, 2024$0.30
March 27, 2024May 20, 2024May 30, 2024$0.30
June 26, 2024August 19, 2024August 30, 2024$0.35
September 25, 2024November 18, 2024November 27, 2024$0.35
Year Ended November 30, 2023
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment DatePer Common Share Amount
January 9, 2023February 13, 2023February 24, 2023$0.30
March 28, 2023May 15, 2023May 26, 2023$0.30
June 27, 2023August 14, 2023August 25, 2023$0.30
September 27, 2023November 13, 2023November 28, 2023$0.30

On January 8, 2025, the Board of Directors increased our

quarterly dividend from $0.35 to $0.40 per common share to be

paid on February 27, 2025 to common shareholders of record at

February 14, 2025.

The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our

Board of Directors and depends upon general business

conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may

deem to be relevant.

Non-Voting Common Stock

On June 28, 2023, shareholders approved an Amended and

Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which authorized the

issuance of 35,000,000 shares of non-voting common stock with

a par value of $1.00 per share (the “Non-Voting Common

Shares”). The Non-Voting Common Shares are entitled to share

equally, on a per share basis, with the voting common stock, in

dividends and distributions. Upon the effectiveness of the

Amended and Restated Certificate of Corporation on June 30,

2023, the number of authorized shares of common stock

remains at 600,000,000 shares, composed of 565,000,000 shares

of voting common stock and 35,000,000 shares of Non-Voting

Common Shares.

Series B Preferred Stock

On April 27, 2023, we established Series B Non-Voting

Convertible Preferred Shares with a par value of $1.00 per share

(“Series B Preferred Stock”) and designated 70,000 shares as

Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock has a

liquidation preference of $17,500 per share and rank senior to our

voting common stock upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up

of Jefferies Financial Group Inc. Each share of Series B Preferred

Stock is automatically convertible into 500 shares of non-voting

common stock, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments, three

years after issuance. The Series B Preferred Stock participates in

cash dividends and distributions alongside our voting common

stock on an as-converted basis.

Additionally, on April 27, 2023, we entered into an Exchange

Agreement with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (“SMBC”),

which entitles SMBC to exchange shares of our voting common

stock for shares of the Series B Preferred Stock at a rate of 500

shares of voting common stock for one share of Series B

Preferred Stock. The Exchange Agreement is limited to 55,125

shares of Preferred Stock and SMBC is required to pay $1.50 per

share of voting common stock so exchanged. During the year-

ended November 30, 2023, SMBC exchanged 21.0 million shares

of voting common stock for 42,000 shares of Series B Preferred

Stock and we received cash of $31.5 million in connection with

the exchange. As a result of the exchange, our equity attributed

to our voting common stock decreased by $21.0 million, our

equity attributed to the Series B Preferred Stock increased by

$42,000 and additional paid-in capital increased by $52.4 million.

On June 20, 2024, SMBC exchanged an additional 6.6 million

shares of voting common stock for 13,125 shares of Series B

Preferred Stock and we received $9.8 million from SMBC in

connection with the exchange. Following this exchange, SMBC

increased its ownership to 11.8% of our common stock on an as-

converted basis and 10.9% on a fully-diluted, as-converted basis.

As a result, the CEO of Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group, Inc.

was elected and now serves on our Board of Directors. On

September 19, 2024, SMBC purchased 9.2 million shares of our

common stock. At November 30, 2024, SMBC owns

approximately 15.8% of our common stock on an as-converted

basis and 14.5% on a fully-diluted, as-converted basis. Refer to

Note 24, Related Party Transactions for further information

regarding transactions with SMBC.

During the year ended November 30, 2024 and 2023, we paid

cash dividends of $31.9 million and $12.6 million, respectively,

with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.

Net Capital

Jefferies LLC is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a

member firm of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority

(“FINRA”) and is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule

(“Rule 15c3-1”), which requires the maintenance of minimum net

capital, and has elected to calculate minimum capital

requirements using the alternative method permitted by Rule

15c3-1 in calculating net capital. Jefferies LLC, as a dually-

registered U.S. broker-dealer and futures commission merchant

(“FCM”), is also subject to Regulation 1.17 of the Commodity

Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) under the Commodity

Exchange Act (“CEA”), which sets forth minimum financial

requirements. The minimum net capital requirement in

determining excess net capital for a dually registered U.S. broker-

dealer and FCM is equal to the greater of the requirement under

SEA Rule 15c3-1 or CFTC Regulation 1.17. Accordingly, FINRA is

the designated examining authority for Jefferies LLC and the

National Futures Association (“NFA”) is the designated self-

regulatory organization (“DSRO”) for Jefferies LLC as an FCM

Jefferies Financial Services, Inc. (“JFSI”) is registered with the

SEC as a Security-Based Swap Dealer (“SBS Dealer”) and an OTC

Derivatives Dealer (“OTCDD”) subject to the SEC’s SBS dealer

regulatory rules and the SEC’s net capital requirements pursuant

to Rule 18a-1. JFSI is also registered as a swap dealer with the

CFTC and is subject to the CFTC’s regulatory capital

requirements pursuant to the minimum financial requirements for

swap dealers under CFTC Regulation 23.101. Additionally, as a

registered member firm, JFSI is subject to the net capital

requirements of the NFA. Accordingly, the SEC is the designated

examining authority for JFSI in its capacity as an SBS Dealer and

OTCDD, while the NFA is the DSRO for JFSI, as a CFTC registered

swap dealer.

Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to capital adequacy

requirements as prescribed by the regulatory authorities in their

respective jurisdictions. This includes Jefferies International

Limited which is subject to the regulatory supervision and

requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) in the

U.K. Jefferies International Limited’s’ own funds requirement

represents the highest of the permanent minimum capital

requirement, fixed overheads requirement and k-factor

requirements set out in the Investment Firms Prudential Regime

(“IFPR”) under the FCA’s MIFIDPRU sourcebook.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
31Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

At November 30, 2024, Jefferies LLC’s and JFSI’s  net capital and

excess net capital were as follows (in thousands):

$ in thousandsNetCapitalExcess Net Capital
Jefferies LLC .................................................................$2,018,251$1,879,220
JFSI - SEC ......................................................................348,588325,511
JFSI - CFTC ...................................................................348,588322,144

In addition, the equivalent capital requirements for Jefferies

International Limited, on a consolidated basis, is a total capital of

$1,781.0 million and an excess capital of $1,054.0 million at

November 30, 2024.

At November 30, 2024, Jefferies LLC, JFSI and JIL are in

compliance with their applicable requirements.

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above may

restrict our ability to withdraw capital from our regulated

subsidiaries.

Customer Protection and Segregation Requirement

As a registered broker dealer that clears and carries customer

accounts, Jefferies LLC is subject to the customer protection

provisions under SEC Rule 15c3-3 and is required to compute a

reserve formula requirement for customer accounts and deposit

cash or qualified securities into a special reserve bank account

for the exclusive benefit of customers. At November 30, 2024,

Jefferies LLC had $142.6 million in cash and qualified U.S.

Government securities on deposit in special reserve bank

accounts for the exclusive benefit of customers.

As a registered broker dealer that clears and carries proprietary

accounts of brokers or dealers (commonly referred to as “PAB”),

Jefferies LLC is also required to compute a reserve requirement

for PABs pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-3. At November 30, 2024,

Jefferies LLC had $581.9 million in cash and qualified U.S.

Government securities in special reserve bank accounts for the

exclusive benefit of PABs.

Other Developments

In February 2022, Russia invaded Ukraine. Following Russia’s

invasion, the U.S., the U.K., and the European Union governments,

among others, developed coordinated financial and economic

sanctions targeting Russia that, in various ways, constrain

transactions with numerous Russian entities, including major

Russian banks and individuals; transactions in Russian sovereign

debt; and investment, trade and financing to, from, or in Ukraine.

We do not have any operations in Russia or any clients with

significant Russian operations and we have minimal market risk

related to securities of companies either domiciled or operating

in Russia. We continue to closely monitor the status of global

sanctions and restrictions, trading conditions related to Russian

securities and the credit risk and nature of our counterparties.

In October 2023, Hamas attacked Israel. Our investments and

assets in our growing Israeli business could be negatively

affected by consequences from the geopolitical and military

conflict in the region. We continue to closely monitor the status

of global sanctions and restrictions arising from the conflict.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have contractual commitments arising in the ordinary course

of business for securities loaned or purchased under agreements

to resell, repurchase agreements, future purchases and sales of

foreign currencies, securities transactions on a when-issued

basis, purchases and sales of corporate loans in the secondary

market and underwriting. Each of these financial instruments and

activities contains varying degrees of off-balance sheet risk

whereby the fair values of the securities underlying the financial

instruments may be in excess of, or less than, the contract

amount. The settlement of these transactions is not expected to

have a material effect upon our consolidated financial

statements.

In the normal course of business, we engage in other off balance-

sheet arrangements, including derivative contracts. Neither

derivatives’ notional amounts nor underlying instrument values

are reflected as assets or liabilities in our Consolidated

Statements of Financial Condition. Rather, the fair values of

derivative contracts are reported in our Consolidated Statements

of Financial Condition as Financial instruments owned or

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased as applicable.

Derivative contracts are reflected net of cash paid or received

pursuant to credit support agreements and are reported on a net

by counterparty basis when a legal right of offset exists under an

enforceable master netting agreement. For additional information

about our accounting policies and our derivative activities, refer

to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in our

consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of

our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended November 30,

2023 and Note 6, Fair Value Disclosures and Note 7, Derivative

Financial Instruments in our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations

Subsequent to November 30, 2024 and on or before January 31,

2025, we expect to make cash payments of $1.82 billion related

to year-end compensation awards for fiscal 2024. Refer to Note

15, Compensation Plans in our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further

information.

Risk Management

Overview

Risk is an inherent part of our business and activities. The extent

to which we properly and effectively identify, assess, monitor and

manage each of the various types of risk involved in our activities

is critical to our financial soundness, viability and profitability.

Accordingly, we have a comprehensive risk management

approach, with a formal governance structure and policies and

procedures outlining frameworks and processes to identify,

assess, monitor and manage risk. Principal risks involved in our

business activities include market, credit, liquidity and capital,

operational, model and strategic risk. Legal and compliance, new

business and reputational risk are also included within our

principal risks.

Risk management is a multifaceted process that requires

communication, judgment and knowledge of financial products

and markets. Our risk management process encompasses the

active involvement of executive and senior management, and

also many departments independent of the revenue-producing

business units, including Risk Management, Operations,

Information Technology, Compliance, Legal and Finance. Our risk

management policies, procedures and methodologies are flexible

in nature and are subject to ongoing review and modification.

In achieving our strategic business objectives, our risk appetite

incorporates keeping our clients’ interests as top priority and

ensuring we are in compliance with applicable laws, rules and

regulations, as well as adhering to the highest ethical standards.

We undertake prudent risk-taking that protects the capital base

and franchise, utilizing risk limits and tolerances that avoid

outsized risk-taking. We maintain a diversified business mix and

avoid significant concentrations to any sector, product,

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K32

geography or activity and set quantitative concentration limits to

manage this risk. We consider contagion, second order effects

and correlation in our risk assessment process and actively seek

out value opportunities of all sizes. We manage the risk of

opportunities larger than our approved risk levels through risk

sharing and risk distribution, sell-down and hedging as

appropriate. We have a limited appetite for illiquid assets and

complex derivative financial instruments. We maintain the asset

quality of our balance sheet through conducting trading activity in

liquid markets and generally ensure high turnover of our

inventory. We subject less liquid positions and derivative financial

instruments to particular scrutiny and use a wide variety of

specific metrics, limits and constraints to manage these risks.

We protect our reputation and franchise, as well as our standing

within the market. We operate a federated approach to risk

management and assign risk oversight responsibilities to a

number of functions with specific areas of focus.

For discussion of liquidity and capital risk management, refer to

the “Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources” section

herein.

Governance and Risk Management Structure

Our Board of Directors (“Board”) and Risk and Liquidity Oversight

Committee (“Committee”). Our Board and Committee play an

important role in reviewing our risk management process and

risk appetite. The Committee assists the Board in its oversight of:

(i) our enterprise risk management, (ii) our capital, liquidity and

funding guidelines and policies and (iii) the performance of our

Global Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”). Our CRO and Global Treasurer

meet with the Committee on no less than a quarterly basis to

present our risk profile and liquidity profile and to respond to

questions. Our Chief Information Officer also meets with the

Committee at least semi-annually to receive and review reports

related to any exposure to cybersecurity risk and our plans and

programs to mitigate and respond to cybersecurity risks.

Additionally, our risk management team continuously monitors

our various businesses, the level of risk the businesses are taking

and the efficacy of potential risk mitigation strategies and

presents this information to our senior management and the

Committee.

Our Board also fulfills its risk oversight role through the

operations of its various committees, including its Audit

Committee. The Audit Committee has responsibility for risk

oversight in connection with its review of our financial

statements, internal audit function and internal control over

financial reporting, as well as assisting the Board with our legal

and regulatory compliance and overseeing our Code of Business

Practice. The Audit Committee is also updated on risk controls at

each of its regularly scheduled meetings.

Internal Audit, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board

and includes professionals with a broad range of audit and

industry experience, including risk management expertise, is

responsible for independently assessing and validating key

controls within our risk management framework.

We make extensive use of internal committees to govern risk

taking and ensure that business activities are properly identified,

assessed, monitored and managed. The Risk Management

Committee (“RMC”) and membership comprises our Chief

Executive Officer, President, CFO, CRO and Global Treasurer. Our

other risk related committees govern risk taking and ensure that

business activities are properly managed for their area of

oversight.

Risk Committees

•Risk Management Committee (RMC) - the principal committee

that governs our risk taking activities. The RMC meets weekly

to discuss our risk profile and discuss business or market

trends and their potential impact on the business. The RMC

approves our limits as a whole and across risk categories and

business lines, reviews limit breaches, approves risk policies

and stress testing methodologies and is supported by other

Committees including:

◦Credit Risk Committee - provides review and approval of

counterparties and credit limits.

◦Model Governance Committee - oversees all model risk

matters throughout the model life cycle, from model

identification and initiation, model development, model

validation/approval and model risk control.

◦Stress Testing Committee - provides review, approval and

oversees implementation of our stress testing framework

and methodologies.

•Operating Committee - brings together the managers of all

control areas and the business line chief operating officers,

whereby each department presents issues regarding current

and proposed business. This committee provides the key

forum for coordination and communication between the

control managers entirely focused on our activities as a whole.

•Asset / Liability Committee - seeks to ensure effective

management and control of the balance sheet in terms of risk

profile, adequacy of capital and liquidity resources and funding

profile and strategy. The committee is responsible for

developing, implementing and enforcing our liquidity, funding

and capital policies. This includes recommendations for

capital and balance sheet size, as well as the allocation of

capital to our businesses.

•Independent Price Verification Committee - establishes our

valuation policies and procedures and is responsible for

independently validating the fair value of our financial

instruments. The committee, which comprises stakeholders

represented by the CFO, Internal Audit, Risk Management and

Controllers, meets monthly to assess and approve the results

of our inventory price testing.

•New Business Committee - reviews new business, products and

activities and extensions of existing businesses, products and

activities that may introduce materially different or greater

risks than those of a business’ existing activities. The new

business approval process is a key control over new business

activity. The objectives are to notify all relevant functions of the

intention to introduce a new product, business or activity, to

share information between functions and to ensure there is a

thorough understanding of the proposal.

Risk Considerations

We apply a comprehensive framework of limits on a variety of

key metrics to constrain the risk profile of our business activities.

The size of the limits reflects our risk appetite for a certain

activity under normal business conditions. Key metrics included

in our risk management framework include inventory position

and exposure limits on a gross and net basis, scenario analysis

and stress tests, Value-at-Risk (“VaR”), sensitivities, exposure

concentrations, aged inventory, Level 3 assets, counterparty

exposure, leverage and cash capital.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
33Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Market Risk

Market risk is defined as the risk of loss due to fluctuations in the

market value of financial assets and liabilities attributable to

changes in market variables.

Our market risk principally arises from interest rate risk, from

exposure to changes in the yield curve, the volatility of interest

rates, and credit spreads, and from equity price risks from

exposure to changes in prices and volatilities of individual

equities, equity baskets and equity indices. In addition,

commodity price risk results from exposure to the changes in

prices and volatilities of individual commodities, commodity

baskets and commodity indices, and foreign exchange risk

results from changes in foreign currency rates.

Market risk is present in our capital markets business through

market making, proprietary trading, underwriting and investing

activities and is present in our asset management business

through investments in separately managed accounts and direct

investments in funds. Given our involvement in a broad set of

financial products and markets, market risk exposures are

diversified and economic hedges are established as appropriate.

Market risk is monitored and managed through a set of key risk

metrics such as VaR, stress scenarios, risk sensitivities and

position exposures. Limits are set on the key risk metrics to

monitor and control the risk exposure ensuring that it is in line

with our risk appetite. Our risk appetite, including the market risk

limits, is periodically reviewed to reflect business strategy and

market environment. Material risk changes, top/emerging risks

and limit utilizations/breaches are highlighted through risk

reporting and escalated as necessary.

Trading is principally managed through front office trader

mandates, where each trader is provided a specific mandate in

line with our product registry. Mandates set out the activities,

currencies, countries and products that a desk is permitted to

trade in and set the limits applicable to a desk. Traders are

responsible for knowing their trading limits and trading in a

manner consistent with their mandate.

VaR

VaR is a statistical estimate of the potential loss from adverse

market movements over a specified time horizon within a

specified probability (confidence level). It provides a common

risk measure across financial instruments, markets and asset

classes. We estimate VaR using a model that simulates revenue

and loss distributions by applying historical market changes to

the current portfolio. We calculate a one-day VaR using a one-

year look-back period measured at a 95% confidence level.

As with all measures of VaR, our estimate has inherent

limitations due to the assumption that historical changes in

market conditions are representative of the future. Furthermore,

the VaR model measures the risk of a current static position over

a one-day horizon and might not capture the market risk over a

longer time horizon where moves may be more extreme.

Previous changes in market risk factors may not generate

accurate predictions of future market movements. While we

believe the assumptions and inputs in our risk model are

reasonable, we could incur losses greater than the reported VaR.

Consequently, this VaR estimate is only one of a number of tools

we use in our daily risk management activities.

VaR at November 30, 2024Daily Firmwide VaR
$ in millionsDaily VaR for 2024
Risk CategoriesAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads .............................$4.30$5.69$8.25$2.58
Equity Prices ........................8.3111.4120.697.76
Currency Rates ....................0.840.672.820.24
Commodity Prices ..............0.410.441.380.15
Diversification Effect (1) ....(2.19)(5.08)N/AN/A
Firmwide VaR (2) ................$11.67$13.13$18.70$9.33
VaR at November 30, 2023Daily Firmwide VaR
$ in millionsDaily VaR for 2023
Risk CategoriesAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads .............................$5.35$7.66$12.02$4.31
Equity Prices ........................8.7610.3916.196.53
Currency Rates ....................1.290.552.260.04
Commodity Prices ..............1.020.312.590.07
Diversification Effect (1) ....(4.23)(5.34)N/AN/A
Firmwide VaR (2) ................$12.19$13.57$19.93$9.12

(1)The diversification effect is not applicable for the maximum and minimum

VaR values as the firmwide VaR and the VaR values for the four risk categories

might have occurred on different days during the period.

(2)The aggregated VaR presented here is less than the sum of the individual

components (i.e., interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity risk and

commodity price risk) due to the benefit of diversification among the four risk

categories. Diversification benefit equals the difference between aggregated

VaR and the sum of VaRs for the four risk categories and arises because the

market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

VaR for our capital markets trading activities, which excludes the

impact on VaR for each component of market risk from our asset

management activities, by interest rate and credit spreads, equity,

currency and commodity products using the past 365 days of

historical data:

VaR at November 30, 2024Daily Capital Markets VaR
$ in millionsDaily VaR for 2024
Risk CategoriesAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads .............................$4.33$5.66$11.88$0.98
Equity Prices ........................7.277.0018.854.18
Currency Rates ....................0.520.450.900.11
Commodity Prices ..............0.010.03
Diversification Effect (1) ....(5.69)(4.59)N/AN/A
Capital Markets VaR (2) ....$6.43$8.53$12.47$5.52
VaR at November 30, 2023Daily Capital Markets VaR
$ in millionsDaily VaR for 2023
Risk CategoriesAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads .............................$4.75$7.11$11.79$4.01
Equity Prices ........................4.026.7010.683.83
Currency Rates ....................0.710.290.780.01
Commodity Prices ..............0.010.71
Diversification Effect (1) ....(2.88)(4.98)N/AN/A
Capital Markets VaR (2) ....$6.60$9.13$11.94$6.34

(1)The diversification effect is not applicable for the maximum and minimum

VaR values as the capital markets VaR and the VaR values for the four risk

categories might have occurred on different days during the period.

(2)The aggregated VaR presented here is less than the sum of the individual

components (i.e., interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity risk and

commodity price risk) due to the benefit of diversification among the four risk

categories. Diversification benefit equals the difference between aggregated

VaR and the sum of VaRs for the four risk categories and arises because the

market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K34

Our average daily firmwide VaR decreased to $13.13 million for 2024 from $13.57 million for 2023 driven by overall lower interest rate

and credit spread exposures across the capital markets desks, partially offset by an increase in equity exposure in our asset

management business. The average daily capital markets VaR decreased to $8.53 million for 2024 from $9.13 million for 2023 driven

by lower interest rate and credit spread exposures.

The efficacy of the VaR model is tested by comparing our actual daily net revenues for those positions included in the calculation of

VaR with the daily VaR estimate. This evaluation is performed at various levels, from the overall level down to specific business lines.

For the VaR model, revenue is defined as principal transactions revenues, trading related commissions, revenue from securitization

activities and net interest income. VaR backtesting methodologies differ for regulated entities with approved capital models.

For a 95% confidence one day VaR model (i.e., no intra-day trading), assuming current changes in market value are consistent with the

historical changes used in the calculation, losses would not be expected to exceed the VaR estimates more than twelve times on an

annual basis (i.e., once in every 20 days). During 2024, there was one day when the aggregate net trading loss exceeded the 95% one

day VaR.

The chart below presents our daily firmwide VaR and capital markets VaR over the last four quarters. In the last quarter of 2024, VaR

increase was driven by average increase in equity exposures in asset management.

Daily Net Trading Revenue

There were 19 days with firmwide trading losses out of a total of 251 trading days in 2024. The histogram below presents the

distribution of our actual daily net trading revenue for substantially all of our trading activities for 2024 (in millions):

Column 1Column 2Column 3
35Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

Other Risk Measures

The VaR model does not include certain positions that are best measured and monitored using sensitivity analysis. Risk Management

has additional procedures in place to assure that the level of potential loss driven by those positions not in the VaR model arising from

market movements are within acceptable levels. Such procedures include performing stress tests and profit and loss analysis. The

table below presents the potential reduction in earnings associated with a 10% stress of the fair value of the positions that are not

included in the VaR model at November 30, 2024:

$ in thousands10% Sensitivity
Investment in funds (1) ............................................................................................................................................................................................$123,838
Private investments ..................................................................................................................................................................................................51,214
Corporate debt securities in default .......................................................................................................................................................................22,917
Trade claims ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................3,852

(1)Includes investments in hedge funds, fund of funds and private equity funds classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and excluded from

the fair value hierarchy based on net asset value.

The impact of changes in our own credit spreads on our structured notes for which the fair value option was elected is not included in

VaR. The estimated credit spread risk sensitivity for each one basis point widening in our own credit spreads on financial liabilities for

which the fair value option was elected was an increase in value of approximately $1.6 million at November 30, 2024, which is included

in other comprehensive income.

Other Risk

We are also subject to interest rate risk on our long-term fixed interest rate debt. Generally, the fair market value of debt securities with

a fixed interest rate will increase as interest rates fall, and the fair market value will decrease as interest rates rise. The following table

represents principal cash flows by expected maturity dates and the related weighted-average interest rate on those maturities for our

consolidated long-term debt obligations, inclusive of any related interest rate hedges. For the variable rate borrowings, the weighted-

average interest rates are based on the rates in effect at the reporting date. Our market risk with respect to foreign currency exposure

on our long-term debt is also presented in the table below. For additional information, refer to Note 18, Borrowings in our consolidated

financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Expected Maturity Date (Fiscal Years)
$ in thousands20252026202720282029ThereafterTotalFair Value
Rate Sensitive Liabilities:
Fixed Interest Rate Borrowings$679,449$70,508$448,874$1,093,018$327,777$4,642,363$7,261,989$7,358,465
Weighted-Average Interest Rate4.19%5.50%5.23%5.85%5.58%5.90%
Variable Interest Rate Borrowings$122,064$890,763$1,107,825$55,727$310,866$1,907,398$4,394,643$4,186,501
Weighted-Average Interest Rate6.34%4.55%6.73%6.50%6.48%5.53%
Borrowings with Foreign Currency Exposure$16,977$876,621$—$—$533,310$802,888$2,229,796$2,189,456
Weighted-Average Interest Rate5.24%3.95%—%—%4.04%6.91%

Stress Tests and Scenario Analysis

Stress tests are used to analyze the potential impact of specific

events or extreme market moves on the current portfolio both

firm-wide and within business segments. Stress testing is an

important part of our risk management approach because it

allows us to quantify our exposure to tail risks, highlight potential

loss concentrations, undertake risk/reward analysis, set risk

controls and overall assess and mitigate our risk.

We employ a range of stress scenarios, which comprise both

historical market price and rate changes and hypothetical market

environments, and generally involve simultaneous changes of

many risk factors. Indicative market changes in the scenarios

include, but are not limited to, a large widening of credit spreads,

a substantial decline in equities markets, significant moves in

selected emerging markets, large moves in interest rates and

changes in the shape of the yield curve.

Unlike our VaR, which measures potential losses within a given

confidence interval, stress scenarios do not have an associated

implied probability. Rather, stress testing is used to estimate the

potential loss from market moves that tend to be larger than

those embedded in the VaR calculation. Stress testing

complements VaR to cover for potential limitations of VaR such

as the breakdown in correlations, non-linear risks, tail risk and

extreme events and capturing market moves beyond the

confidence levels assumed in the VaR calculations.

Stress testing is performed and reported at least weekly as part

of our risk management process and on an ad hoc basis in

response to market events or concerns. Current stress tests

provide estimated revenue and loss of the current portfolio

through a range of both historical and hypothetical events. The

stress scenarios are reviewed and assessed at least annually so

that they remain relevant and up to date with market

developments. Additional hypothetical scenarios are also

conducted on a sub-portfolio basis to assess the impact of any

relevant idiosyncratic stress events as needed.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K36

Counterparty Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in a

counterparty’s credit worthiness or its ability or willingness to

meet its financial obligations in accordance with the terms and

conditions of a financial contract.

We are exposed to credit risk as a trading counterparty to other

broker-dealers and customers, as a counterparty to derivative

contracts, as a direct lender and through extending loan

commitments and providing securities-based lending and as a

member of exchanges and clearing organizations. Credit

exposure exists across a wide range of products, including cash

and cash equivalents, loans, securities finance transactions and

over-the-counter derivative contracts. The main sources of credit

risk are:

•Loans and lending arising in connection with our investment

banking and capital markets activities, which reflects our

exposure at risk on a default event with no recovery of loans.

Current exposure represents loans that have been drawn by the

borrower and lending commitments that are outstanding. In

addition, credit exposures on forward settling traded loans are

included within our loans and lending exposures for

consistency with the balance sheet categorization of these

items. Loans and lending also arise in connection with our

portion of a Secured Revolving Credit Facility that is with us

and Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, to be

funded equally, to support loan underwritings by Jefferies

Finance. For further information on this facility, refer to Note

11, Investments in our consolidated financial statements

included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, we

have loans outstanding to certain of our officers and

employees (none of whom are executive officers or directors).

For further information on these employee loans, refer to Note

24, Related Party Transactions in our consolidated financial

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

•Securities and margin financing transactions, which reflect our

credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements,

repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements to

the extent the fair value of the underlying collateral differs from

the contractual agreement amount and from margin provided

to customers.

•OTC derivatives, which are reported net by counterparty when a

legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable master netting

agreement. OTC derivative exposure is based on a contract at

fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under credit

support agreements. In addition, credit exposures on forward

settling trades are included within our derivative credit

exposures.

•Cash and cash equivalents, which includes both interest-

bearing and non-interest-bearing deposits at banks.

Credit is extended to counterparties in a controlled manner and in

order to generate acceptable returns, whether such credit is

granted directly or is incidental to a transaction. All extensions of

credit are monitored and managed as a whole to limit exposure

to loss related to credit risk. Credit risk is managed according to

the Credit Risk Management Policy, which sets out the process

for identifying counterparty credit risk, establishing counterparty

limits, and managing and monitoring credit limits. The policy

includes our approach for:

•Client on-boarding and approving counterparty credit limits;

•Negotiating, approving and monitoring credit terms in legal and

master documentation;

•Determining the analytical standards and risk parameters for

ongoing management and monitoring credit risk books;

•Actively managing daily exposure, exceptions and breaches;

and

•Monitoring daily margin call activity and counterparty

performance.

Counterparty credit exposure limits are granted within our credit

ratings framework, as detailed in the Credit Risk Management

Policy. The Credit Risk Department assesses counterparty credit

risk and sets credit limits at the counterparty master agreement

level. Limits must be approved by appropriate credit officers and

initiated in our credit and trading systems before trading

commences. All credit exposures are reviewed against approved

limits on a daily basis.

Our Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which supports loan

underwritings by Jefferies Finance, is governed under separate

policies other than the Credit Risk Management Policy and is

approved by our Board. The loans outstanding to certain of our

officers and employees are extended pursuant to a review by our

most senior management.

Current counterparty credit exposures at November 30, 2024 and

2023 are summarized in the tables below and provided by credit

quality, region and industry. Credit exposures presented take

netting and collateral into consideration by counterparty and

master agreement. Collateral taken into consideration includes

both collateral received as cash as well as collateral received in

the form of securities or other arrangements. Current exposure is

the loss that would be incurred on a particular set of positions in

the event of default by the counterparty, assuming no recovery.

Current exposure equals the fair value of the positions less

collateral. Issuer risk is the credit risk arising from inventory

positions (for example, corporate debt securities and secondary

bank loans). Issuer risk is included in our country risk exposure

within the following tables.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
37Jefferies Financial Group Inc.
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Credit Rating
Loans and LendingSecurities and MarginFinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash andCash EquivalentsTotal with Cash andCash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
$ in millionsNovember 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023
AAA Range$—$—$12.0$15.1$—$—$12.0$15.1$8,227.9$5,919.7$8,239.9$5,934.8
AA Range80.075.1190.3113.35.60.9275.9189.363.84.4339.7193.7
A Range0.21,145.1884.2415.0293.11,560.31,177.33,691.82,502.15,252.13,679.4
BBB Range253.5250.031.281.640.050.4324.7382.0169.4100.2494.1482.2
BB or Lower37.238.031.216.178.765.6147.1119.70.5147.6119.7
Unrated322.6341.15.37.5327.9348.6327.9348.6
Total$693.5$704.2$1,409.8$1,110.3$544.6$417.5$2,647.9$2,232.0$12,153.4$8,526.4$14,801.3$10,758.4
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Region
Loans and LendingSecurities and MarginFinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash andCash EquivalentsTotal with Cash andCash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
$ in millionsNovember 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023
Asia-Pacific/Latin America/Other$15.8$15.8$130.4$57.8$0.2$3.2$146.4$76.8$520.3$378.2$666.7$455.0
Europe and the Middle East0.2523.2482.188.792.6612.1574.770.843.3682.9618.0
North America677.5688.4756.2570.4455.7321.71,889.41,580.511,562.38,104.913,451.79,685.4
Total$693.5$704.2$1,409.8$1,110.3$544.6$417.5$2,647.9$2,232.0$12,153.4$8,526.4$14,801.3$10,758.4
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Industry
Loans and LendingSecurities and MarginFinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash andCash EquivalentsTotal with Cash andCash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
$ in millionsNovember 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023November 30,2024November30,2023
Asset Managers$6.4$7.4$0.8$0.8$—$—$7.2$8.2$8,227.9$5,919.7$8,235.1$5,927.9
Banks, Broker-Dealers253.7250.0849.0752.0466.6341.51,569.31,343.53,925.52,606.75,494.83,950.2
Commodities10.210.210.2
Corporates187.1177.069.553.2256.6230.2256.6230.2
As Agent Banks474.8287.7474.8287.7474.8287.7
Other246.3269.885.269.88.512.6340.0352.2340.0352.2
Total$693.5$704.2$1,409.8$1,110.3$544.6$417.5$2,647.9$2,232.0$12,153.4$8,526.4$14,801.3$10,758.4

For additional information regarding credit exposure to OTC derivative contracts, refer to Note 7, Derivative Financial Instruments in our

consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
November 2024 Form 10-K38

Country Risk Exposure

Country risk is the risk that events or developments that occur in the general environment of a country or countries due to economic,

political, social, regulatory, legal or other factors, will affect the ability of obligors of the country to honor their obligations. We define the

country of risk as the country of jurisdiction or domicile of the obligor and monitor country risk resulting from both trading positions and

counterparty exposure, which may not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments utilized to manage market risk. The

following tables reflect our top exposures at November 30, 2024 and 2023 to the sovereign governments, corporations and financial

institutions in those non- U.S. countries in which we have net long issuer and counterparty exposure:

November 30, 2024
Issuer RiskCounterparty RiskIssuer and Counterparty Risk
$ in millionsFair Value of Long Debt SecuritiesFair Value of Short Debt SecuritiesNet Derivative Notional ExposureLoans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesCash and Cash EquivalentsExcluding Cash and Cash EquivalentsIncluding Cash and Cash Equivalents
Canada$259.2$(280.1)$109.7$—$46.6$360.1$59.3$495.5$554.8
United Kingdom1,332.5(680.8)(364.3)0.195.876.537.9459.8497.7
France592.2(495.0)7.70.1184.91.6291.5291.5
Hong Kong73.5(36.5)(6.0)2.4250.033.4283.4
Spain403.1(263.6)(6.0)63.11.20.5197.8198.3
Netherlands484.1(450.4)125.45.71.70.1166.5166.6
Japan2,146.0(2,093.5)0.463.237.4116.1153.5
Australia523.8(426.8)(16.8)26.544.6106.7151.3
India27.4(29.7)142.9(2.3)140.6
Italy1,070.9(569.3)(402.9)0.41.199.1100.2
Total$6,912.7$(5,325.7)$(552.8)$0.2$488.6$441.1$573.8$1,964.1$2,537.9
November 30, 2023
Issuer RiskCounterparty RiskIssuer and Counterparty Risk
$ in millionsFair Value of Long Debt SecuritiesFair Value of Short Debt SecuritiesNet Derivative Notional ExposureLoans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesCash and Cash EquivalentsExcluding Cash and Cash EquivalentsIncluding Cash and Cash Equivalents
France$649.7$(428.0)$(70.2)$—$183.6$6.0$—$341.1$341.1
Canada216.5(168.5)2.183.0191.61.7324.7326.4
United Kingdom1,088.6(621.6)(244.8)50.584.125.5356.8382.3
Italy1,138.9(840.1)(75.0)2.80.6226.6227.2
Hong Kong26.6(33.1)(1.3)4.93.0188.10.1188.2
Spain553.0(401.8)(50.1)51.10.5152.2152.7
Netherlands334.9(251.9)53.613.00.70.5150.3150.8
Australia423.1(353.5)(2.4)11.237.778.4116.1
Switzerland275.5(245.6)18.363.80.6112.0112.6
China715.9(631.2)7.792.492.4
Total$5,422.7$(3,975.3)$(362.1)$—$463.9$285.4$255.2$1,834.6$2,089.8

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of financial or non-financial impact,

resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people

and systems or from external events. We interpret this definition

as including not only financial loss or gain but also other negative

impacts to our objectives such as reputational impact, legal/

regulatory impact and impact on our clients. Third-party risk is

also included as a subset of operational risk and is defined as the

potential threat presented to us, our employees or clients from

our supply chain and other third parties used to perform a

process, service or activity on our behalf.

Our Operational Risk framework includes governance as well as

operational risk processes, comprises operational risk event

capture and analysis, risk and control self-assessments,

operational risk key indicators, action tracking, risk monitoring

and reporting, deep dive risk assessments, new business

approvals and vendor risk management. Each revenue producing

and support department is responsible for the management and

reporting of operational risks and the implementation of the

Operational Risk Management Policy and processes within the

department with regular operational risk training provided to our

employees.

Operational risk events are mapped to risk categories used for

the consistent classification of risk data to support root cause

and trend analysis, which includes:

•Fraud and Theft

•Clients and Business Practices

•Market Conduct / Regulatory Compliance

•Business Disruption

•Technology

•Data Protection and Privacy

•Trading

•Transaction and Process Management

•People

•Cybersecurity

•Vendor Risk

Our Operational Risk Management Policy and operational risk

management framework, infrastructure, methodology, processes,

guidance and oversight of the operational risk processes are

centralized and consistent firmwide and, additionally, subject to

regional and legal entity operational risk governance, as required.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
39Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

We also maintain a Third-Party (“Vendor”) Risk Management

Policy and Framework to ensure adequate control and monitoring

over our critical third parties, which includes processes for

conducting periodic reviews covering areas of risk including

financial health, information security, privacy, business continuity

management, disaster recovery and operational risk of our

vendors.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the risk of loss resulting from decisions that

are based on the output of models, due to errors or weaknesses

in the design and development, implementation or improper use

of models. We use quantitative models primarily to value certain

financial assets and liabilities and to monitor and manage our

risk. Model risk is a function of the model materiality, frequency

of use, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and

assumptions used in a given model. Robust model risk

management is a core part of our risk management approach

and is overseen through our risk governance structure and risk

management controls.

Legal and Compliance Risk

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of noncompliance

with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. We are subject

to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which we

conduct our business. We have various procedures addressing

issues such as regulatory capital requirements, sales and trading

practices, use of and safekeeping of customer funds, credit

granting, collection activities, anti-money laundering and record

keeping. These risks also reflect the potential impact that

changes in local and international laws and tax statutes have on

the economics and viability of current or future transactions. In

an effort to mitigate these risks, we continuously review new and

pending regulations and legislation and participate in various

industry interest groups. We also maintain an anonymous hotline

for employees or others to report suspected inappropriate

actions by us or by our employees or agents.

New Business Risk

New business risk refers to the risks of entering into a new line of

business or offering a new product. By entering a new line of

business or offering a new product, we may face risks that we are

unaccustomed to dealing with and may increase the magnitude

of the risks we currently face. The New Business Committee

reviews proposals for new businesses and new products to

determine if we are prepared to handle the additional or

increased risks associated with entering into such activities.

Reputational Risk

We recognize that maintaining our reputation among clients,

investors, regulators and the general public is an important

aspect of minimizing legal and operational risks. Maintaining our

reputation depends on a large number of factors, including the

selection of our clients and the conduct of our business

activities. We seek to maintain our reputation by screening

potential clients and by conducting our business activities in

accordance with high ethical standards. Our reputation and

business activity can be affected by statements and actions of

third parties, even false or misleading statements by them. We

actively monitor public comment concerning us and are vigilant

in seeking to assure accurate information and perception

prevails.

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000096223-24-000006.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-01-26. Report date: 2023-11-30.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This report may contain or incorporate by reference certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include statements about our future and statements that are not historical or current facts. These forward-looking statements are often preceded by the words “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements may contain expectations regarding revenues, earnings, operations and other results, and may include statements of future performance, plans and objectives. Forward-looking statements also include statements pertaining to our strategies for future development of our business and products. Forward-looking statements represent only our belief regarding future events, many of which by their nature are inherently uncertain. It is possible that the actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Information regarding important factors that could cause actual results to differ, perhaps materially, from those in our forward-looking statements is contained in this report and other documents we file. You should read and interpret any forward-looking statement together with these documents, including the following:

•the description of our business contained in this report under the caption “Business”;

•the risk factors contained in this report under the caption “Risk Factors”;

•the discussion of our analysis of financial condition and results of operations contained in this report under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” herein;

•the discussion of our risk management policies, procedures and methodologies contained in this report under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Management” herein;

•the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in this report; and

•cautionary statements we make in our public documents, reports and announcements.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which that statement is made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which the statement is made, except as required by applicable law.

Our business, by its nature, does not produce predictable or necessarily recurring earnings. Our results in any given period can be materially affected by conditions in global financial markets, economic conditions generally and our own activities and positions. For a further discussion of the factors that may affect our future operating results, see the risk factors contained in this report under the caption “Risk Factors”.

Our results of operations for the years ended November 30, 2023 (“2023”) and November 30, 2022 (“2022”) are discussed below. For a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended November 30, 2021 (“2021”) and our 2022 results of operations as compared with our 2021 results of operations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2022, which was filed with the SEC on January 27, 2023.

24

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Overview

The following table provides an overview of our consolidated results of operations (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
20232022202120232022
Net revenues$4,700,417$5,978,838$8,013,826(21.4)%(25.4)%
Non-interest expenses4,346,1484,923,2765,759,721(11.7)%(14.5)%
Earnings before income taxes354,2691,055,5622,254,105(66.4)%(53.2)%
Income tax expense91,881273,852576,729(66.4)%(52.5)%
Net earnings262,388781,7101,677,376(66.4)%(53.4)%
Net earnings (losses) attributable to noncontrolling interests(14,846)(2,397)3,850519.4%N/M
Net losses attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(454)(1,342)(826)(66.2)%62.5%
Preferred stock dividends14,6168,2816,94976.5%19.2%
Net earnings attributable to Jefferies Financial Group Inc. common shareholders263,072777,1681,667,403(66.1)%(53.4)%
Effective tax rate25.9%25.9%25.6%

N/M — Not Meaningful

Executive Summary

Consolidated Results

•Net revenues were $4.70 billion for 2023, down 21.4% compared with $5.98 billion for 2022, substantially as a result of reduced merchant banking net revenues within our asset management segment, which is largely attributable to divestitures made in 2022 and 2023. In addition, Investment banking net revenues were lower compared to the prior year, reflecting reduced industry-wide mergers and acquisitions, equity capital markets and leveraged finance activity. These decreases were partially offset by favorable net revenues from our equities and fixed income capital market businesses.

•Earnings before income taxes of $354.3 million for 2023 were 66.4% lower than that of the prior year, with a large portion of the decline attributable to a reduction in investment banking activity as well as the reduction in merchant banking net revenues. Net earnings attributable to Jefferies Financial Group Inc. of $263.1 million for 2023 were lower than that of the prior year by a similar percentage.

Business Results

•Investment banking net revenues were $2.29 billion for 2023, compared to $2.89 billion for 2022. Advisory revenues were $1.20 billion, compared to $1.78 billion for 2022, driven by fewer mergers and acquisitions completed during the year and lower average fees per transaction. Industry-wide deal activity was reduced as compared to the prior year. Underwriting net revenues of $970.5 million were down 5.8% from the prior year of $1.03 billion, due to reduced industry-wide leveraged finance activity, while equity underwriting net revenues were slightly higher compared to the prior year period.

•Equities net revenues were $1.12 billion for 2023, up 6.6% compared with $1.05 billion for 2022, on stronger results in our U.S. cash equity, convertibles and equity ETF businesses, partially offset by lower securities finance net revenues.

•Fixed income net revenues were $1,092.7 million, up 36.5% compared with $800.5 million for 2022, reflecting strong results across a number of our businesses attributable to more stable market conditions. In addition, losses in our CMBS business were substantially reduced from the prior year primarily due to a more stable interest rate environment and overall lower risk profile.

25

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•Asset management net revenues were $188.3 million, compared with $1.24 billion in 2022 with substantially all of the decline attributable to the decline in our merchant banking revenues due to divestitures made in 2022 and 2023. Investment return net revenues for 2023 were solid driven by improved performance across multiple investment strategies and funds, favorably comparing to net revenues for the prior year which include a gain of $175.1 million related to the sale of our interests in Oak Hill. In addition, merchant banking revenues for the prior year included a gain of $122.0 million associated with the sale of a completed HomeFed multi-family real estate project.

Non-interest Expenses

•Non-interest expenses were $4.35 billion for 2023, a decrease of $577.1 million, or 11.7%, compared with $4.92 billion for 2022. The decrease is primarily due to lower cost of sales and depreciation expense related to our significantly reduced merchant banking portfolio primarily as a result of divestitures made within the last two years including the sale of Idaho Timber in August 2022 and spin-off of Vitesse Energy in January 2023.

•Compensation and benefits expense was $2.54 billion for 2023, a decrease of $53.8 million, or 2.1%, compared with $2.59 billion for 2022. Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of Net revenues was 53.9% for 2023, compared with 43.3% for 2022, reflecting a much higher proportion of merchant banking revenues during 2022 within our asset management segment, which have much lower compensation rates. Refer to Note 15, Compensation Plans included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details.

•Non-compensation expenses for 2023 were $1.81 billion, a decrease of $523.4 million, or 22.4%, compared with $2.33 billion for 2022, as a result of decreases in costs of sales and depreciation expense primarily attributable to divestitures within our merchant banking portfolio made within the last two years. In addition, non-compensation expenses for 2022 included an $80.0 million combined regulatory settlement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. These decreases were partially offset by higher technology, communications and business development expenses; professional fees, largely related to an increase in legal costs associated with capital markets transactions and litigation; bad debt expenses and loss reserves.

Headcount

•At November 30, 2023, we had 7,564 employees globally across all of our consolidated subsidiaries within our Investment Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management reportable segments, an increase of 2,183 employees from our headcount of 5,381 at November 30, 2022. Included within our global headcount, in addition to our broker-dealer subsidiaries through which we conduct our Investment Banking advisory and underwriting businesses and Fixed Income and Equities capital markets businesses, are 2,296 employees of our Stratos, OpNet, HomeFed, Foursight Capital LLC and M Science subsidiaries.

•Of the headcount increase, 1,903 relates to obtaining control of Stratos and OpNet as the employees of those subsidiaries are now included in our overall headcount. Our headcount was also impacted slightly as employees of Vitesse Energy are no longer part of our headcount upon the spin-off of Vitesse Energy in January 2023. During 2023, we have increased the number of our Investment Banking Managing Directors and related staff along with additional technology and corporate staff to support our growth and strategic priorities.

Revenues by Source

We present our results as two reportable business segments: Investment Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management. Additionally, corporate activities are fully allocated to each of these reportable business segments. We believe this presentation aligns with the manner in which we manage our business activities and is consistent with our fundamental long-term strategy of continuing to build out our investment banking effort, enhancing our capital markets businesses and further developing our Leucadia Asset Management alternative asset management platform as we continue to divest significant portions of our legacy merchant banking portfolio.

Net revenues presented for our Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment include allocations of interest income and interest expense as we assess the profitability of these businesses inclusive of the net interest revenue or expense associated with the respective activities, including the net interest cost of allocated long-term debt, which is a function of the mix of each business’s associated assets and liabilities and the related funding costs. During 2023, we refined our allocated net interest methodology to better reflect net interest expense across our business units based on use of capital. Historical periods have been recast to conform with the revised methodology.

The remainder of our “Consolidated Results of Operations” is presented on a detailed product and expense basis. Our “Revenues by Source” is reported along the following business lines: investment banking, equities, fixed income and asset management. Additionally, the results of the asset management business include the subcategory “merchant banking.”

26

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Foreign currency transaction gains or losses, debt valuation adjustments on derivative contracts, gains and losses on investments held in deferred compensation or certain other corporate income items are not considered by management in assessing the financial performance of our operating businesses and are, therefore, not reported as part of our business segment results.

The following provides a summary of “Net Revenues by Source” (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
202320222021
Amount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net Revenues20232022
Advisory$1,198,91625.5%$1,778,00329.7%$1,873,20423.4%(32.6)%(5.1)%
Equity underwriting560,24311.9538,9479.01,557,36419.44.0(65.4)
Debt underwriting410,2088.7490,8738.2935,13111.7(16.4)(47.5)
Total underwriting970,45120.61,029,82017.22,492,49531.1(5.8)(58.7)
Other investment banking118,7992.578,8821.3284,6813.750.6(72.3)
Total Investment Banking2,288,16648.62,886,70548.24,650,38058.2(20.7)(37.9)
Equities1,123,47723.91,054,06417.61,294,39216.26.6(18.6)
Fixed income1,092,73623.2800,49213.4984,54012.336.5(18.7)
Total Capital Markets2,216,21347.11,854,55631.02,278,93228.519.5(18.6)
Total Investment Banking and Capital Markets (1)4,504,37995.74,741,26179.26,929,31286.7(5.0)(31.6)
Asset management fees and revenues93,6782.089,1271.5120,7331.55.1(26.2)
Investment return (2)154,4613.3156,5942.6260,3163.2(1.4)(39.8)
Merchant banking, inclusive of net interest(10,275)(0.2)1,052,19917.6756,4829.4N/M39.1
Allocated net interest (2)(49,519)(1.1)(54,429)(0.9)(52,776)(0.7)(9.0)3.1
Total Asset Management188,3454.01,243,49120.81,084,75513.4(84.9)14.6
Other7,6930.3(5,914)(241)(0.1)N/M2,353.9
Net Revenues$4,700,417100.0%$5,978,838100.0%$8,013,826100.0%(21.4)%(25.4)%

N/M — Not Meaningful

(1)Allocated net interest is not separately disaggregated for Investment Banking and Capital Markets. This presentation is aligned to our Investment Banking and Capital Markets internal performance measurement.

(2)Allocated net interest represents an allocation to Asset Management of our long-term debt interest expense, net of interest income on our Cash and cash equivalents and other sources of liquidity. Allocated net interest has been disaggregated to increase transparency and to make clearer actual Investment return. We believe that aggregating Investment return and Allocated net interest would obscure the Investment return by including an amount that is unique to our credit spreads, debt maturity profile, capital structure, liquidity risks and allocation methods.

Investment Banking Revenues

Investment banking is composed of revenues from:

•advisory services with respect to mergers and acquisitions, debt financing, restructurings and private capital transactions;

•underwriting services, which include underwriting and placement services related to corporate debt, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities and equity and equity-linked securities and loan syndication;

•our 50% share of net earnings from our corporate lending joint venture, Jefferies Finance;

•our 43.6% share of net earnings from our commercial real estate joint venture, Berkadia (which includes commercial mortgage origination and servicing);

•Foursight, our wholly-owned subsidiary engaged in the lending and servicing of automobile loans (agreement reached in November 2023 to sell our interests, with transaction expected close in the first quarter of 2024); and

•securities and loans received or acquired in connection with our investment banking activities.

27

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The following table sets forth our investment banking revenues (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
20232022202120232022
Advisory$1,198,916$1,778,003$1,873,204(32.6)%(5.1)%
Equity underwriting560,243538,9471,557,3644.0%(65.4)%
Debt underwriting410,208490,873935,131(16.4)%(47.5)%
Total underwriting970,4511,029,8202,492,495(5.8)%(58.7)%
Other investment banking118,79978,882284,68150.6%(72.3)%
Total investment banking$2,288,166$2,886,705$4,650,380(20.7)%(37.9)%

The following table sets forth our investment banking activities (dollars in billions):

Deals CompletedAggregate Value
202320222021202320222021
Advisory transactions287364315$259.1$336.7$380.4
Public and private equity and convertible offerings18216642659.637.8145.6
Public and private debt financings699653812213.6250.6390.9

Investment banking revenues were $2.29 billion for 2023, compared with $2.89 billion for 2022, reflecting the reduction in industry-wide mergers and acquisition, initial public offerings and leveraged finance activity while Other investment banking revenues increased on improved performance from Jefferies Finance partially offset by reduced revenues from Berkadia.

Advisory revenues were $1.20 billion for 2023, down $579.1 million, or 32.6%, from 2022, and we have continued to maintain market share though deal volume and deal value across most sectors in the global mergers and acquisitions markets have declined.

Underwriting revenues were $970.5 million for 2023, a decrease of $59.3 million, or 5.8%, from 2022, reflecting slightly higher net revenues of $560.2 million in equity underwriting and lower net revenues of $410.2 million in debt underwriting. Equity underwriting revenues increased modestly as the equity markets have become more active in 2023. The decline in debt underwriting net revenues reflects a decline in new securitization issuance offset slightly by an improvement in other debt underwriting markets once inflationary and interest rate concerns somewhat stabilized.

Other investment banking revenues were $118.8 million for 2023, compared with $78.9 million for 2022. Results from our share of the net earnings of our Jefferies Finance joint venture increased driven by greater net interest income primarily due to rising reference rates and losses on certain syndicated transactions and commitments in 2022 that were not repeated in 2023 due to improving market conditions. Revenues from our share of the net earnings of our Berkadia joint venture were impacted by a decline in mortgage origination volumes, partially offset by higher interest income on the loan servicing portfolio. Revenues from our automobile lending and servicing business were relatively consistent as compared to the prior year.

Our investment banking backlog continues to strengthen from the levels at the end of the prior quarter. We have seen recent signs of a further pickup in underwriting and mergers and acquisitions activity, although execution is always uncertain and dependent on market conditions. Backlog snapshots are subject to limitations as the time frame for the realization of revenues from these expected transactions varies and is influenced by factors we do not control. Transactions not included in the estimate may occur, and expected transactions may also be modified or cancelled.

We continue to make extensive investment in our investment banking franchise, including a significant number of professional hires, including at the managing director level, increasing our headcount in the industrial and energy sectors, additions of a municipal healthcare group and our private capital group as well as expansions in capabilities across Canada, South America, continental Europe, the Middle East and Asia-Pacific. We believe that these investments create significant momentum for strong investment banking results as our clients become more active.

Equities Net Revenues

Equities is composed of net revenues from:

•services provided to our clients from which we earn commissions or spread revenue by executing, settling and clearing transactions for clients;

28

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•advisory services offered to clients;

•financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services offered to clients, including capital introductions and outsourced trading; and

•wealth management services.

Equities net revenues were $1.12 billion for 2023, an increase of 6.6%, compared with $1.05 billion in 2022, with strong results and momentum across many equities business lines. Results in our global convertible business improved year over year as more favorable market conditions for this asset class led to increased primary issuance and secondary trading. Additionally, net revenues from our U.S. cash equities and equity ETF businesses increased, which was partially offset by lower securities finance net revenues.

Fixed Income Net Revenues

Fixed income is composed of net revenues from:

•executing transactions for clients and making markets in securitized products, investment grade, high-yield, distressed, emerging markets, municipal and sovereign securities and bank loans;

•interest rate derivatives and credit derivatives; and

•financing services offered to clients.

Fixed income net revenues of $1.09 billion for 2023 were up 36.5% compared to 2022, primarily reflecting strong results across our distressed trading, European corporates, loans, municipals, and U.S. rates businesses, partially offset by lower net revenues from our emerging markets and U.S. high yield trading businesses. In addition, losses in our CMBS business were substantially reduced from the prior year primarily due to a more stable interest rate environment and overall lower risk profile. The significant volatility of interest rates and inflation that existed in 2022 began to normalize as 2023 progressed leading to an overall improved operating environment.

Asset Management

We operate a diversified alternative asset management platform offering institutional clients a range of investment strategies directly and through our affiliated asset managers. We provide certain of our affiliated asset managers access to our fully integrated global operational infrastructure and support. This may include strategy and product development, daily operations and finance-related activities, compliance, legal and human resources support, as well as marketing and business development.

Asset management revenues include the following:

•management and performance fees from funds and accounts managed by us;

•revenue from affiliated asset managers where we are entitled to portions of their revenues and/or profits, as well as earnings on our ownership interests in our affiliated asset managers;

•investment income from our capital invested in and managed by us and our affiliated asset managers; and

•revenues from investments held in our legacy merchant banking portfolio, including consolidated operations from real estate development activities, oil and gas activities and timber manufacturing (until the sale of Idaho Timber in August 2022 and our spin-off of our interest in Vitesse Energy in January 2023).

Asset management fees and revenues are impacted by the level of assets under management and the performance return of those assets, for the most part on an absolute basis, and, in certain cases, relative to a benchmark or hurdle. These components can be affected by financial markets, profits and losses in the applicable investment portfolios and client preferences for capital allocation. Further, asset management fees vary with the nature of investment management services. The terms under which clients may terminate our investment management authority, and the requisite notice period for such termination, varies depending on the nature of the investment vehicle and the liquidity of the portfolio assets. In some instances, performance fees and similar revenues are recognized once a year, when they become fixed and determinable and are not probable of being significantly reversed, typically in December. As a result, a significant portion of our performance fees and similar revenues generated from investment returns in a calendar year are recognized in our following fiscal year.

29

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The following summarizes the results of our Asset Management businesses by asset class (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
20232022202120232022
Asset management fees:
Equities$3,785$7,198$6,927(47.4)%3.9%
Multi-asset30,08216,3277,90984.2%106.4%
Total asset management fees33,86723,52514,83644.0%58.6%
Revenue from strategic affiliates (1)59,81165,602105,897(8.8)%(38.1)%
Total asset management fees and revenues93,67889,127120,7335.1%(26.2)%
Investment return154,461156,594260,316(1.4)%(39.8)%
Merchant banking, inclusive of net interest(10,275)1,052,199756,482N/M39.1%
Allocated net interest(49,519)(54,429)(52,776)(9.0)%3.1%
Total Asset Management$188,345$1,243,491$1,084,755(84.9)%14.6%

(1)    These amounts include our share of fees received by affiliated asset management companies with which we have revenue and profit share arrangements, as well as earnings on our ownership interest in affiliated asset managers.

Asset management fees and revenues were $93.7 million for 2023, compared with $89.1 million for 2022, reflecting higher management and performance fees on funds managed by us, partially offset by a slight decline in performance and similar fees and revenues earned through our strategic affiliates.

Investment return was $154.5 million for 2023, compared with $156.6 million for 2022, reflecting favorable returns generated from new fund strategies launched during 2023 with sizable notional assets under management and meaningfully improved performance across a large majority of our investment strategies and funds. In particular, our Asia-Pacific strategy funds generated significantly improved performance. Net revenues for the prior year include a gain of $175.1 million related to the sale of our interests in Oak Hill.

Negative revenues from merchant banking assets managed within our Asset Management business were $(10.3) million for 2023, compared with net revenues of $1.05 billion for 2022, which include revenues of $570.2 million from Idaho Timber (sold in August 2022) and oil and gas revenues of $254.5 million from Vitesse Energy (spun-off in January 2023). Results from our merchant banking activities for 2023 were impacted by net losses of $52.2 million and $57.5 million attributed to our investments in OpNet and Golden Queen (sold in the fourth quarter of 2023), respectively, both legacy merchant banking investments. In addition, merchant banking revenues for the prior year included $122.0 million of gains associated with the sale of a completed HomeFed multi-family real estate project.

Assets under Management

We and our affiliated asset managers have aggregate net asset values or net asset value equivalent assets under management of approximately $28.0 billion and $29.0 billion at November 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Net asset values or net asset value equivalent assets under management are composed of the fair value of the net assets of a fund or the net capital invested in a separately managed account. These include the following:

•Net asset values of investments made by us in funds or separately managed accounts were $3.5 billion and $2.6 billion at November 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We invest in certain strategies using our own capital, often before opening a strategy to outside capital. The net asset values include our capital of $1.8 billion and $1.5 billion at November 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, plus amounts financed of $1.8 billion and $0.9 billion at November 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Revenues related to the investments made by us are presented in Investment return within the results of our asset management businesses.

•Assets under management by affiliated asset managers with whom we have profit or revenue sharing arrangements were $22.4 billion and $25.2 billion at November 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In some instances, due to the timing of payments and crystallization of underlying profits or revenue, the revenue related to these relationships will generally be realized and recognized once per year at the calendar year-end (during our first fiscal quarter). Revenues from our share of fees received by affiliated asset managers are presented in Revenue from strategic affiliates within the results of our asset management businesses.

30

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•Third-party investments actively managed by our wholly-owned managers were $2.1 billion and $1.2 billion at November 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We earn asset management fees as a result of the third-party investments, which are presented in Asset management fees and revenues within the results of our asset management businesses.

The tables below include only third-party assets under management by us, excluding those of our affiliated asset managers.

Year-end assets under management by predominant asset class were as follows (in millions):

November 30,
20232022
Assets under management:
Equities$448$274
Multi-asset1,606974
Total$2,054$1,248

Change in assets under management were as follows (in millions):

Year Ended November 30,
20232022
Assets under management:
Balance, beginning of period$1,248$831
Net cash inflows693434
Net market appreciation (depreciation)113(17)
Balance, end of period$2,054$1,248

Our definition of assets under management is not based on any definition contained in any of our investment management agreements and differs from the manner in which “Regulatory Assets Under Management” is reported to the SEC on Form ADV.

Asset Management Investments

Our asset management business makes seed and additional strategic investments directly in alternative asset management separately managed accounts and co-mingled funds where we act as the asset manager or in affiliated asset managers where we have strategic relationships and participate in the revenues or profits of the affiliated manager. The following table represents our investments by type of asset manager (in thousands):

November 30,
20232022
Jefferies Financial Group Inc.; as manager:
Fund investments (1)$179,533$182,792
Separately managed accounts (2)187,350129,430
Total$366,883$312,222
Strategic affiliates; as manager:
Fund investments (1)$936,743$1,022,029
Separately managed accounts (2)458,894214,387
Investments in asset managers40,36352,357
Total$1,436,000$1,288,773
Total asset management investments$1,802,883$1,600,995

(1)    Due to the level or nature of an investment in a fund, we may consolidate that fund; and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the fund are included in the representative line items in our consolidated financial statements. At November 30, 2023 and 2022, $11.9 million and $9.7 million, respectively, represent net investments in funds that have been consolidated in our financial statements.

(2)    Where we have investments in a separately managed account, the assets and liabilities of such account are presented in our consolidated financial statements within each respective line item.

31

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Other

Other revenues include foreign currency transaction gains or losses, debt valuation adjustments on derivative contracts, gains and losses on investments held in deferred compensation or certain other corporate income items that are not attributed to business segments as management does not consider such amounts in assessing the financial performance of our operating businesses.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
20232022202120232022
Compensation and benefits$2,535,272$2,589,044$3,554,760(2.1)%(27.2)%
Floor brokerage and clearing fees366,702347,805301,8605.415.2
Underwriting costs61,08242,067117,57245.2(64.2)
Technology and communications477,028444,011388,1347.414.4
Occupancy and equipment rental106,051108,001106,254(1.8)1.6
Business development177,541150,500109,77218.037.1
Professional services266,447240,978215,76110.611.7
Depreciation and amortization112,201172,902157,420(35.1)9.8
Cost of sales29,435440,837470,870(93.3)(6.4)
Other214,389387,131337,318(44.6)14.8
Total non-interest expenses$4,346,148$4,923,276$5,759,721(11.7)%(14.5)%

Total Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses were $4.35 billion for 2023, a decrease of $577.1 million, or 11.7%, compared with $4.92 billion for 2022. The decrease is primarily due to lower cost of sales and depreciation expense related to our significantly reduced merchant banking portfolio primarily as a result of divestitures made in 2022 and 2023, including the sale of Idaho Timber in August 2022 and the spin-off of Vitesse Energy in January 2023.

Compensation and Benefits

Compensation and benefits expense consists of salaries, benefits, commissions, annual cash compensation and share-based awards and the amortization of share-based and cash compensation awards to employees.

Cash and share-based awards and a portion of cash awards granted to employees as part of year end compensation generally contain provisions such that employees who terminate their employment or are terminated without cause may continue to vest in their awards, so long as those awards are not forfeited as a result of other forfeiture provisions (primarily non-compete clauses) of those awards. Accordingly, the compensation expense for a portion of awards granted at year end as part of annual compensation is recorded during the year of the award. Compensation and benefits expense includes amortization expense associated with these awards to the extent vesting is contingent on future service. In addition, certain awards to our Chief Executive Officer and our President contain market and performance conditions and the awards are amortized over their service periods.

Compensation and benefits expense was $2.54 billion for 2023 compared with $2.59 billion for 2022. A significant portion of our compensation expense is highly variable with net revenues. Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of Net revenues was 53.9% for 2023 and 43.3% for 2022. The lower ratios for 2022 reflect a much higher proportion of merchant banking revenues within our asset management segment, which have much lower compensation rates.

Compensation expense related to the amortization of share- and cash-based awards amounted to $370.0 million for 2023 compared with $240.5 million for 2022.

32

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

At November 30, 2023, we had 7,564 employees globally across all of our consolidated subsidiaries within our Investment Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management reportable segments,, an increase of 2,183 employees from our headcount of 5,381 at November 30, 2022. Included within our global headcount, in addition to our broker-dealer subsidiaries through which we conduct our Investment Banking advisory and underwriting businesses and Fixed Income and Equities capital markets businesses, are 2,296 employees of our Stratos, OpNet, HomeFed, Foursight Capital LLC and M Science subsidiaries. Of the headcount increase, 1,903 relates to obtaining control of Stratos and OpNet as the employees of those subsidiaries are now included in our overall headcount. Our headcount was also impacted slightly as employees of Vitesse Energy are no longer part of our headcount upon the spin-off of our interests in Vitesse Energy in January 2023. During 2023, we have increased the number of our Investment Banking Managing Directors and related staff along with additional technology and corporate staff to support our growth and strategic priorities.

Refer to Note 15, Compensation Plans included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further details on compensation and benefits.

Non-interest Expenses (Excluding Compensation and Benefits)

Non-interest expenses, excluding Compensation and benefits, as a percentage of Net revenues was 38.5% and 39.0% for 2023 and 2022, respectively, and was impacted by the following:

•Cost of sales and depreciation and amortization expenses were significantly lower reflecting the sale of Idaho Timber in August 2022 and the spin-off of Vitesse Energy in January 2023.

•Technology and communication expenses were higher related to the development of various trading and management systems and increased market data costs.

•Business development expenses were higher as business travel, conferences and other events have returned to normal levels. Also, additions of investment banking professionals during 2023 lead to higher business development activity with a commensurate increase in expenses.

•Professional services expenses were higher primarily on increased transaction related legal fees associated with capital markets transaction and litigation as well as consulting fees related to strategic technology investment initiatives.

•Other expenses were lower as non-compensation expenses for 2022 included an $80.0 million combined regulatory settlement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. This decrease was partially offset by higher bad debt expense and loss reserves.

Income Taxes

•The provision for income taxes was $91.9 million for 2023, equating to an effective tax rate of 25.9%, compared with $273.9 million for 2022, equating to an effective tax rate of 25.9%. The rate for the two comparable periods was unchanged.

•In August 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act was signed into law. The Inflation Reduction Act imposes a corporate alternative minimum tax (“CAMT”) of 15% on corporations with three-year average annual adjusted financial statement income exceeding $1.0 billion, as well as a 1% excise tax on corporate stock repurchases made after December 31, 2022. CAMT became applicable to us beginning December 1, 2023. We are continuing to evaluate the impact of this new tax, but we do not expect a material impact on our tax provision for the year ended November 30, 2024.

•The Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) Pillar Two Model Rules (“Pillar Two”) for a global 15% minimum tax are in the process of being adopted in a number of jurisdictions in which we operate. Pillar Two is expected to be applicable to us beginning December 1, 2024. We are continuing to evaluate the impact of proposed and enacted legislative changes as new guidance becomes available.

Refer to Note 23, Income Taxes in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further details on income taxes.

Accounting Developments

For a discussion of recently issued accounting developments and their impact on our consolidated financial statements, see Note 3, Accounting Developments in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

33

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Actual results can and may differ from estimates. These differences could be material to our consolidated financial statements.

We believe our application of U.S. GAAP and the associated estimates are reasonable. Our accounting estimates are reevaluated, and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change. Historically, we have found our application of accounting policies to be appropriate, and actual results have not differed materially from those determined using necessary estimates.

For further discussions of the following significant accounting policies and other significant accounting policies, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Valuation of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are recorded at fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). Unrealized gains or losses are generally recognized in Principal transactions revenues in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

For information on the composition of our Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased recorded at fair value, see Note 6, Fair Value Disclosures in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Fair Value Hierarchy – In determining fair value, we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect our assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. We apply a hierarchy to categorize our fair value measurements broken down into three levels based on the transparency of inputs, where Level 1 uses observable prices in active markets and Level 3 uses valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs. Greater use of management judgment is required in determining fair value when inputs are less observable or unobservable in the marketplace, such as when the volume or level of trading activity for a financial instrument has decreased and when certain factors suggest that observed transactions may not be reflective of orderly market transactions. Judgment must be applied in determining the appropriateness of available prices, particularly in assessing whether available data reflects current prices and/or reflects the results of recent market transactions. Prices or quotes are weighed when estimating fair value with greater reliability placed on information from transactions that are considered to be representative of orderly market transactions.

Fair value is a market-based measure; therefore, when market observable inputs are not available, our judgment is applied to reflect those judgments that a market participant would use in valuing the same asset or liability. The availability of observable inputs can vary for different products. We use prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date even in periods of market disruption or illiquidity. The valuation of financial instruments categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy involves the greatest extent of management judgment. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 6, Fair Value Disclosures in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on the definitions of fair value, Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 and related valuation techniques.

For information on the composition of our Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased recorded at fair value and the composition of activity of our Level 3 assets and Level 3 liabilities, see Note 6, Fair Value Disclosures in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Controls Over the Valuation Process for Financial Instruments – Our Independent Price Verification Group, independent of the trading function, plays an important role in determining that our financial instruments are appropriately valued and that fair value measurements are reliable. This is particularly important where prices or valuations that require inputs are less observable. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, these control processes include reviews of the pricing model’s theoretical soundness and appropriateness by risk management personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. In addition, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.

34

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in estimating our provision for income taxes. In determining the provision for income taxes, we must make judgments and interpretations about how to apply inherently complex tax laws to numerous transactions and business events. In addition, we must make estimates about the amount, timing and geographic mix of future taxable income, which includes various tax planning strategies to utilize tax attributes and deferred tax assets before they expire.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We are required to consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, and to weigh the evidence when determining whether a valuation allowance is required and the amount of such valuation allowance. Generally, greater weight is required to be placed on objectively verifiable evidence when making this assessment, in particular on recent historical operating results.

We also record reserves for unrecognized tax benefits based on our assessment of the probability of successfully sustaining tax filing positions. Management exercises significant judgment when assessing the probability of successfully sustaining tax filing positions, and in determining whether a contingent tax liability should be recorded and if so, estimating the amount. If our tax filing positions are successfully challenged, payments could be required that are in excess of reserved amounts or we may be required to reduce the carrying amount of our net deferred tax asset, either of which could be significant to our financial condition or results of operations.

Impairment of Equity Method Investments

We evaluate equity method investments for impairment when operating losses or other factors may indicate a decrease in value which is other than temporary. We consider a variety of factors including economic conditions nationally and in their geographic areas of operation, adverse changes in the industry in which they operate, declines in business prospects, deterioration in earnings, increasing costs of operations and other relevant factors specific to the investee. Whenever we believe conditions or events indicate that one of these investments might be significantly impaired, we generally obtain from such investee updated cash flow projections and obtain other relevant information related to assessing the overall valuation of the investee. Utilizing this information, we assess whether the investment is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired. To the extent an investment is deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount, if any, by which the investment’s book value exceeds our estimate of the investment’s fair value.

In the first quarter of 2023, we performed a valuation of our equity method investment in Golden Queen as forecasts of the expected future production of gold and silver from its mine had declined from previous periods. Our estimate of fair value was based on a discounted cash flow analysis, which included management’s projections of future Golden Queen cash flows and a discount rate of 11.0%. The estimated fair value of our investment in Golden Queen was $24.2 million, which was $22.1 million lower than our prior carrying value at November 30, 2022. As a result, an impairment loss of $22.1 million was recorded in Other income in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the three months ended February 28, 2023. During the three months ended May 31, 2023, we recognized an additional impairment loss of $7.3 million primarily due to further declines in cash flows at Golden Queen resulting in a carrying value our investment of $16.8 million at May 31, 2023. During the three months ended August 31, 2023, we recognized an additional impairment loss of $27.8 million, which reduced the carrying value of our investment to zero and also reduced the carrying value of shareholder loans to Golden Queen to $8.8 million at August 31, 2023. The impairment for the three months ended August 31, 2023 was primarily based on our estimate of what could be recognized in a sale transaction for the investment. In the fourth quarter of 2023, we sold Golden Queen and recognized a gain of $1.7 million on the sale.

We had an equity method interest in Stratos with rights to a majority of all distributions in respect of Stratos. In the fourth quarter of 2022, we had a triggering event to test our investment in Stratos for impairment. We estimated the fair value of our equity interest in Stratos based primarily on a discounted cash flow valuation model. The discounted cash flow valuation model used inputs including management’s projections of future Stratos cash flows and a discount rate of 23.0%. The estimated fair value of our equity investment in Stratos was $61.7 million as of the date of our impairment evaluation, which was $25.3 million lower than our prior carrying value. We concluded that the decline in fair value was other than temporary and as result incurred a $25.3 million impairment charge. During 2023, we obtained 100% of the interests in Stratos and now account for Stratos as a wholly owned subsidiary. Refer to Note 4, Business Acquisitions in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

35

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Goodwill

At November 30, 2023, goodwill recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition is $1.85 billion (3.2% of total assets). The nature and accounting for goodwill is discussed in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 13, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment at least annually, or when circumstances or events make it more likely than not that an impairment occurred. Goodwill is tested by comparing the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. Our annual goodwill impairment testing date for a substantial portion of our reporting units is August 1 and November 30 for other identified reporting units. The results of our annual tests did not indicate any goodwill impairment.

We use allocated tangible equity plus allocated goodwill and intangible assets for the carrying amount of each reporting unit. The amount of tangible equity allocated to a reporting unit is based on our cash capital model deployed in managing our businesses, which seeks to approximate the capital a business would require if it were operating independently. For further information on our Cash Capital Policy, refer to the Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources section herein. Intangible assets are allocated to a reporting unit based on either specifically identifying a particular intangible asset as pertaining to a reporting unit or, if shared among reporting units, based on an assessment of the reporting unit’s benefit from the intangible asset in order to generate results.

Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit requires management judgment and often involves the use of estimates and assumptions that could have a significant effect on whether or not an impairment charge is recorded and the magnitude of such a charge. Estimated fair values for our reporting units utilize market valuation methods that incorporate price-to-earnings and price-to-book multiples of comparable public companies and/or projected cash flows. Under the market valuation approach, the key assumptions are the selected multiples and our internally developed projections of future profitability, growth and return on equity for each reporting unit. The weight assigned to the multiples requires judgment in qualitatively and quantitatively evaluating the size, profitability and the nature of the business activities of the reporting units as compared to the comparable publicly-traded companies. The valuation methodology for our reporting units is sensitive to management’s forecasts of future profitability, which are a significant component of the valuation and come with a level of uncertainty regarding trading volumes and capital market transaction levels. In addition, as the fair values determined under the market valuation approach represent a noncontrolling interest, we apply a control premium to arrive at the estimate fair value of each reporting unit on a controlling basis.

The carrying values of goodwill by reporting unit at November 30, 2023 are as follows: $700.2 million in Investment Banking, $255.3 million in Equities and Wealth Management, $576.6 million in Fixed Income, $143.0 million in Asset Management and $172.8 million attributed to various individual legacy merchant banking investments. The increase in goodwill related to legacy merchant banking investments was primarily due to the acquisition of OpNet. Refer to Note 4, Business Acquisitions and Note 13, Goodwill and Intangible Assets in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details on goodwill.

Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources

Our CFO and Global Treasurer are responsible for developing and implementing our liquidity, funding and capital management strategies. These policies are determined by the nature and needs of our day-to-day business operations, business opportunities, regulatory obligations, and liquidity requirements.

Our actual levels of capital, total assets and financial leverage are a function of a number of factors, including asset composition, business initiatives and opportunities, regulatory requirements and cost and availability of both long term and short-term funding. We have historically maintained a balance sheet consisting of a large portion of our total assets in cash and liquid marketable securities. The liquid nature of these assets provides us with flexibility in financing and managing our business.

We also own a legacy portfolio of businesses and investments that are reflected as consolidated subsidiaries, equity investments or securities. During 2023, we have substantially reduced our merchant banking portfolio through a variety of strategic actions. We are continuing the process of further liquidating a significant portion of this portfolio with the intention of selling to third parties or distributing to shareholders this portfolio in an orderly manner over the next few years.

In keeping with our strategy of returning excess liquidity to shareholders, during the year ended November 30, 2023, we returned an aggregate of $985.8 million to common shareholders primarily in the form of $278.6 million in cash dividends and dividends in the form of distribution of capital of $527.0 million with the distribution of our ownership interests in Vitesse Energy on a tax-free pro rata basis to all shareholders. Additionally, we repurchased 4.9 million common shares for a total of $169.4 million at a weighted average price of $34.66 per share.

36

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

We maintain modest leverage to support our investment grade ratings. The growth of our balance sheet is supported by our equity and we have quantitative metrics in place to monitor leverage and double leverage. Our capital plan is robust, in order to sustain our operating model through stressed conditions. We maintain adequate financial resources to support business activities in both normal and stressed market conditions, including a buffer in excess of our regulatory, or other internal or external, requirements. Our access to funding and liquidity is stable and efficient to ensure that there is sufficient liquidity to meet our financial obligations in normal and stressed market conditions.

Our Balance Sheet

A business unit level balance sheet and cash capital analysis are prepared and reviewed with senior management on a weekly basis. As a part of this balance sheet review process, capital is allocated to all assets and gross balance sheet limits are adjusted, as necessary. This process ensures that the allocation of capital and costs of capital are incorporated into business decisions. The goals of this process are to protect the firm’s platform, enable our businesses to remain competitive, maintain the ability to manage capital proactively and hold businesses accountable for both balance sheet and capital usage.

We actively monitor and evaluate our financial condition and the composition of our assets and liabilities. We continually monitor our overall securities inventory, including the inventory turnover rate, which confirms the liquidity of our overall assets. A significant portion of our financial instruments are valued on a daily basis and we monitor and employ balance sheet limits for our various businesses.

The following table provides detail on selected balance sheet items (dollars in millions):

November 30,
20232022% Change
Total assets$57,905.2$51,057.713.4%
Cash and cash equivalents8,526.49,703.1(12.1)
Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory purposes or deposited with clearing and depository organizations1,414.6957.347.8
Financial instruments owned21,747.518,666.316.5
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased11,251.211,056.51.8
Total Level 3 assets680.6791.5(14.0)
Securities borrowed$7,192.1$5,831.123.3%
Securities purchased under agreements to resell5,950.54,546.730.9
Total securities borrowed and securities purchased under agreements to resell$13,142.6$10,377.826.6%
Securities loaned$1,840.5$1,366.034.7%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase10,920.67,452.346.5
Total securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase$12,761.1$8,818.344.7%

Total assets at November 30, 2023 and 2022 were $57.91 billion and $51.06 billion, respectively, an increase of 13.4%. During 2023, average total assets were approximately 5.5% higher than total assets at November 30, 2023.

Our total Financial instruments owned inventory was $21.75 billion and $18.67 billion at November 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. During the year ended November 30, 2023, our total Financial instruments owned increased primarily due to increases in corporate debt and equity securities, and mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased inventory was $11.25 billion at November 30, 2023, an increase of 1.8% from $11.06 billion at November 30, 2022, with the increase primarily driven by increases in corporate debt and equity securities and sovereign obligations, partially offset by decreases in derivative contracts and U.S. government and agency securities. Our overall net inventory position was $10.50 billion and $7.61 billion at November 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, with the increase primarily due to increases in mortgage and asset-backed securities and derivative contracts.

Our Level 3 financial instruments owned as a percentage of total Financial instruments owned declined to 3.1% at November 30, 2023 from 4.2% at November 30, 2022, primarily due to decreases in investments at fair value and loans and other receivables as certain historical positions in those categories are now eliminated upon the consolidation of Stratos and OpNet. For additional details related to the consolidation of Stratos and OpNet refer to Note 4, Business Acquisitions in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additionally, we sold a portion of CMBS during the fourth quarter of 2023 that previously were classified within Level 3 assets.

37

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The following table summarizes Level 3 assets by operating segment (in millions, except percentages):

November 30, 2023PercentNovember 30, 2022Percent
Investment Banking$129.319.0%$124.715.8%
Equities and Fixed Income337.249.5360.745.5
Asset Management (1)214.131.5306.138.7
Total$680.6100.0%$791.5100.0%

(1)At November 30, 2023 and November 30, 2022, $121.4 million and $218.7 million, respectively, are attributed to merchant banking investments within in our Asset Management operating segment.

Securities financing assets and liabilities include financing for our financial instruments trading activity and matched book transactions. Matched book transactions accommodate customers by providing financing and access to securities. The aggregate outstanding balance of our securities financing assets and liabilities increase or decrease from period to period depending on fluctuations in the level of our client activity and the level of our own trading activity. Our average month end balance of total reverse repos and stock borrows during 2023 were 23.0% higher than the November 30, 2023 balance. Our average month end balance of total repos and stock loans during 2023 were 19.7% higher than the November 30, 2023 balance.

The following table presents our period end balance, average balance and maximum balance at any month end within the periods presented for Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (dollars in millions):

Year Ended
20232022
Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell:
Year end$5,951$4,547
Month end average7,6817,489
Maximum month end10,76710,428
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase:
Year end$10,921$7,452
Month end average13,55611,738
Maximum month end17,98117,417

Fluctuations in the balance of our repurchase agreements from period to period and intraperiod are dependent on business activity in those periods. Additionally, the fluctuations in the balances of our securities purchased under agreements to resell are influenced in any given period by our clients’ balances and our clients’ desires to execute collateralized financing arrangements via the repurchase market or via other financing products. Average balances and period end balances will fluctuate based on market and liquidity conditions and we consider the fluctuations intraperiod to be typical for the repurchase market.

Leverage Ratios

The following table presents total assets, total equity, total Jefferies Financial Group Inc. shareholders’ equity and tangible Jefferies Financial Group Inc. shareholders’ equity with the resulting leverage ratios (dollars in millions):

November 30,
20232022
Total assets$57,905$51,058
Total equity$9,802$10,295
Total Jefferies Financial Group Inc. shareholders’ equity$9,710$10,233
Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets$(2,045)$(1,876)
Tangible Jefferies Financial Group Inc. shareholders’ equity$7,665$8,357
Leverage ratio (1)5.95.0
Tangible gross leverage ratio (2)7.35.9

(1)Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total equity.

(2)Tangible gross leverage ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure) equals total assets less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets divided by tangible Jefferies Financial Group Inc. shareholders’ equity. The tangible gross leverage ratio is used by rating agencies in assessing our leverage ratio.

38

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Liquidity Management

The key objectives of the liquidity management framework are to support the successful execution of our business strategies while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of financial and idiosyncratic distress. Our liquidity management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk that we may be unable to access adequate financing to service our financial obligations without material franchise or business impact.

The principal elements of our liquidity management framework are our Cash Capital Policy, our assessment of Modeled Liquidity Outflow (“MLO”) and our Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”).

Liquidity Management Framework. Our Liquidity Management Framework is based on a model of a potential liquidity contraction over a one-year time period. This incorporates potential cash outflows during a market or our idiosyncratic liquidity stress event, including, but not limited to, the following:

•Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and no incremental unsecured debt issuance;

•Maturity rolloff of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance and replacement with cash collateral;

•Higher margin requirements than currently exist on assets on securities financing activity, including repurchase agreements and other secured funding including central counterparty clearing houses;

•Liquidity outflows related to possible credit downgrade;

•Lower availability of secured funding;

•Client cash withdrawals;

•The anticipated funding of outstanding investment and loan commitments; and

•Certain accrued expenses and other liabilities and fixed costs.

Cash Capital Policy. We maintain a cash capital model that measures long-term funding sources against requirements. Sources of cash capital include our equity, mezzanine equity and the noncurrent portion of long-term borrowings. Uses of cash capital include the following:

•Illiquid assets such as equipment, goodwill, net intangible assets, exchange memberships, deferred tax assets and certain investments;

•A portion of securities inventory and other assets not expected to be financed on a secured basis in a credit stressed environment (i.e., margin requirements); and

•Drawdowns of unfunded commitments.

To ensure that we do not need to liquidate inventory in the event of a funding stress, we seek to maintain surplus cash capital. Our total long-term capital of $17.70 billion at November 30, 2023 exceeded our cash capital requirements.

MLO. Our businesses are diverse, and our liquidity needs are determined by many factors, including market movements, collateral requirements and client commitments, all of which can change dramatically in a difficult funding environment. During a liquidity stress, credit-sensitive funding, including unsecured debt and some types of secured financing agreements, may be unavailable, and the terms (e.g., interest rates, collateral provisions and tenor) or availability of other types of secured financing may change. As a result of our policy to ensure we have sufficient funds to cover what we estimate may be needed in a liquidity stress, we hold more cash and unencumbered securities and have greater long-term debt balances than our businesses would otherwise require. As part of this estimation process, we calculate an MLO that could be experienced in a liquidity stress. MLO is based on a scenario that includes both a market-wide stress and firm-specific stress, characterized by some or all of the following elements:

•Global recession, default by a medium-sized sovereign, low consumer and corporate confidence, and general financial instability.

•Severely challenged market environment with material declines in equity markets and widening of credit spreads.

•Damaging follow-on impacts to financial institutions leading to the failure of a large bank.

•A firm-specific crisis potentially triggered by material losses, reputational damage, litigation, executive departure, and/or a ratings downgrade.

The following are the critical modeling parameters of the MLO:

•Liquidity needs over a 30-day scenario.

39

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•A two-notch downgrade of our long-term senior unsecured credit ratings.

•No support from government funding facilities.

•A combination of contractual outflows, such as upcoming maturities of unsecured debt, and contingent outflows (e.g., actions though not contractually required, we may deem necessary in a crisis). We assume that most contingent outflows will occur within the initial days and weeks of a stress.

•No diversification benefit across liquidity risks. We assume that liquidity risks are additive.

The calculation of our MLO under the above stresses and modeling parameters considers the following potential contractual and contingent cash and collateral outflows:

•All upcoming maturities of unsecured long-term debt, promissory notes and other unsecured funding products assuming we will be unable to issue new unsecured debt or rollover any maturing debt.

•Repurchases of our outstanding long-term debt in the ordinary course of business as a market maker.

•A portion of upcoming contractual maturities of secured funding activity due to either the inability to refinance or the ability to refinance only at wider haircuts (i.e., on terms which require us to post additional collateral). Our assumptions reflect, among other factors, the quality of the underlying collateral and counterparty concentration.

•Collateral postings to counterparties due to adverse changes in the value of our over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives and other outflows due to trade terminations, collateral substitutions, collateral disputes, collateral calls or termination payments required by a two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings.

•Variation margin postings required due to adverse changes in the value of our outstanding exchange-traded derivatives and any increase in initial margin and guarantee fund requirements by derivative clearing houses.

•Liquidity outflows associated with our prime services business, including withdrawals of customer credit balances, and a reduction in customer short positions.

•Liquidity outflows to clearing banks to ensure timely settlements of cash and securities transactions.

•Draws on our unfunded commitments considering, among other things, the type of commitment and counterparty.

•Other upcoming large cash outflows, such as employee compensation, tax and dividend payments, with no expectation of future dividends from any subsidiaries.

Based on the sources and uses of liquidity calculated under the MLO scenarios, we determine, based on a calculated surplus or deficit, additional long-term funding that may be needed versus funding through the repurchase financing market and consider any adjustments that may be necessary to our inventory balances and cash holdings. At November 30, 2023, we had sufficient excess liquidity to meet all contingent cash outflows detailed in the MLO for at least 30 days without balance sheet reduction. We regularly refine our model to reflect changes in market or economic conditions and our business mix.

CFP. Our CFP ensures the ability to access adequate liquid financial resources to meet liquidity shortfalls that may arise in emergency situations. The CFP triggers the following actions:

•Sets out the governance for managing liquidity during a liquidity crisis;

•Identifies key liquidity and capital early warning indicators that will help guide the response to the liquidity crisis;

•Identifies the actions and escalation procedures should we experience a liquidity crisis including coordination amongst senior management and the Board of Directors;

•Sets out the sources of funding available during a liquidity crisis;

•Sets out the communication plan during a liquidity crisis for key external stakeholders including regulators, relationship banks, rating agencies and funding counterparties; and

•Sets out an action plan to source additional funding.

40

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Sources of Liquidity

The following are financial instruments that are cash and cash equivalents or are deemed by management to be generally readily convertible into cash, marginable or accessible for liquidity purposes within a relatively short period of time (dollars in thousands):

November 30, 2023Average Balance Quarter Ended November 30, 2023 (1)November 30, 2022
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash in banks$2,606,673$3,570,487$2,541,021
Money market investments (2)5,919,6904,568,3427,162,088
Total cash and cash equivalents8,526,3638,138,8299,703,109
Other sources of liquidity:
Debt securities owned and securities purchased under agreements to resell (3)1,472,5241,456,8261,417,177
Other (4)456,341536,753520,714
Total other sources1,928,8651,993,5791,937,891
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources$10,455,228$10,132,408$11,641,000
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources as % of Total assets18.1%22.8%
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources as % of Total assets less goodwill and intangible assets18.7%23.7%

(1)Average balances are calculated based on weekly balances.

(2)At November 30, 2023 and 2022, $5.90 billion and $7.14 billion, respectively, was invested in U.S. government money funds that invest primarily in cash, securities issued by the U.S. government and U.S. government-sponsored entities, and repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by cash or government securities. The remaining balance at November 30, 2023 and 2022 are primarily invested in AAA-rated prime money funds. The average balance of U.S. government money funds for the quarter ended November 30, 2023 was $4.55 billion.

(3)Consists of high-quality sovereign government securities and reverse repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities and other high quality sovereign government securities; deposits with a central bank within the European Economic Area, United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, Switzerland or the U.S.; and securities issued by a designated multilateral development bank and reverse repurchase agreements with underlying collateral composed of these securities.

(4)Other includes unencumbered inventory representing an estimate of the amount of additional secured financing that could be reasonably expected to be obtained from our Financial instruments owned that are currently not pledged after considering reasonable financing haircuts.

In addition to the cash balances and liquidity pool presented above, the majority of financial instruments (both long and short) in our trading accounts are actively traded and readily marketable. At November 30, 2023, we had the ability to readily obtain repurchase financing for 81.4% of our inventory at haircuts of 10% or less, which reflects the liquidity of our inventory. In addition, as a matter of our policy, all of these assets have internal capital assessed, which is in addition to the funding haircuts provided in the securities finance markets. Additionally, certain of our Financial instruments owned primarily consisting of loans and investments are predominantly funded by long term capital. Under our cash capital policy, we model capital allocation levels that are more stringent than the haircuts used in the market for secured funding; and we maintain surplus capital at these more stringent levels. We continually assess the liquidity of our inventory based on the level at which we could obtain financing in the marketplace for a given asset. Assets are considered to be liquid if financing can be obtained in the repurchase market or the securities lending market at collateral haircut levels of 10% or less.

41

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The following summarizes our financial instruments by asset class that we consider to be of a liquid nature and the amount of such assets that have not been pledged as collateral at November 30, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):

November 30,
20232022
Liquid Financial InstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (2)Liquid Financial InstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (2)
Corporate equity securities$4,062,977$652,131$3,040,844$846,520
Corporate debt securities4,785,701171,4573,215,80734,405
U.S. government, agency and municipal securities3,852,232111,4234,032,21559,909
Other sovereign obligations1,562,3461,120,0741,679,573803,738
Agency mortgage-backed securities (1)3,220,9182,514,773
Loans and other receivables210,373111,681
Total$17,694,547$2,055,085$14,594,893$1,744,572

(1)Consists solely of agency mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”).

(2)Unencumbered liquid balances represent assets that can be sold or used as collateral for a loan but have not been.

In addition to being able to be readily financed at reasonable haircut levels, we estimate that each of the individual securities within each asset class above could be sold into the market and converted into cash within three business days under normal market conditions, assuming that the entire portfolio of a given asset class was not simultaneously liquidated. There are no restrictions on the unencumbered liquid securities, nor have they been pledged as collateral.

Sources of Funding and Capital Resources

Our assets are funded by equity capital, senior debt, securities loaned, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, customer free credit balances, bank loans and other payables.

Secured Financing

We rely principally on readily available secured funding to finance our inventory of financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold. Our ability to support increases in total assets is largely a function of our ability to obtain short- and intermediate term secured funding, primarily through securities financing transactions. We finance a portion of our long inventory and cover some of our short inventory by pledging and borrowing securities in the form of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements (collectively “repos”), respectively. During 2023, an average of approximately 68.1% of our cash and noncash repurchase financing activities used collateral that was considered eligible collateral by central clearing corporations. Central clearing corporations are situated between participating members who borrow cash and lend securities (or vice versa); accordingly, repo participants contract with the central clearing corporation and not one another individually. Therefore, counterparty credit risk is borne by the central clearing corporation which mitigates the risk through initial margin demands and variation margin calls from repo participants. The comparatively large proportion of our total repo activity that is eligible for central clearing reflects the high quality and liquid composition of the inventory we carry in our trading books. For those asset classes not eligible for central clearing house financing, we seek to execute our bi-lateral financings on an extended term basis and the tenor of our repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements generally exceeds the expected holding period of the assets we are financing. The weighted average maturity of cash and noncash repurchase agreements for non-clearing corporation eligible funded inventory is approximately six months at November 30, 2023.

Our ability to finance our inventory via central clearinghouses and bi-lateral arrangements is augmented by our ability to draw bank loans on an uncommitted basis under our various banking arrangements. At November 30, 2023, short-term borrowings, which must be repaid within one year or less include bank loans, overdrafts and borrowings under revolving credit facilities. Letters of credit are used in the normal course of business mostly to satisfy various collateral requirements in favor of exchanges in lieu of depositing cash or securities. Average daily short-term borrowings outstanding were $787.9 million for 2023.

42

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

At November 30, 2023 and 2022, our borrowings under credit facilities classified within bank loans in Short-term borrowings in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition were $937.1 million and $517.0 million, respectively. Our borrowings include credit facilities that contain certain covenants that, among other things, require us to maintain a specified level of tangible net worth, require a minimum regulatory net capital requirement for our U.S. broker-dealer, Jefferies LLC, and impose certain restrictions on the future indebtedness of certain of our subsidiaries that are borrowers. Interest is based on rates at spreads over the federal funds rate or other adjusted rates, as defined in the various credit agreements, or at a rate as agreed between the bank and us in reference to the bank’s cost of funding. At November 30, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants under these credit facilities.

For additional details on our short-term borrowings, refer to Note 18, Short-Term Borrowings in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition to the above financing arrangements, we issue notes backed by eligible collateral under master repurchase agreements, which provides an additional financing source for our inventory (our “repurchase agreement financing program”). The notes issued under the program are presented within Other secured financings in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At November 30, 2023, the outstanding notes were $1.43 billion, bear interest at a spread over the Secured Overnight Funding Rate (“SOFR”) or the Euro Short-Term Rate (“ESTER”) and mature from December 2023 to July 2025.

For additional details on our repurchase agreement financing program, refer to Note 10, Variable Interest Entities in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Total Long-Term Capital

At November 30, 2023 and 2022, we had total long-term capital of $17.70 billion and $17.49 billion, respectively, resulting in a long-term debt to equity capital ratio of 0.81:1 and 0.68:1, respectively. See “Equity Capital” herein for further information on our change in total equity. Our total long-term capital base at November 30, 2023 and 2022 was as follows (in thousands):

November 30,
20232022
Unsecured Long-Term Debt (1)$7,902,079$7,065,663
Total Mezzanine Equity406131,461
Total Equity9,802,13510,295,479
Total Long-Term Capital$17,704,620$17,492,603

(1)The amounts at November 30, 2023 and 2022 exclude our secured long-term debt and exclude $51.0 million and $13.2 million, respectively, of structured notes that will mature within one year. Additionally, the amount at November 30, 2023 excludes $544.2 million of our 1.000% Euro Medium Term Notes as these are mature within one year. The amount at November 30, 2022 excludes $393.0 million of our 5.500% Senior Notes as this note matured on October 18, 2023.

Long-Term Debt

During 2023, long-term debt increased by $924.7 million to $9.70 billion at November 30, 2023, as presented in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. This increase is primarily due:

•$990.6 million from the issuance of our 5.875% Senior Notes with a principal amount of $1.0 billion, due 2028;

•$290.2 million from additional issuances, net of repayments;

•Addition of $75.4 million of Tessellis debt due to the OpNet consolidation; and

•Partially offset by decreases of $393.0 million from the maturity of our 5.500% Senior Note as well as the reclassification of long-term debt to liabilities held for sale related to Foursight. For additional details related to Foursight and OpNet, refer to Note 5, Assets Held for Sale in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

At November 30, 2023 and 2022, our borrowings under several credit facilities classified within Long-term debt in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition amounted to $735.2 million and $933.5 million, respectively. Interest on these credit facilities is based on an adjusted SOFR plus a spread or other adjusted rates, as defined in the various credit agreements. The credit facility agreements contain certain covenants that, among other things, require us to maintain specified levels of tangible net worth and liquidity amounts, and impose certain restrictions on future indebtedness of and require specified levels of regulated capital and cash reserves for certain of our subsidiaries. At November 30, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants under theses credit facilities.

43

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

In addition, one of our subsidiaries has a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank for a term loan (“Secured Bank Loan”). At November 30, 2023, borrowings under the Secured Bank Loan amounted to $100.0 million and are also classified within Long-term debt in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Secured Bank Loan matures on September 13, 2024, and is collateralized by certain trading securities with an interest rate of SOFR plus 1.25%. The agreement contains certain covenants that, among other things, restricts lien or encumbrance upon any of the pledged collateral. At November 30, 2023, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Secured Bank Loan.

HomeFed funds certain of its real estate projects in part by raising funds under the Immigrant Investor Program administered by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services pursuant to the Immigration and Nationality Act (“EB-5 Program”). This debt is secured by certain real estate of HomeFed. At November 30, 2023, HomeFed was in compliance with all debt covenants which include, among other requirements, limitations on incurrence of debt, collateral requirements and restricted use of proceeds. Primarily all of HomeFed’s EB-5 Program debt matures in 2024 through 2028.

At November 30, 2023, HomeFed has a construction loan with an aggregate committed amount of $62.0 million. The proceeds are being used for construction at certain of its real estate projects. The outstanding principal amount of the loan bears interest based on the SOFR plus 2.75%, subject to adjustment on the first of each calendar month. At November 30, 2023, the weighted average interest rate on this loan was 8.07%. The loan matures in May 2024 and is collateralized by the property underlying the related project with a guarantee by HomeFed. At November 30, 2023 and November 30, 2022, $48.2 million and $57.0 million, respectively, was outstanding under the construction loan agreement.

At November 30, 2023, our unsecured long-term debt has a weighted average maturity of approximately 8.7 years.

For further information, see Note 19, Long-Term Debt, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our long-term debt ratings at November 30, 2023 are as follows:

RatingOutlook
Moody’s Investors ServiceBaa2Stable
Standard & Poor’sBBBStable
Fitch Ratings (1)BBBPositive

(1)     On December 11, 2023, Fitch Ratings revised our rating of BBB to BBB+ and revised our rating outlook from positive to stable.

At November 30, 2023, the long-term debt ratings on our principal subsidiaries, Jefferies LLC, Jefferies International Limited (a U.K. broker-dealer) and Jefferies GmbH are as follows:

Jefferies LLCJefferies International LimitedJefferies GmbH
RatingOutlookRatingOutlookRatingOutlook
Moody’s Investors ServiceBaa1StableBaa1StableBaa1Stable
Standard & Poor’sBBB+StableBBB+StableBBB+Stable

Access to external financing to finance our day-to-day operations, as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent upon various factors, including our debt ratings. Our current debt ratings are dependent upon many factors, including industry dynamics, operating and economic environment, operating results, operating margins, earnings trend and volatility, balance sheet composition, liquidity and liquidity management, our capital structure, our overall risk management, business diversification and our market share and competitive position in the markets in which we operate. Deterioration in any of these factors could impact our credit ratings. While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact on our business and trading results in future periods is inherently uncertain and depends on a number of factors, including the magnitude of the downgrade, the behavior of individual clients and future mitigating action taken by us.

44

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

In connection with certain over-the-counter derivative contract arrangements and certain other trading arrangements, we may be required to provide additional collateral to counterparties, exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a credit rating downgrade. At November 30, 2023, the amount of additional collateral that could be called by counterparties, exchanges and clearing organizations under the terms of such agreements in the event of a downgrade of our long-term credit rating below investment grade was $58.3 million. For certain foreign clearing organizations, credit rating is only one of several factors employed in determining collateral that could be called. The above represents management’s best estimate for additional collateral to be called in the event of a credit rating downgrade. The impact of additional collateral requirements is considered in our Contingency Funding Plan and calculation of MLO, as described above.

Equity Capital

Common Stock

At November 30, 2023 and 2022, we had 565,000,000 authorized shares of voting common stock with a par value of $1.00 per share. At November 30, 2023, we had outstanding 210,626,642 common shares, 15,216,591 share-based awards that do not require the holder to pay any exercise price and 5,064,740 stock options that require the holder to pay a weighted average exercise price of $22.69 per share. The 15,216,591 share-based awards include the target number of shares under the senior executive award plan until the performance period is complete.

The Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of common stock under a share repurchase program. Additionally, treasury stock repurchases include repurchases of common stock for net-share withholding under our equity compensation plan.

The table below presents information about common stock repurchases pursuant to our share repurchase program during the year ended November 30, 2023 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

Year Ended November 30, 2023
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs2,130,398
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Purchased$65,074
Average Share Price of Shares Purchased$30.55
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Authorized that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs$245,869

In January 2024, the Board of Directors increased the share repurchase authorization back up to $250.0 million.

In February 2023, our mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred shares were converted into 4,654,362 common shares.

The following table sets forth the declaration dates, record dates, payment date and per common share amounts for the dividends declared during the years ended November 30, 2023 and 2022.

Year Ended November 30, 2023
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment DatePer Common Share Amount
January 9, 2023February 13, 2023February 24, 2023$0.30
March 28, 2023May 15, 2023May 26, 2023$0.30
June 27, 2023August 14, 2023August 25, 2023$0.30
September 27, 2023November 13, 2023November 28, 2023$0.30
Year Ended November 30, 2022
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment DatePer Common Share Amount
January 12, 2022February 14, 2022February 25, 2022$0.30
March 28, 2022May 16, 2022May 27, 2022$0.30
June 27, 2022August 15, 2022August 26, 2022$0.30
September 28, 2022November 14, 2022November 29, 2022$0.30

On January 8, 2024, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.30 per common share to be paid on February 27, 2024 to common shareholders of record at February 16, 2024.

45

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

As compared to November 30, 2022, the decrease to total Jefferies Financial Group Inc. shareholders’ equity at November 30, 2023 is primarily attributed to purchases of common shares for treasury and dividends paid, partially offset by increases from net earnings and contributions from noncontrolling interests.

Non-Voting Common Stock

On June 28, 2023, shareholders approved an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which authorized the issuance of non-voting common stock with a par value of $1.00 per share (the “Non-Voting Common Shares”). The Non-Voting Common Shares are entitled to share equally, on a per share basis, with the voting common stock, in dividends and distributions. Upon the effectiveness of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Corporation on June 30, 2023, the number of authorized shares of common stock remains at 600,000,000 shares, comprised of 565,000,000 shares of voting common stock and 35,000,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Shares.

Series B Preferred Stock

On April 27, 2023, we established Series B Non-Voting Convertible Preferred Shares with a par value of $1.00 per share (“Series B Preferred Stock”) and designated 70,000 shares as Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $17,500 per share and rank senior to our voting common stock upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Jefferies Financial Group Inc. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock is automatically convertible into 500 shares of non-voting common stock, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments, three years after issuance. The Series B Preferred Stock participates in cash dividends and distributions alongside our voting common stock on an as-converted basis.

Additionally, on April 27, 2023, we entered into an Exchange Agreement with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (“SMBC”), which entitles SMBC to exchange shares of our voting common stock for shares of the Series B Preferred Stock at a rate of 500 shares of voting common stock for one share of Series B Preferred Stock. The Exchange Agreement is limited to 55,125 shares of Preferred Stock and SMBC will pay $1.50 per share of voting common stock so exchanged. During the third quarter of 2023, SMBC exchanged 21.0 million shares of voting common stock for 42,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and we received cash of $31.5 million in connection with the exchange. As a result of the exchange, our equity attributed to our voting common stock decreased by $21.0 million, our equity attributed to the Series B Preferred Stock increased by $42,000 and additional paid-in capital increased by $52.4 million, resulting in a $31.5 million net increase in our shareholders’ equity, or $0.12 per common share on an as-converted, fully-diluted, basis. During the year ended November 30, 2023, we paid $12.6 million of cash dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock.

Other

In January 2023, we distributed all of our ownership interests in Vitesse Energy on a tax-free pro rata basis to all of our shareholders, resulting in a distribution of capital of $527.0 million. In addition, in February 2023, $125.0 million of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred shares were converted to 4,654,362 common shares.

Net Capital

Jefferies LLC is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member firm of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule (“Rule 15c3-1”), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital, and has elected to calculate minimum capital requirements using the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3-1 in calculating net capital. Jefferies LLC, as a dually-registered U.S. broker-dealer and futures commission merchant (“FCM”), is also subject to Regulation 1.17 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), which sets forth minimum financial requirements. The minimum net capital requirement in determining excess net capital for a dually-registered U.S. broker-dealer and FCM is equal to the greater of the requirement under SEA Rule 15c3-1 or CFTC Regulation 1.17.

Jefferies Financial Services, Inc. (“JFSI”) is a registered swap dealer subject to the CFTC’s regulatory capital requirements and is a registered security-based swap dealer with the SEC subject to the SEC’s security-based swap dealer regulatory rules and is approved by the SEC as an OTC derivatives dealer subject to compliance with the SEC’s net capital requirements. At November 30, 2023, JFSI is in compliance with these SEC and CFTC requirements. Additionally, JFSI is subject to the net capital requirements of the National Futures Association (“NFA”), as a member of the NFA. JFSI is required to maintain minimum net capital, as defined under SEA Rule 18a-1 of not less than the greater of 2% of the risk margin amount, as defined, or $20 million. Under CFTC Regulation 23.101, JFSI is required to maintain minimum net capital of not less than the greater of 2% of the uncleared swap margin, as defined in CFTC Regulation 23.100, or $20 million.

46

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

At November 30, 2023, Jefferies LLC and JFSI’s net capital and excess net capital were as follows (in thousands):

Net CapitalExcess Net Capital
Jefferies LLC$1,088,817$980,587
JFSI - SEC348,457328,457
JFSI - CFTC348,457324,553

FINRA is the designated examining authority for Jefferies LLC and the National Futures Association is the designated self-regulatory organization for Jefferies LLC as an FCM.

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to capital adequacy requirements as prescribed by the regulatory authorities in their respective jurisdictions, including Jefferies International Limited which is subject to the regulatory supervision and requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority in the U.K.

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above may restrict our ability to withdraw capital from our regulated subsidiaries.

Customer Protection and Segregation Requirement

As a registered broker dealer that clears and carries customer accounts, Jefferies LLC is subject to the customer protection provisions under SEC Rule 15c3-3 and is required to compute a reserve formula requirement for customer accounts and deposit cash or qualified securities into a special reserve bank account for the exclusive benefit of customers. At November 30, 2023, Jefferies LLC had $640.9 million in cash and qualified U.S. Government securities on deposit in special reserve bank accounts for the exclusive benefit of customers.

As a registered broker dealer that clears and carries proprietary accounts of brokers (commonly referred to as “PAB”), Jefferies is also required to compute a reserve requirement for PABs pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-3. At November 30, 2023, Jefferies had $53.1 million in cash and qualified U.S. Government securities in special reserve bank accounts for the exclusive benefit of PABs.

Other Developments

In February 2022, Russia invaded Ukraine. Following Russia’s invasion, the U.S., the U.K., and the European Union governments, among others, developed coordinated financial and economic sanctions targeting Russia that, in various ways, constrain transactions with numerous Russian entities, including major Russian banks and individuals; transactions in Russian sovereign debt; and investment, trade and financing to, from, or in Ukraine. We do not have any operations in Russia or any clients with significant Russian operations and we have minimal market risk related to securities of companies either domiciled or operating in Russia. We continue to closely monitor the status of global sanctions and restrictions, trading conditions related to Russian securities and the credit risk and nature of our counterparties.

In October 2023, Hamas attacked Israel. Our investments and assets in our growing Israeli business could be negatively affected by consequences from the geopolitical and military conflict in the region. We continue to closely monitor the status of global sanctions and restrictions arising from the conflict.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have contractual commitments arising in the ordinary course of business for securities loaned or purchased under agreements to resell, repurchase agreements, future purchases and sales of foreign currencies, securities transactions on a when-issued basis, purchases and sales of corporate loans in the secondary market and underwriting. Each of these financial instruments and activities contains varying degrees of off-balance sheet risk whereby the fair values of the securities underlying the financial instruments may be in excess of, or less than, the contract amount. The settlement of these transactions is not expected to have a material effect upon our consolidated financial statements.

47

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

In the normal course of business, we engage in other off balance-sheet arrangements, including derivative contracts. Neither derivatives’ notional amounts nor underlying instrument values are reflected as assets or liabilities in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Rather, the fair values of derivative contracts are reported in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased as applicable. Derivative contracts are reflected net of cash paid or received pursuant to credit support agreements and are reported on a net by counterparty basis when a legal right of offset exists under an enforceable master netting agreement. For additional information about our accounting policies and our derivative activities, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 6, Fair Value Disclosures and Note 7, Derivative Financial Instruments in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations

Subsequent to November 30, 2023 and on or before January 31, 2024, we expect to make cash payments of $1.36 billion related to year-end compensation awards for fiscal 2023. See Note 15, Compensation Plans in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

48

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Risk Management

Overview

Risk is an inherent part of our business and activities. The extent to which we properly and effectively identify, assess, monitor and manage each of the various types of risk involved in our activities is critical to our financial soundness, viability and profitability. Accordingly, we have a comprehensive risk management approach, with a formal governance structure and policies and procedures outlining frameworks and processes to identify, assess, monitor and manage risk. Principal risks involved in our business activities include market, credit, liquidity and capital, operational, model and strategic risk. Legal, compliance, new business and reputational risk are also included within our principal risks.

Risk management is a multifaceted process that requires communication, judgment and knowledge of financial products and markets. Our risk management process encompasses the active involvement of executive and senior management, and also many departments independent of the revenue-producing business units, including the Risk Management, Operations, Information Technology, Compliance, Legal and Finance Departments. Our risk management policies, procedures and methodologies are flexible in nature and are subject to ongoing review and modification.

In achieving our strategic business objectives, our risk appetite incorporates keeping our clients’ interests as top priority and ensuring we are in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, as well as adhering to the highest ethical standards. We undertake prudent risk-taking that protects the capital base and franchise, utilizing risk limits and tolerances that avoid outsized risk-taking. We maintain a diversified business mix and avoid significant concentrations to any sector, product, geography, or activity and set quantitative concentration limits to manage this risk. We consider contagion, second order effects and correlation in our risk assessment process and actively seek out value opportunities of all sizes. We manage the risk of opportunities larger than our approved risk levels through risk sharing and risk distribution, sell-down and hedging as appropriate. We have a limited appetite for illiquid assets and complex derivative financial instruments. We maintain the asset quality of our balance sheet through conducting trading activity in liquid markets and generally ensure high turnover of our inventory. We subject less liquid positions and derivative financial instruments to particular scrutiny and use a wide variety of specific metrics, limits, and constraints to manage these risks. We protect our reputation and franchise, as well as our standing within the market. We operate a federated approach to risk management and assign risk oversight responsibilities to a number of functions with specific areas of focus.

For discussion of liquidity and capital risk management, refer to the “Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources” section herein.

Governance and Risk Management Structure

Our Board of Directors (“Board”) and Risk and Liquidity Oversight Committee (“Committee”). Our Board and Committee play an important role in reviewing our risk management process and risk appetite. The Committee assists the Board in its oversight of: (i) the Company’s enterprise risk management, (ii) the Company’s capital, liquidity and funding guidelines and policies and (iii) the performance of the Company’s Chief Risk Officer. Our Global Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) and Global Treasurer meet with the Committee on no less than a quarterly basis to present our risk profile and liquidity profile and to respond to questions. Our Chief Information Officer also meets with the Committee at least semi-annually to receive and review reports related to any exposure to cybersecurity risk and our plans and programs to mitigate and respond to cybersecurity risks. Additionally, our risk management team continuously monitors our various businesses, the level of risk the businesses are taking and the efficacy of potential risk mitigation strategies and presents this information to our senior management and the Committee.

Our Board also fulfills its risk oversight role through the operations of its various committees, including its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has responsibility for risk oversight in connection with its review of our financial statements, internal audit function and internal control over financial reporting, as well as assisting the Board with our legal and regulatory compliance and overseeing our Code of Business Practice. The Audit Committee is also updated on risk controls at each of its regularly scheduled meetings.

Internal Audit, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board and includes professionals with a broad range of audit and industry experience, including risk management expertise, is responsible for independently assessing and validating key controls within our risk management framework.

We make extensive use of internal committees to govern risk taking and ensure that business activities are properly identified, assessed, monitored and managed. The Risk Management Committee (“RMC”) and membership comprises our Chief Executive Officer, President, CFO, CRO and Global Treasurer. Our other risk related committees govern risk taking and ensure that business activities are properly managed for their area of oversight.

49

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Risk Committees

•Risk Management Committee (RMC) - the principal committee that governs our risk taking activities. The RMC meets weekly to discuss our risk profile and discuss business or market trends and their potential impact on the business. The Committee approves our limits as a whole, and across risk categories and business lines, reviews limit breaches, and approves risk policies and stress testing methodologies and is supported by other Committees including:

•Credit Risk Committee - provides review and approval of counterparties and credit limits.

•Model Governance Committee - oversees all model risk matters throughout the model life cycle, from model identification and initiation, model development, model validation/approval, and model risk control.

•Stress Testing Committee - provides review and approval of, and oversees implementation of stress testing framework and methodologies

•Operating Committee - brings together the managers of all control areas and the business line chief operating officers, whereby each department presents issues regarding current and proposed business. This committee provides the key forum for coordination and communication between the control managers entirely focused on our activities as a whole.

•Asset / Liability Committee - seeks to ensure effective management and control of the balance sheet in terms of risk profile, adequacy of capital and liquidity resources, and funding profile and strategy. The committee is responsible for developing, implementing and enforcing our liquidity, funding and capital policies. This includes recommendations for capital and balance sheet size, as well as the allocation of capital to our businesses.

•Independent Price Verification Committee - establishes our valuation policies and procedures and is responsible for independently validating the fair value of our financial instruments. The committee, which comprises stakeholders represented by the CFO, Internal Audit, Risk Management and Controllers, meets monthly to assess and approve the results of our inventory price testing.

•New Business Committee - reviews new business, products and activities and extensions of existing businesses, products and activities that may introduce materially different or greater risks than those of a business’ existing activities. The new business approval process is a key control over new business activity. The objectives are to notify all relevant functions of the intention to introduce a new product, business or activity, to share information between functions and to ensure there is a thorough understanding of the proposal.

Risk Considerations

We apply a comprehensive framework of limits on a variety of key metrics to constrain the risk profile of our business activities. The size of the limits reflects our risk appetite for a certain activity under normal business conditions. Key metrics included in our risk management framework include inventory position and exposure limits on a gross and net basis, scenario analysis and stress tests, Value-at-Risk (“VaR”), sensitivities, exposure concentrations, aged inventory, Level 3 assets, counterparty exposure, leverage and cash capital.

Market Risk

Market risk is defined as the risk of loss due to fluctuations in the market value of financial assets and liabilities attributable to changes in market variables.

Our market risk principally arises from interest rate risk, from exposure to changes in the yield curve, the volatility of interest rates, and credit spreads, and from equity price risks from exposure to changes in prices and volatilities of individual equities, equity baskets and equity indices. In addition, commodity price risk results from exposure to the changes in prices and volatilities of individual commodities, commodity baskets and commodity indices, and foreign exchange risk results from changes in foreign currency rates.

Market risk is present in our capital markets business through market making, proprietary trading, underwriting and investing activities and is present in our asset management business through investments in separately managed accounts and direct investments in funds. Given our involvement in a broad set of financial products and markets, market risk exposures are diversified, and economic hedges are established as appropriate.

Market risk is monitored and managed through a set of key risk metrics such as VaR, stress scenarios, risk sensitivities and position exposures. Limits are set on the key risk metrics to monitor and control the risk exposure ensuring that it is in line with our risk appetite. Our risk appetite, including the market risk limits, is periodically reviewed to reflect business strategy and market environment. Material risk changes, top/emerging risks and limit utilizations/breaches are highlighted, through risk reporting, and escalated as necessary.

Trading is principally managed through front office trader mandates, where each trader is provided a specific mandate in line with our product registry. Mandates set out the activities, currencies, countries and products that the desk is permitted to trade

50

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

in and set the limits applicable to the desk. Traders are responsible for knowing their trading limits and trading in a manner consistent with their mandate.

VaR

VaR is a statistical estimate of the potential loss from adverse market movements over a specified time horizon within a specified probability (confidence level). It provides a common risk measure across financial instruments, markets and asset classes. We estimate VaR using a model that simulates revenue and loss distributions by applying historical market changes to the current portfolio. We calculate a one-day VaR using a one-year look-back period measured at a 95% confidence level.

As with all measures of VaR, our estimate has inherent limitations due to the assumption that historical changes in market conditions are representative of the future. Furthermore, the VaR model measures the risk of a current static position over a one-day horizon and might not capture the market risk over a longer time horizon where moves may be more extreme. Previous changes in market risk factors may not generate accurate predictions of future market movements. While we believe the assumptions and inputs in our risk model are reasonable, we could incur losses greater than the reported VaR. Consequently, this VaR estimate is only one of a number of tools we use in our daily risk management activities.

The table below shows firmwide VaR for each component of market risk by interest rate and credit spreads, equity, currency and commodity products using the past 365 days of historical data (in millions):

VaR at November 30, 2023Daily Firmwide VaR (1)VaR at November 30, 2022
Daily VaR for 2023Daily VaR for 2022
Risk Categories:AverageHighLowAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads$5.35$7.66$12.02$4.31$6.26$5.93$9.01$3.63
Equity Prices8.7610.3916.196.537.917.8317.593.55
Currency Rates1.290.552.260.040.220.120.340.02
Commodity Prices1.020.312.590.070.090.290.830.09
Diversification Effect (2)(4.23)(5.34)N/AN/A(3.12)(3.13)N/AN/A
Firmwide VaR (3) (4)$12.19$13.57$19.93$9.12$11.36$11.04$18.94$5.90

(1)For the firmwide VaR numbers reported above, a one-day time horizon, with a one year look-back period, and a 95% confidence level were used.

(2)The diversification effect is not applicable for the maximum and minimum VaR values as the firmwide VaR and the VaR values for the four risk categories might have occurred on different days during the period.

(3)The aggregated VaR presented here is less than the sum of the individual components (i.e., interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity risk and commodity price risk) due to the benefit of diversification among the four risk categories. Diversification benefit equals the difference between aggregated VaR and the sum of VaRs for the four risk categories and arises because the market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

(4)At November 30, 2023 and for the period are inclusive of the trading portfolio of Stratos.

The table below shows VaR for our capital markets trading activities, which excludes the impact on VaR for each component of market risk from our asset management activities, by interest rate and credit spreads, equity, currency and commodity products using the past 365 days of historical data (in millions):

VaR at November 30, 2023Daily Firmwide VaR (1)VaR at November 30, 2022
Daily VaR for 2023Daily VaR for 2022
Risk Categories:AverageHighLowAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads$4.75$7.11$11.79$4.01$6.01$5.60$8.63$3.20
Equity Prices4.026.7010.683.838.098.0731.133.42
Currency Rates0.710.290.780.010.010.050.29
Commodity Prices0.010.710.020.56
Diversification Effect (2)(2.88)(4.98)N/AN/A(2.48)(4.54)N/AN/A
Capital Markets VaR (3)$6.60$9.13$11.94$6.34$11.63$9.20$19.56$4.78

(1)For the capital markets VaR numbers reported above, a one-day time horizon, with a one-year look-back period, and a 95% confidence level were used.

(2)The diversification effect is not applicable for the maximum and minimum VaR values as the capital markets VaR and the VaR values for the four risk categories might have occurred on different days during the period.

51

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

(3)The aggregated VaR presented here is less than the sum of the individual components (i.e., interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity risk and commodity price risk) due to the benefit of diversification among the four risk categories. Diversification benefit equals the difference between aggregated VaR and the sum of VaRs for the four risk categories and arises because the market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

Our average daily firmwide VaR increased to $13.57 million for 2023 from $11.04 million for 2022. The increase was primarily driven by higher equity exposures in Asset Management from the launch of new funds and higher exposures related to merchant banking activities, partially offset by an increase in the diversification effect. Average daily capital markets VaR remained relatively stable with a slight decrease to $9.13 million for 2023 from $9.20 million for 2022.

The efficacy of the VaR model is tested by comparing our actual daily net revenues for those positions included in VaR calculation with the daily VaR estimate. This evaluation is performed at various levels, from the overall level down to specific business lines. For the VaR model, revenue is defined as principal transactions revenues, trading related commissions, revenue from securitization activities and net interest income. VaR backtesting methodologies differ for regulated entities with approved capital models.

For a 95% confidence one day VaR model (i.e., no intra-day trading), assuming current changes in market value are consistent with the historical changes used in the calculation, losses would not be expected to exceed the VaR estimates more than twelve times on an annual basis (i.e., once in every 20 days). During 2023, there were zero days when the aggregate net trading loss exceeded the 95% one day VaR.

52

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The chart below presents our daily firmwide VaR and capital markets VaR over the last four quarters. VaR steadily increased in first quarter of 2023 driven by higher equity exposure mainly related to our asset management activities. VaR has remained relatively stable throughout the remainder of 2023, with a modest increase in volatility for a brief period during the third quarter of 2023.

Daily Net Trading Revenue

There were 26 days with firmwide trading losses out of a total of 251 trading days in 2023. The histogram below presents the distribution of our actual daily net trading revenue for substantially all of our trading activities for 2023 (in millions):

Other Risk Measures

53

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Sensitivity analysis is viewed as the most appropriate measure of risks for certain positions within financial instruments and therefore such positions are not included in the VaR model. Accordingly, Risk Management has additional procedures in place to assure that the level of potential loss that would arise from market movements are within acceptable levels. Such procedures include performing stress tests and profit and loss analysis. The table below presents the potential reduction in earnings associated with a 10% stress of the fair value of the positions that are not included in the VaR model at November 30, 2023 (in thousands):

10% Sensitivity
Investment in funds (1)$120,983
Private investments63,345
Corporate debt securities in default13,430
Trade claims3,332

(1)Includes investments in hedge funds, fund of funds and private equity funds. For additional details on these investments refer to “Investments at Fair Value” within Note 6, Fair Value Disclosures, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The impact of changes in our own credit spreads on our structured notes for which the fair value option was elected is not included in VaR. The estimated credit spread risk sensitivity for each one basis point widening in our own credit spreads on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected was an increase in value of approximately $1.5 million at November 30, 2023, which is included in other comprehensive income.

Other Risk

We are also subject to interest rate risk on our long-term fixed interest rate debt. Generally, the fair market value of debt securities with a fixed interest rate will increase as interest rates fall, and the fair market value will decrease as interest rates rise. The following table represents principal cash flows by expected maturity dates and the related weighted-average interest rate on those maturities for our consolidated long-term debt obligations, inclusive of any related interest rate hedges. For the variable rate borrowings, the weighted-average interest rates are based on the rates in effect at the reporting date. Our market risk with respect to foreign currency exposure on our long-term debt is also presented in the table below (dollars in thousands). For additional information, see Note 19, Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Expected Maturity Date (Fiscal Years)
20242025202620272028ThereafterTotalFair Value
Rate Sensitive Liabilities:
Fixed Interest Rate Borrowings$141,000$174,413$102,572$529,600$1,083,018$3,401,273$5,431,876$5,113,228
Weighted-Average Interest Rate0.68%4.59%5.84%5.25%5.83%5.36%
Variable Interest Rate Borrowings$967,480$387,953$33,880$680,410$12,913$1,312,271$3,394,907$3,092,980
Weighted-Average Interest Rate7.36%6.35%6.83%8.03%7.37%7.33%
Borrowings with Foreign Currency Exposure$544,500$63,344$54,564$$$802,157$1,464,565$1,315,187
Weighted-Average Interest Rate1.00%4.90%4.43%%%7.73%

Stress Tests and Scenario Analysis

Stress tests are used to analyze the potential impact of specific events or extreme market moves on the current portfolio both firm-wide and within business segments. Stress testing is an important part of our risk management approach because it allows us to quantify our exposure to tail risks, highlight potential loss concentrations, undertake risk/reward analysis, set risk controls and overall assess and mitigate our risk.

We employ a range of stress scenarios, which comprise both historical market price and rate changes and hypothetical market environments, and generally involve simultaneous changes of many risk factors. Indicative market changes in the scenarios include, but are not limited to, a large widening of credit spreads, a substantial decline in equities markets, significant moves in selected emerging markets, large moves in interest rates and changes in the shape of the yield curve.

Unlike our VaR, which measures potential losses within a given confidence interval, stress scenarios do not have an associated implied probability. Rather, stress testing is used to estimate the potential loss from market moves that tend to be larger than those embedded in the VaR calculation. Stress testing complements VaR to cover for potential limitations of VaR such as the breakdown in correlations, non-linear risks, tail risk and extreme events and capturing market moves beyond the confidence levels assumed in the VaR calculations.

54

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Stress testing is performed and reported at least weekly as part of our risk management process and on an ad hoc basis in response to market events or concerns. Current stress tests provide estimated revenue and loss of the current portfolio through a range of both historical and hypothetical events. The stress scenarios are reviewed and assessed at least annually so that they remain relevant and up to date with market developments. Additional hypothetical scenarios are also conducted on a sub-portfolio basis to assess the impact of any relevant idiosyncratic stress events as needed.

Counterparty Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in a counterparty’s credit worthiness or its ability or willingness to meet its financial obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of a financial contract.

We are exposed to credit risk as a trading counterparty to other broker-dealers and customers, as a counterparty to derivative contracts, as a direct lender and through extending loan commitments and providing securities-based lending and as a member of exchanges and clearing organizations. Credit exposure exists across a wide range of products, including cash and cash equivalents, loans, securities finance transactions and over-the-counter derivative contracts. The main sources of credit risk are:

•Loans and lending arising in connection with our investment banking and capital markets activities, which reflects our exposure at risk on a default event with no recovery of loans. Current exposure represents loans that have been drawn by the borrower and lending commitments that are outstanding. In addition, credit exposures on forward settling traded loans are included within our loans and lending exposures for consistency with the balance sheet categorization of these items. Loans and lending also arise in connection with our portion of a Secured Revolving Credit Facility that is with us and Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, to be funded equally, to support loan underwritings by Jefferies Finance. For further information on this facility, refer to Note 11, Investments in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, we have loans outstanding to certain of our officers and employees (none of whom are executive officers or directors). For further information on these employee loans, refer to Note 27, Related Party Transactions in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

•Securities and margin financing transactions, which reflect our credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements to the extent the fair value of the underlying collateral differs from the contractual agreement amount and from margin provided to customers.

•OTC derivatives, which are reported net by counterparty when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable master netting agreement. OTC derivative exposure is based on a contract at fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under credit support agreements. In addition, credit exposures on forward settling trades are included within our derivative credit exposures.

•Cash and cash equivalents, which includes both interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing deposits at banks.

Credit is extended to counterparties in a controlled manner and in order to generate acceptable returns, whether such credit is granted directly or is incidental to a transaction. All extensions of credit are monitored and managed as a whole to limit exposure to loss related to credit risk. Credit risk is managed according to the Credit Risk Management Policy, which sets out the process for identifying counterparty credit risk, establishing counterparty limits, and managing and monitoring credit limits. The policy includes our approach for:

•Client on-boarding and approving counterparty credit limits;

•Negotiating, approving and monitoring credit terms in legal and master documentation;

•Determining the analytical standards and risk parameters for ongoing management and monitoring credit risk books;

•Actively managing daily exposure, exceptions and breaches; and

•Monitoring daily margin call activity and counterparty performance.

Counterparty credit exposure limits are granted within our credit ratings framework, as detailed in the Credit Risk Management Policy. The Credit Risk Department assesses counterparty credit risk and sets credit limits at the counterparty master agreement level. Limits must be approved by appropriate credit officers and initiated in our credit and trading systems before trading commences. All credit exposures are reviewed against approved limits on a daily basis.

Our Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which supports loan underwritings by Jefferies Finance, is governed under separate policies other than the Credit Risk Management Policy and is approved by our Board. The loans outstanding to certain of our officers and employees are extended pursuant to a review by our most senior management.

55

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Current counterparty credit exposures at November 30, 2023 and 2022 are summarized in the tables below and provided by credit quality, region and industry (in millions). Credit exposures presented take netting and collateral into consideration by counterparty and master agreement. Collateral taken into consideration includes both collateral received as cash as well as collateral received in the form of securities or other arrangements. Current exposure is the loss that would be incurred on a particular set of positions in the event of default by the counterparty, assuming no recovery. Current exposure equals the fair value of the positions less collateral. Issuer risk is the credit risk arising from inventory positions (for example, corporate debt securities and secondary bank loans). Issuer risk is included in our country risk exposure tables below.

56

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Counterparty Credit Exposure by Credit Rating
Loans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash and Cash EquivalentsTotal with Cash and Cash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022
AAA Range$$$15.1$2.0$$0.1$15.1$2.1$5,919.7$7,162.1$5,934.8$7,164.2
AA Range75.170.1113.3142.70.93.9189.3216.74.44.7193.7221.4
A Range1.8884.2575.1293.1207.81,177.3784.72,502.12,114.13,679.42,898.8
BBB Range250.0251.181.6155.350.4(1.3)382.0405.1100.2419.3482.2824.4
BB or Lower38.061.616.122.165.644.0119.7127.7119.7127.7
Unrated341.1377.87.5348.6377.82.9348.6380.7
Total$704.2$762.4$1,110.3$897.2$417.5$254.5$2,232.0$1,914.1$8,526.4$9,703.1$10,758.4$11,617.2
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Region
Loans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash and Cash EquivalentsTotal with Cash and Cash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022
Asia-Pacific/Latin America/Other$15.8$15.8$57.8$56.3$3.2$0.3$76.8$72.4$378.2$283.0$455.0$355.4
Europe and the Middle East1.7482.1273.292.635.2574.7310.143.343.9618.0354.0
North America688.4744.9570.4567.7321.7219.01,580.51,531.68,104.99,376.29,685.410,907.8
Total$704.2$762.4$1,110.3$897.2$417.5$254.5$2,232.0$1,914.1$8,526.4$9,703.1$10,758.4$11,617.2
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Industry
Loans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash and Cash EquivalentsTotal with Cash and Cash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022November 30, 2023November 30, 2022
Asset Managers$7.4$20.8$0.8$$$$8.2$20.8$5,919.7$7,162.1$5,927.9$7,182.9
Banks, Broker-Dealers250.0251.9752.0623.1341.5211.21,343.51,086.22,606.72,541.03,950.23,627.2
Commodities10.210.210.2
Corporates177.0197.853.236.6230.2234.4230.2234.4
As Agent Banks287.7182.7287.7182.7287.7182.7
Other269.8291.969.891.412.66.7352.2390.0352.2390.0
Total$704.2$762.4$1,110.3$897.2$417.5$254.5$2,232.0$1,914.1$8,526.4$9,703.1$10,758.4$11,617.2

For additional information regarding credit exposure to OTC derivative contracts, refer to Note 7, Derivative Financial Instruments in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

57

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Country Risk Exposure

Country risk is the risk that events or developments that occur in the general environment of a country or countries due to economic, political, social, regulatory, legal or other factors, will affect the ability of obligors of the country to honor their obligations. We define the country of risk as the country of jurisdiction or domicile of the obligor and monitor country risk resulting from both trading positions and counterparty exposure, which may not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments utilized to manage market risk. The following tables reflect our top exposure at November 30, 2023 and 2022 to the sovereign governments, corporations and financial institutions in those non- U.S. countries in which we have a net long issuer and counterparty exposure (in millions):

November 30, 2023
Issuer RiskCounterparty RiskIssuer and Counterparty Risk
Fair Value of Long Debt SecuritiesFair Value of Short Debt SecuritiesNet Derivative Notional ExposureLoans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesCash and Cash EquivalentsExcluding Cash and Cash EquivalentsIncluding Cash and Cash Equivalents
France$649.7$(428.0)$(70.2)$$183.6$6.0$$341.1$341.1
Canada216.5(168.5)2.183.0191.61.7324.7326.4
United Kingdom1,088.6(621.6)(244.8)50.584.125.5356.8382.3
Italy1,138.9(840.1)(75.0)2.80.6226.6227.2
Hong Kong26.6(33.1)(1.3)4.93.0188.10.1188.2
Spain553.0(401.8)(50.1)51.10.5152.2152.7
Netherlands334.9(251.9)53.613.00.70.5150.3150.8
Australia423.1(353.5)(2.4)11.237.778.4116.1
Switzerland275.5(245.6)18.363.80.6112.0112.6
China715.9(631.2)7.792.492.4
Total$5,422.7$(3,975.3)$(362.1)$$463.9$285.4$255.2$1,834.6$2,089.8
November 30, 2022
Issuer RiskCounterparty RiskIssuer and Counterparty Risk
Fair Value of Long Debt SecuritiesFair Value of Short Debt SecuritiesNet Derivative Notional ExposureLoans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesCash and Cash EquivalentsExcluding Cash and Cash EquivalentsIncluding Cash and Cash Equivalents
Canada$273.6$(98.3)$(68.7)$0.1$91.5$181.1$1.8$379.3$381.1
United Kingdom555.0(350.1)(117.5)1.748.715.827.8153.6181.4
Hong Kong18.8(46.7)1.3187.4(26.6)160.8
France330.3(239.7)(42.8)82.06.7136.5136.5
Netherlands322.2(212.4)5.53.80.20.2119.3119.5
Italy911.7(674.8)(133.3)0.5103.6104.1
Germany323.8(381.5)68.569.32.511.482.694.0
Spain437.3(376.9)(38.0)46.00.568.468.9
China200.1(129.3)(6.3)64.564.5
Brazil137.2(61.3)(16.7)59.259.2
Total$3,510.0$(2,571.0)$(349.3)$1.8$342.6$206.3$229.6$1,140.4$1,370.0

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of financial or non-financial impact, resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. We interpret this definition as including not only financial loss or gain but also other negative impacts to our objectives such as reputational impact, legal/regulatory impact and impact on our clients. Third-party risk is also included as a subset of Operational Risk and is defined as the potential threat presented to us, or our employees or clients, from our supply chain and other third parties used to perform a process, service or activity on our behalf.

Our Operational Risk framework includes governance as well as operational risk processes, comprises operational risk event capture and analysis, risk and control self-assessments, operational risk key indicators, action tracking, risk monitoring and reporting, deep dive risk assessments, new business approvals and vendor risk management. Each revenue producing and support department is responsible for the management and reporting of operational risks and the implementation of the Operational Risk Management Policy and processes within the department with regular operational risk training provided to our employees.

58

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Operational Risk events are mapped to Risk Categories used for the consistent classification of risk data to support root cause and trend analysis, which includes:

•Fraud and Theft

•Clients and Business Practices

•Market Conduct / Regulatory Compliance

•Business Disruption

•Technology

•Data Protection and Privacy

•Trading

•Transaction and Process Management

•People

•Cyber

•Vendor Risk

Operational Risk Management Policy, framework, infrastructure, methodology, processes, guidance and oversight of the operational risk processes are centralized and consistent firmwide and additionally subject to regional and legal entity operational risk governance as required. We also maintain a firmwide Third-Party (“Vendor”) Risk Management Policy & Framework to ensure adequate control and monitoring over our critical third parties which includes processes for conducting periodic reviews covering areas of risk including financial health, information security, privacy, business continuity management, disaster recovery and operational risk.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the risk of losses resulting from decisions that are based on the output of models, due to errors or weaknesses in the design and development, implementation, or improper use of models. We use quantitative models primarily to value certain financial assets and liabilities and to monitor and manage our risk. Model risk is a function of the model materiality, frequency of use, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions used in a given model. Robust model risk management is a core part of our risk management approach and is overseen through our risk governance structure and risk management controls.

Legal and Compliance Risk

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of noncompliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. We are subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. We have various procedures addressing issues such as regulatory capital requirements, sales and trading practices, use of and safekeeping of customer funds, credit granting, collection activities, anti-money laundering and record keeping. These risks also reflect the potential impact that changes in local and international laws and tax statutes have on the economics and viability of current or future transactions. In an effort to mitigate these risks, we continuously review new and pending regulations and legislation and participate in various industry interest groups. We also maintain an anonymous hotline for employees or others to report suspected inappropriate actions by us or by our employees or agents.

New Business Risk

New business risk refers to the risks of entering into a new line of business or offering a new product. By entering a new line of business or offering a new product, we may face risks that we are unaccustomed to dealing with and may increase the magnitude of the risks we currently face. The New Business Committee reviews proposals for new businesses and new products to determine if we are prepared to handle the additional or increased risks associated with entering into such activities.

Reputational Risk

We recognize that maintaining our reputation among clients, investors, regulators and the general public is an important aspect of minimizing legal and operational risks. Maintaining our reputation depends on a large number of factors, including the selection of our clients and the conduct of our business activities. We seek to maintain our reputation by screening potential clients and by conducting our business activities in accordance with high ethical standards. Our reputation and business activity can be affected by statements and actions of third parties, even false or misleading statements by them. We actively monitor public comment concerning us and are vigilant in seeking to assure accurate information and perception prevails.

59

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000096223-23-000009.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-01-27. Report date: 2022-11-30.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This report may contain or incorporate by reference certain “forward looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include statements about our future and statements that are not historical or current facts. These forward looking statements are often preceded by the words “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could” or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements may contain expectations regarding revenues, earnings, operations and other results, and may include statements of future performance, plans and objectives. Forward looking statements also include statements pertaining to our strategies for future development of our business and products. Forward looking statements represent only our belief regarding future events, many of which by their nature are inherently uncertain. It is possible that the actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Information regarding important factors that could cause actual results to differ, perhaps materially, from those in our forward looking statements is contained in this report and other documents we file. You should read and interpret any forward looking statement together with these documents, including the following:

•the description of our business contained in this report under the caption “Business”;

•the risk factors contained in this report under the caption “Risk Factors”;

•the discussion of our analysis of financial condition and results of operations contained in this report under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” herein;

•the discussion of our risk management policies, procedures and methodologies contained in this report under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Management” herein;

•the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements contained in this report; and

•cautionary statements we make in our public documents, reports and announcements.

Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which that statement is made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which the statement is made, except as required by applicable law.

Our business, by its nature, does not produce predictable or necessarily recurring earnings. Our results in any given period can be materially affected by conditions in global financial markets, economic conditions generally and our own activities and positions. For a further discussion of the factors that may affect our future operating results, see the risk factors contained in this report under the caption “Risk Factors”.

Our results of operations for the years ended November 30, 2022 (“2022”), November 30, 2021 (“2021”) and November 30, 2020 (“2020”) are discussed below. Additionally, for a further discussion of our results of operations for the year ended November 30, 2021 (“2021”) and our 2021 results of operations as compared with our 2020 results of operations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report Form 10-K for the year ended November 30, 2021, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on January 28, 2022, and Exhibit 99.1, Part II, Item 7 of our Form 8-K, which was filed with the SEC on October 7, 2022.

25

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Consolidated Results of Operations

Jefferies Group LLC Merger into Jefferies Financial Group Inc.

On November 1, 2022, we simplified our corporate structure by merging Jefferies Group LLC with and into Jefferies Financial Group Inc. This merger eliminated the requirement for two sets of SEC filings and other duplicative processes. In connection with the merger, we have reclassified the presentation of certain line items within our Consolidated Statements of Earnings to streamline our financial statements and better align the presentation of our firm with our strategy of building our investment banking and capital markets and asset management businesses as we continue to reduce our legacy merchant banking portfolio. Prior year amounts have been revised to conform to these reclassification and presentation changes to current year reporting. Refer to Note 1, Organization and Basis of Presentation, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further details.

Overview

The following table provides an overview of our consolidated results of operations (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
20222021202020222021
Net revenues$5,978,838$8,013,826$5,850,521(25.4)%37.0%
Non-interest expenses4,923,2765,759,7214,783,438(14.5)%20.4%
Earnings before income taxes1,055,5622,254,1051,067,083(53.2)%111.2%
Income tax expense273,852576,729298,673(52.5)%93.1%
Net earnings781,7101,677,376768,410(53.4)%118.3%
Net earnings (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests(2,397)3,850(5,271)N/MN/M
Net loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(1,342)(826)(1,558)62.5%(47.0)%
Preferred stock dividends8,2816,9495,63419.2%23.3%
Net earnings attributable to Jefferies Financial Group Inc.777,1681,667,403769,605(53.4)%116.7%
Effective Tax Rate25.9%25.6%28.0%

N/M — Not Meaningful

Executive Summary

2022 Compared with 2021

Consolidated Results

•Net revenues for 2022 were $5.98 billion, compared with the prior year’s all-time record of $8.01 billion for 2021. Results in 2022 reflect strong advisory revenues, offset by lower results in most of our other businesses.

•Earnings before income taxes of $1.06 billion for 2022 were down 53.2% over the prior year’s record.

•Net earnings attributable to Jefferies Financial Group Inc. of $777 million for 2022 were down 53.4% over the prior year.

Business Results

•Our investment banking net revenues were $2.90 billion for 2022, compared with a prior year record of $4.66 billion for 2021, including strong advisory revenues of $1.78 billion, compared to a prior year record of $1.87 billion. Our underwriting revenues for 2022 were $1.03 billion, down 58.7%, consistent with the significant reduction in industry-wide deal activity while our market position continued to improve. For 2022, we ranked as the seventh largest firm globally across our three core investment banking businesses - mergers and acquisitions advisory services, equity underwriting and leveraged finance underwriting.

26

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•Our equities net revenues of $1.06 billion are 18.5% lower than 2021, as 2021 was an exceptional year and 2022 presented a more difficult trading environment with significantly reduced new issue activity, including substantially reduced Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”) activity. This was partially offset by market share gains and ongoing momentum in our client franchise. This compares to record results in predominately all of our equities businesses and across each of our regions during 2021.

•Our fixed income net revenues of $765.6 million were down 20.2% compared to 2021, primarily due to reduced client activity across most products, increased inflation and interest rate concerns, mark-to-market losses on certain mortgage inventory positions and a slowdown in securitized markets resulted in fewer trading opportunities.

•Overall net revenues in our asset management business were $1.26 billion, compared with $1.09 billion in 2021, reflecting revenues from sales of certain legacy merchant banking positions partially offset by lower investment returns as compared to the prior year.

Non-interest Expenses

•Non-interest expenses for 2022 decreased $836.4 million, or 14.5%, to $4.92 billion, compared with $5.76 billion for 2021. The decrease is due to lower compensation and benefits expense, consistent with the decline in net revenues. Our pre-tax operating margin decreased to 17.7% in 2022 from 28.1% in 2021.

•Compensation and benefits expense for 2022 was $2.59 billion, a decrease of $965.7 million, or 27.2%, from 2021. Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of Net revenues was 43.3% for 2022, compared with 44.4% for 2021. Refer to Note 13, Compensation Plans, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further details

•Non-interest expenses were also impacted by increases in Floor brokerage and clearing expenses, technology and communications expenses and business and development expenses, partially offset by a decline in underwriting expenses.

Headcount

•At November 30, 2022, we had 5,381 employees globally, a decrease of 175 employees from our headcount of 5,556 at November 30, 2021. Our headcount decreased by 561 as a result of the sale of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Idaho Timber, offset by growth in our investment banking headcount, as well as additions in technology and other corporate services staff to support our growth and other strategic priorities.

2021 Compared with 2020

Consolidated Results

•Net revenues for 2021 were $8.01 billion, compared with prior year net revenues of $5.85 billion for 2020, an increase of $2.16 billion, or 37.0%, reflecting then record net revenues in investment banking, equities and asset management and solid results in fixed income.

•Earnings before income taxes of $2.25 billion for 2021 were up 111.2% over the prior year’s earnings before income taxes.

•Net earnings attributable to Jefferies Financial Group Inc. of $1.67 billion for 2021 were up 116.7% over the prior year net earnings attributable to Jefferies Financial Group Inc. of $769.6 million for 2020.

Business Results

•Our investment banking net revenues of $4.66 billion for 2021 were an increase of 81.9% from the prior year, reflecting record advisory revenues of $1.87 billion, an increase of 77.8%, or $820.1 million, compared to 2020, while our record underwriting revenues for 2021 were $2.49 billion, up $1.04 billion, or 72.1%. The increase in net revenues is reflective of an increase in both the number and aggregate value of transactions completed by our investment banking franchise.

•Our equities net revenues increased 15.2% compared to the prior year, reflecting record results that were driven by strong client activity and trading performance as a result of meaningful growth across all of our products and regions.

•Our fixed income net revenues were down 28.5% compared to the prior year, which was an all-time record. Net revenues for 2021 are reflective of strong trading results under more normalized trading conditions and reflect continued strength in certain of our credit-focused businesses and strong client demand though this is in comparison to outsize trading volumes and extremely active markets and high levels of volatility driving results in the prior year.

•Our asset management net revenues of $1.09 billion for 2021, were higher than the $814.6 million recorded in the prior year, driven by a substantial increase in asset management fees and revenues.

27

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Expenses

•Non-interest expenses for 2021 increased $976.3 million, or 20.9%, to $5.76 billion, compared with $4.78 billion for 2020. This 20.4% increase, is largely due to higher compensation and benefits expense, as well as higher transaction-related costs.

•Compensation and benefits expense for 2021 was $3.55 billion, an increase of $610.7 million, or 20.7%, from 2020. The increase is primarily a result of the significant increase in our net revenues.

•Non-compensation expenses for 2021 increased $365.6 million, or 19.9%, to $2.20 billion, compared with $1.84 billion for 2020. The increase in non-compensation expenses was largely due to higher Floor brokerage and clearing fees related to increased trading volumes and a significant increase in volume of investment banking transactions driving higher Underwriting costs. Technology and communication expenses, Professional services expenses and Business development expenses were also higher for 2021 reflecting our growth and costs associated with our increased recruiting efforts.

•Other expenses also increased for 2021 primarily due to an increase in bad debt expense mostly related to a specific default in our prime brokerage business and $64.0 million in costs related to the early redemption of senior notes.

Headcount

•At November 30, 2021, we had 5,556 employees globally, an increase of 611 employees from our headcount of 4,945 at November 30, 2020. Our headcount increased across all regions primarily as a result the growth of our investment banking business, as well as due to additions in technology and other corporate services staff to support our increased regulatory requirements and overall growth.

28

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Revenues by Source

Historically, our results of operations have been presented by summarized income statement line items by business segments comprised as follows: Investment Banking and Capital Markets, Asset Management, Merchant Banking, Corporate and Parent Company Interest, including consolidation adjustments. During the year ended November 30, 2022 and in connection with the merger of Jefferies Group LLC with and into Jefferies Financial Group Inc., we transferred significantly all of our legacy merchant banking investments to our Asset Management reportable segment. Certain publicly traded equity investments that are related to investment banking relationships were transferred from our Merchant Banking reportable segment to our Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment. In addition, there were certain investments that were held within the Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment, which have been transferred to the Asset Management reportable segment. These investments are now managed by the respective segment managers and we have revised our reportable business segment presentation accordingly. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current segment reporting.

We now present our results as two reportable business segments as follows: Investment Banking and Capital Markets and Asset Management. Additionally, corporate activities are now fully allocated to each of these reportable business segments. We believe that this reorganization of our segments better aligns the manner in which we manage our business activities and is in keeping with our fundamental long-term strategy of continuing to build out our investment banking effort, enhancing our capital markets businesses and further developing our Leucadia Asset Management alternative asset management platform as we continue to divest of significant portions of our legacy merchant banking portfolio.

The remainder of our “Consolidated Results of Operations” is presented on a detailed product and expense basis. Our “Revenues by Source” is reported along the following business lines: investment banking, equities, fixed income and asset management. Additionally, the results of the asset management business include a new subcategory “merchant banking.”

The following is a description of the changes that have been made:

•Revenues from certain publicly traded equity securities that were historically presented within our Merchant Banking segment and are related to investment banking relationships are now presented within Other investment banking revenues. Other investment banking also includes revenues from our share of net earnings from our Jefferies Finance joint venture, our share of net earnings from our Berkadia commercial real estate joint venture, revenues from our lending and servicing of automobile loans as well as any revenues from securities and loans received or acquired in connection with our investment banking activities that have also been previously presented within Other investment banking in prior financial statement filings.

•Within Asset Management, investment return represents revenue related to our capital invested in asset management funds that are managed by us or our affiliated asset managers. Historically, revenues from principal investments in private equity and hedge funds managed by third-parties that are not part of our Leucadia Asset Management platform and revenues from other investment positions were also reported within investment return and have now been disaggregated and are presented as part of the new merchant banking subcategory.

•Revenues from legacy merchant banking investments, including results from our real estate development, oil and gas and other manufacturing activities are now presented in the new Asset Management subcategory, “merchant banking.”

Foreign currency transaction gains or losses, fair value debt valuation adjustments on derivative contracts, gains and losses on investments held in deferred compensation or certain other immaterial corporate income items are not considered by management in assessing the financial performance of our operating businesses and are, therefore, not reported as part of our business segment results.

The changes to the manner in which we describe and disclose the performance of our business activities has no effect on our historical consolidated results of operation. Previously reported results are presented on a comparable basis in the tables below.

29

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The following provides a summary of “Net Revenues by Source” (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
202220212020
Amount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net RevenuesAmount% of Net Revenues20222021
Advisory$1,778,00329.7%$1,873,20423.4%$1,053,50018.0%(5.1)%77.8%
Equity underwriting538,9469.01,557,36419.4902,01615.4(65.4)%72.7
Debt underwriting490,8738.2935,13111.7545,9789.3(47.5)%71.3
Total underwriting1,029,81917.22,492,49531.11,447,99424.7(58.7)%72.1
Other investment banking92,1701.6291,4233.658,2861.1(68.4)%400.0
Total Investment Banking2,899,99248.54,657,12258.12,559,78043.8(37.7)%81.9
Equities1,060,58217.71,301,53016.21,128,91019.3(18.5)%15.3
Fixed income765,57612.8959,12212.01,340,79222.9(20.2)%(28.5)
Total Capital Markets1,826,15830.52,260,65228.22,469,70242.2(19.2)%(8.5)
Total Investment Banking and Capital Markets (1)4,726,15079.06,917,77486.35,029,48286.0(31.7)%37.5
Asset management fees and revenues89,1271.5120,7331.526,5400.5(26.2)%354.9
Investment return (2)156,5942.6260,3163.2256,0904.4(39.8)1.7
Merchant banking (1)1,053,03117.6756,4829.5580,4119.939.230.3
Allocated net interest (2)(41,059)(0.7)(44,907)(0.6)(48,484)(0.8)(8.6)%(7.4)
Total Asset Management1,257,69321.01,092,62413.6814,55714.015.1%34.1
Other(5,005)3,4280.16,482N/M(47.1)
Net Revenues$5,978,838100.0%$8,013,826100.0%$5,850,521100.0%(25.4)%37.0%

N/M — Not Meaningful

(1)Net revenues presented for our Investment Banking and Capital Markets businesses and the merchant banking activities within our Asset Management business include allocations of interest income and interest expense as we assess the profitability of these businesses inclusive of the net interest revenue or expense associated with the respective activities, including the net interest cost of allocated long-term debt, which is a function of the mix of each business’s associated assets and liabilities and the related funding costs.

(2)Allocated net interest represents an allocation to Asset Management of our long-term debt interest expense, net of interest income on our Cash and cash equivalents and other sources of liquidity. Allocated net interest has been disaggregated to increase transparency and to make clearer actual Investment return. We believe that aggregating Investment return and Allocated net interest would obscure the Investment return by including an amount that is unique to our credit spreads, debt maturity profile, capital structure, liquidity risks and allocation methods.

Investment Banking Revenues

Investment banking is composed of revenues from:

•advisory services with respect to mergers/acquisitions, restructurings/recapitalizations and private capital advisory transactions;

•underwriting services, which include underwriting and placement services related to corporate debt, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities and equity and equity-linked securities and loan syndication;

•our 50% share of net earnings from our corporate lending joint venture, Jefferies Finance;

•our 45% share of net earnings from our commercial real estate finance joint venture, Berkadia;

•the revenues of Foursight, our wholly-owned subsidiary engaged in the lending and servicing of automobile loans; and

•securities and loans received or acquired in connection with our investment banking activities.

30

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The following table sets forth our investment banking revenues (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
20222021202020222021
Advisory$1,778,003$1,873,204$1,053,500(5.1)%77.8%
Equity underwriting538,9461,557,364902,016(65.4)%72.7%
Debt underwriting490,873935,131545,978(47.5)%71.3%
Total underwriting1,029,8192,492,4951,447,994(58.7)%72.1%
Other investment banking92,170291,42358,286(68.4)%400.0%
Total investment banking$2,899,992$4,657,122$2,559,780(37.7)%81.9%

The following table sets forth our investment banking activities (dollars in billions):

Deals CompletedAggregate Value
202220212020202220212020
Advisory transactions364315228$336.7$380.4$217.5
Public and private equity and convertible offerings16642628637.8145.6103.5
Public and private debt financings653812639250.6390.9255.8

2022 Compared with 2021

•Investment banking revenues for 2022 were $2.90 billion, compared with an annual record $4.66 billion for 2021, reflecting near record advisory revenues, offset by much lower revenues in debt and equity underwriting.

•Our 2022 advisory revenues were $1.78 billion, down $95.2 million, or 5.1%, from 2021’s record year. Activity in the mergers and acquisitions markets remained strong and the market share of our completed transactions continued to increase.

•Our underwriting revenues for 2022 were $1.03 billion, a decrease of $1.46 billion, or 58.7%, from 2021, reflecting lower net revenues in both equity and debt underwriting of $539 million and $491 million, respectively. The decline in our debt and equity underwriting net revenues was consistent with the substantial reduction in industry-wide deal activity. The prior year results reflect an exceptionally active period in which clients took advantage of the strong equity environment to raise equity capital and the low rate environment to access the debt capital markets, with high levels of activity in the leveraged loan new issuance markets and record levels of high yield bond refinancing activity.

•Other investment banking revenues were $92.2 million for 2022, compared with $291.4 million for 2021. Other investment banking revenues during 2022 include $124.4 million from our share of Berkadia net earnings as compared with $130.6 million in 2021, primarily due to a shift in sales to a lower margin product mix as well as higher borrowing costs, partially offset by increased income from higher interest rates and increased servicing revenues. This was offset by our share of the net loss of our Jefferies Finance joint venture in 2022, reflecting reduced market activity and higher reserves recorded on its loan portfolio and outstanding commitments due to company-specific developments and difficult conditions in the leveraged finance market compared with our share of JFIN’s net earnings in 2021. Revenues from Foursight were relatively consistent in 2022 as compared to 2021 as declines in revenue from originations and sales were offset by increases in servicing fee revenues. Other investment banking revenues for 2022 were also impacted by net unrealized losses on various investments, including publicly traded equity securities related to investment banking relationships, as compared to net unrealized gains in 2021.

•Our three-month forward investment banking backlog as of November 30, 2022 is consistent with the levels as of August 31, 2022, but execution remains dependent on market conditions. As an indicator of net revenues in a given future period, backlog snapshots are subject to limitations. The time frame for the realization of revenues from these expected transactions varies and is influenced by factors we do not control. Transactions not included in the estimate may occur, and expected transactions may also be modified or cancelled.

2021 Compared with 2020

•Total Investment banking revenues for 2021 were a record of $4.66 billion, compared with $2.56 billion for 2020, reflecting record advisory and underwriting revenues.

31

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•Our 2021 advisory revenues were a record $1.87 billion, up $820.1 million, or 77.8%, from 2020, primarily due to a significant increase in the number and values of transactions, and including a significant contribution from Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”) advisory transactions in 2021.

•Our underwriting revenues for 2021 were a record $2.49 billion, an increase of $1.04 billion, or 72.1%, from 2020, with record net revenues in equity underwriting of $1.56 billion and record net revenues of $935.1 million in debt underwriting, as clients took advantage of the strong equity environment and the low interest rate environment. Our equity underwriting results also include increased revenues from SPAC offerings, as well as strong revenues from at-the-money offerings.

•Other investment banking revenues were $291.4 million for 2021, compared with $58.3 million for 2020. Other investment banking revenues include our share of the net earnings (loss) of the Jefferies Finance joint venture. In 2021, Jefferies Finance achieved record underwriting volumes on the back of the strength of the leveraged loan market and an active private-equity backed mergers and acquisitions environment. The results in 2021 were partially offset by a $56.0 million one-time charge incurred by Jefferies Finance related to refinancing outstanding debt. Results of Jefferies Finance in 2020 were impacted by unrealized losses related to the write-down of commitments and loans held-for-sale, primarily due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the markets and the economy. Additionally, results for 2021 include higher net revenues of from our share of earnings from Berkadia. The higher net revenues for 2021 are due to significant increases in debt and investment sales volumes. The net revenues for 2020 were impacted by the impairment of mortgage servicing rights as a result of lower interest rates, higher loan loss provisions and a decline in loan originations due to the impact of COVID-19. The prior year results were also impacted by unrealized write-downs of private equity investments received or acquired in connection with our investment banking activities.

Equities Net Revenues

Equities is composed of net revenues from:

•services provided to our clients from which we earn commissions or spread revenue by executing, settling and clearing transactions for clients;

•advisory services offered to clients;

•financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services offered to clients, including capital introductions and outsourced trading; and

•wealth management services.

2022 Compared with 2021

•Total equities net revenues were $1.06 billion for 2022, a decrease of 18.5%, compared with an exceptional $1.30 billion in 2021. The results for 2022 were impacted by a more difficult trading environment than 2021 with significantly reduced new issue activity, including reduced SPAC activity. This was partially offset by market share gains and ongoing momentum in our client franchise with strong client activity on market volatility. This compares to record results in predominately all of our equities businesses and across each of our regions during 2021.

•Results in our global cash equities business were lower across regions driven by lower trading revenues versus record results globally and across each region on strong market volumes in 2021. The prior year also benefited from trading opportunities related to SPACs. Our global convertibles business also had lower revenues, primarily driven by weaker primary equity markets and widening credit spreads compared to a strong new issue market in 2021. In addition, our equity derivatives business results declined as a difficult and challenging trading environment put pressure on trading activity during 2022.

•The lower results were offset by record 2022 results in our electronic trading and prime services businesses, reflecting increased client trading volumes driving strong commission revenues and by continued growth and momentum in our outsourced trading business.

2021 Compared with 2020

•Total equities net revenues were a record $1.30 billion for 2021, an increase of 15.3% over the previous year record of $1.13 billion in 2020. Overall, our record results were driven by strong client activity and trading performance across all regions.

32

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•Our global cash equities business had record results driven by significant client activity and strong trading revenue, including trading gains from SPAC-related activity, and our electronic trading platform continued to expand and achieve record results. Our derivatives business achieved record results, driven by strong client activity and trading revenues. Our prime services franchise had record results driven by higher balances and increased client activity, as well as higher financing revenues in our securities finance business. Our results were slightly offset by lower revenues in our global convertibles businesses primarily driven by lower trading volumes and volatility.

Fixed Income Net Revenues

Fixed income is composed of net revenues from:

•executing transactions for clients and making markets in securitized products, investment grade, high-yield, distressed, emerging markets, municipal and sovereign securities and bank loans, as well as foreign exchange execution on behalf of clients;

•interest rate derivatives and credit derivatives; and

•financing services offered to clients.

2022 Compared with 2021

•Our fixed income net revenues of $765.6 million for 2022 were down 20.2% compared to 2021, primarily due to reduced client activity across most products, mark-to-market losses on certain mortgage inventory positions and a slowdown in securitized markets resulting in fewer trading opportunities. The prior year results were reflective of particularly strong client activity and robust trading activity.

•Results in certain U.S. securitized markets products were significantly impacted by high levels of volatility, less liquidity, widening spreads and uncertainty in respect of increased inflation and interest rate concerns, leading to mark-to-market losses on these products and a significant decline in demand for securitized products.

•We achieved higher revenues in emerging markets and our electronic execution businesses as increased volatility due to geopolitical concerns drove an increase in trading volumes. This was offset by lower results across most of our other credit businesses as a result of a decline in trading opportunities as compared to the prior year comparable period that reflected robust revenues across regions and products.

2021 Compared with 2020

•Fixed income net revenues totaled $959.1 million for 2021, a decrease of 28.5% compared with record net revenues of $1.34 billion for 2020, driven by reduced global trading volumes across several products. While 2021 revenues decreased from 2020, our fixed income franchise produced solid overall trading results across most of our businesses, reflecting continued strength in certain of our credit-focused businesses and strong client demand in structuring and financing credit products and for trading securitized products. The results in 2020 significantly benefited from strong trading volumes due to extremely active markets and high levels of volatility.

•Net revenues for 2021 were higher in our securitized markets groups and distressed trading business, as compared with the prior year. In addition, 2021 results benefited from trading gains in our municipal securities business compared to 2020 when markets experienced a significant sell-off due to the impact of COVID-19. Our revenues also benefited from ongoing investments across our European credit franchise.

•Our 2021 results also include lower revenues in our U.S. and international rates businesses due to a decline in trading opportunities, as a result of lower volatility, as the prior year benefited from significant client activity and wider bid-offer spreads. Lower results across our investment grade corporates and emerging markets businesses, as well as our high yield and loan trading businesses, were driven by reduced client activity and lower levels of volatility in 2021.

33

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Asset Management

We operate a diversified alternative asset management platform offering institutional clients an innovative range of investment strategies directly and through our affiliated asset managers. We provide certain of our affiliated asset managers access to our fully integrated global operational infrastructure and support. This may include strategy and product development, daily operations and finance-related activities, compliance, legal and human resources support, as well as marketing and business development.

Asset management revenues include the following:

•management and performance fees from funds and accounts managed by us;

•revenue from affiliated asset managers where we are entitled to portions of their revenues and/or profits, as well as earnings on our ownership interests in our affiliated asset managers;

•investment income from our capital invested in and managed by us and our affiliated asset managers; and

•revenues from investments held in our legacy merchant banking portfolio, including consolidated operations from real estate development activities, oil and gas activities and timber manufacturing (until the sale of Idaho Timber during the third quarter of 2022).

Asset management fees and revenues are impacted by the level of assets under management and the performance return of those assets, for the most part on an absolute basis, and, in certain cases, relative to a benchmark or hurdle. These components can be affected by financial markets, profits and losses in the applicable investment portfolios and client capital activity. Further, asset management fees vary with the nature of investment management services. The terms under which clients may terminate our investment management authority, and the requisite notice period for such termination, varies depending on the nature of the investment vehicle and the liquidity of the portfolio assets. In some instances, performance fees and similar revenues are recognized once a year, when they become fixed and determinable and are not probable of being significantly reversed, typically in December. As a result, a significant portion of our performance fees and similar revenues generated from investment returns in a calendar year are recognized in our following fiscal year.

The following summarizes the results of our Asset Management businesses (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
20222021202020222021
Asset management fees:
Equities$7,198$6,927$6,1583.9%12.5%
Multi-asset16,3277,9098,544106.4%(7.4)%
Total asset management fees23,52514,83614,70258.6%0.9%
Revenue from strategic affiliates (1)65,602105,89711,838(38.1)%794.6%
Total asset management fees and revenues89,127120,73326,540(26.2)%354.9%
Investment return156,594260,316256,090(39.8)%1.7%
Merchant banking1,053,031756,482580,41139.2%30.3%
Allocated net interest(41,059)(44,907)(48,484)(8.6)%(7.4)%
Total Asset Management$1,257,693$1,092,624$814,55715.1%34.1%

(1)    These amounts include our share of fees received by affiliated asset management companies with which we have revenue and/or profit share arrangements.

2022 Compared with 2021

•Asset management net revenues for 2022 were $1.26 billion, higher than the $1.09 billion for 2021, reflecting increased revenues on certain legacy merchant banking positions as well as sales of certain positions, partially offset by lower investment returns as compared to the prior year. Asset management fees and revenues in 2022 of $89.1 million, as compared with $120.7 million in 2021, were primarily due to modestly higher asset management fees on funds managed by us and a decline in the performance and similar fees and revenues earned through our strategic affiliates.

34

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•Asset management investment return was $156.6 million for 2022, a decline from investment return of $260.3 million for 2021. During 2022, we sold our interests in Oak Hill and recognized revenues of $175.1 million. The gain on sale from our interests in Oak Hill was offset by mark-to-market losses from capital invested by us in certain asset management funds.

•Revenues from merchant banking assets managed within our Asset Management business were $1.05 billion for 2022 as compared to revenues of $756.5 million for 2021. During 2022, we recognized revenues from the sale of Idaho Timber and the sale of a completed multi-family real estate project. Merchant banking activity revenues were also higher in 2022 on higher oil and gas revenues given the increase in underlying commodity prices. The increase in revenues for the year ended November 30, 2022 as compared to the year ended November 30, 2021 was partially offset by unrealized losses on capital invested by us in various public and private companies that are now managed as part of our asset management strategy.

2021 Compared with 2020

•Asset management net revenues for 2021 were $1.09 billion, higher than the $814.6 million for 2020, driven by a substantial increase in asset management fees and revenues. Asset management fees and revenues in 2021 of $120.7 million, as compared with $26.5 million in the prior year, were driven by significant increases in management, performance and similar fees and revenues from our strategic affiliates.

•Revenues from merchant banking assets managed within our Asset Management business were $756.5 million for 2022 as compared to revenues of $580.4 million in 2021. During 2021, revenues from Idaho Timber increased given the high demand for wood and an increase in average selling prices. Additionally, we recognized increased revenues in 2021 from the sale of real estate properties as compared to recognizing impairment losses in 2020 due to the softening of certain real estate markets. The increase in revenues for the year ended November 30, 2021 as compared to the year ended November 30, 2020 was partially offset by unrealized losses on capital invested by us in various public and private companies that are now managed as part of our asset management strategy.

Assets under Management

We and our affiliated asset managers have aggregate net asset values or net asset value equivalent assets under management of approximately $29.0 billion and $23.5 billion at November 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Net asset values or net asset value equivalent assets under management are composed of the fair value of the net assets of a fund or the net capital invested in a separately managed account. These include the following:

•Net asset values of investments made by us in funds or separately managed accounts were $2.6 billion and $2.6 billion at November 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We invest in certain strategies using our own capital, often before opening a strategy to outside capital. The net asset values include our capital of $1.5 billion and $1.6 billion at November 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively, plus amounts financed of $0.9 billion and $1.0 billion at November 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Revenues related to the investments made by us are presented in Investment return within the results of our asset management businesses.

•The assets under management by affiliated asset managers with whom we have profit or revenue sharing arrangements were $25.2 billion and $20.1 billion at November 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. In some instances, due to the timing of payments and crystallization of underlying profits or revenue, the revenue related to these relationships will generally be realized and recognized once per year at the calendar year-end (during our first fiscal quarter). Revenues from our share of fees received by affiliated asset managers are presented in Revenue from strategic affiliates within the results of our asset management businesses.

•Third-party investments actively managed by our wholly-owned managers were $1.2 billion and $0.8 billion at November 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. We earn asset management fees as a result of the third-party investments, which are presented in Asset management fees and revenues within the results of our asset management businesses.

35

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The tables below include only third-party assets under management by us, excluding those of our affiliated asset managers.

Period end assets under management by predominant asset class were as follows (in millions):

November 30,
20222021
Assets under management:
Equities$274$349
Multi-asset974482
Total$1,248$831

Change in assets under management were as follows (in millions):

Year Ended November 30,
20222021
Assets under management:
Balance, beginning of period$831$774
Net cash flow in (out)43421
Net market appreciation (depreciation)(17)36
Balance, end of period$1,248$831

The net cash flow in during 2022 is primarily due to new subscriptions and investments from third-parties. The net cash flow in 2021 is primarily due to new subscriptions and investments from third-parties and net market appreciation, partially offset by redemptions from and liquidations of certain funds.

Our definition of assets under management is not based on any definition contained in any of our investment management agreements and differs from the manner in which “Regulatory Assets Under Management” is reported to the SEC on Form ADV.

Asset Management Investments

Our asset management business makes seed and additional strategic investments directly in alternative asset management separately managed accounts and co-mingled funds where we act as the asset manager or in affiliated asset managers where we have strategic relationships and participate in the revenues or profits of the affiliated manager. The following table represents our investments by type of asset manager (in thousands):

November 30,
20222021
Jefferies Financial Group Inc.; as manager:
Fund investments (1)$182,792$221,359
Separately managed accounts (2)129,430251,665
Total$312,222$473,024
Strategic affiliates; as asset manager:
Fund investments$1,022,029$831,508
Separately managed accounts (2)214,387368,377
Investments in asset managers52,357222,661
Total$1,288,773$1,422,546
Total asset management investments$1,600,995$1,895,570

(1)    Due to the level or nature of an investment in a fund, we may consolidate that fund; and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the fund are included in the representative line items in our consolidated financial statements. At November 30, 2022 and 2021, $9.7 million and $76.5 million, respectively, represents net investments in funds that have been consolidated in our financial statements.

(2)    Where we have investments in a separately managed account, the assets and liabilities of such account are presented in our consolidated financial statements within each respective line item.

36

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Other

Other revenues include foreign currency transaction gains or losses, fair value debt valuation adjustments on derivative contracts, gains and losses on investments held in deferred compensation or certain other immaterial corporate income items that are not attributed to business segments as management does not consider such amounts in assessing the financial performance of our operating businesses.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):

% Change from Prior Year
20222021202020222021
Compensation and benefits$2,589,044$3,554,760$2,944,071(27.2)%20.7%
Floor brokerage and clearing fees347,805301,860266,59215.2%13.2%
Underwriting costs42,067117,57295,636(64.2)%22.9%
Technology and communications444,011388,134335,06514.4%15.8%
Occupancy and equipment rental108,001106,25495,7541.6%11.0%
Business development150,500109,77270,79737.1%55.1%
Professional services240,978215,761176,28011.7%22.4%
Depreciation and amortization172,902157,420158,4399.8%(0.6)%
Cost of sales440,837470,870338,588(6.4)%39.1%
Other387,131337,318302,21614.8%11.6%
Total non-interest expenses$4,923,276$5,759,721$4,783,438(14.5)%20.4%

Total Non-Interest Expenses

2022 Compared with 2021

•Non-interest expenses were $4.92 billion for 2022, a decrease of $836.4 million, or 14.5%, compared with $5.76 billion for 2021. The decrease is primarily due to lower compensation and benefits expense, consistent with the decline in net revenues as well as reduced underwriting costs consistent with the overall industry-wide decline in underwriting activity.

Compensation and Benefits

•Compensation and benefits expense consists of salaries, benefits, commissions, annual cash compensation and share-based awards and the amortization of share-based and cash compensation awards to employees.

•Cash and share-based awards and a portion of cash awards granted to employees as part of year end compensation generally contain provisions such that employees who terminate their employment or are terminated without cause may continue to vest in their awards, so long as those awards are not forfeited as a result of other forfeiture provisions (primarily non-compete clauses) of those awards. Accordingly, the compensation expense for a portion of awards granted at year end as part of annual compensation is recorded during the year of the award. Compensation and benefits expense includes amortization expense associated with these awards to the extent vesting is contingent on future service. In addition, certain awards to our Chief Executive Officer and our President and contain market and performance conditions and the awards are amortized over their service periods.

•Compensation and benefits expense was $2.59 billion for 2022 compared with $3.55 billion for 2021. A significant portion of our compensation expense is highly variable with net revenues. Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of Net revenues was 43.3% for 2022 and 44.4% for 2021.

•Compensation expense related to the amortization of share- and cash-based awards amounted to $240.5 million for 2022 compared with $405.0 million for 2021. Compensation expense in 2021 includes accelerated amortization of certain cash-based awards, which were amended to remove service requirements for vesting in the awards, amounted to $188.3 million for 2021.

37

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•Employee headcount was 5,381 globally at November 30, 2022, a decrease of 175 employees from our headcount of 5,556 at November 30, 2021. Our headcount decreased by 561 as a result of the sale of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Idaho Timber, offset by growth in our investment banking headcount, as well as additions in technology and other corporate services staff to support our growth and other strategic priorities.

•Refer to Note 13, Compensation Plans, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further details on compensation and benefits.

Non-Interest Expenses (Excluding Compensation and Benefits)

•Non-interest expenses, excluding Compensation and benefits, as a percentage of Net revenues was 39.0% and 27.5% for 2022 and 2021, respectively, demonstrating the operating leverage inherent in our business and was impacted by the following:

▪Floor brokerage and clearing fees were higher commensurate with strong equity commission revenues.

▪Underwriting costs were lower due to a decrease in the volume of equity and debt underwriting transactions.

▪Technology and communication expenses were higher related to the development of various trading and management systems and increased market data costs.

▪Business development expenses were higher as business travel, conferences and other events increased from the prior year, which was substantially curtailed due to COVID-19.

▪Cost of sales were lower reflecting only three quarters of cost of sales in 2022 from Idaho Timber as compared to a full year of cost of sales in 2021 due to its sale during the third quarter of 2022, partially offset by cost of sales arising from the sale of a multi-family real estate project during the fourth quarter of 2022.

▪Other expenses were higher and included an $80.0 million combined regulatory settlement with the SEC and the CFTC as well as our charitable donations of $13.5 million from our Ukrainian Doing Good Global Trading Day. Other expenses in the prior year comparable period included bad debt expenses related to our prime brokerage business, other charitable donations of $13.2 million as well costs related to the early redemption of senior notes.

2021 Compared with 2020

•Non-compensation expenses for 2021 increased $365.6 million, or 19.9%, to $2.20 billion, compared with $1.84 billion for 2020.

•The increase in non-compensation expenses was largely due to higher Floor brokerage and clearing fees on increased trading volumes in equities and higher Underwriting costs and Business Development expenses as investment banking activity increased and higher costs associated with our increased recruiting efforts. The increase also included higher Technology and communication expenses primarily related to the development of various trading and management systems and increased market data costs. Professional services expenses were also higher primarily due to legal and agency fees to support growing activity across our businesses.

•Results for 2021 also included higher Other expenses primarily due to an increase in bad debt expense mostly related to a specific default in our prime brokerage business and $64.0 million in costs related to the early redemption of senior notes, partially offset by a reduction in the loss provision for investment banking receivables.

Income Taxes

•For 2022, the provision for income taxes was $273.9 million, equating to an effective tax rate of 25.9%, compared with a provision for income taxes of $576.7 million, equating to an effective tax rate of 25.6% for 2021.

•Refer to Note 21, Income Taxes, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further details on income taxes.

Accounting Developments

For a discussion of recently issued accounting developments and their impact on our consolidated financial statements, see Note 3, Accounting Developments, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

38

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Actual results can and may differ from estimates. These differences could be material to our consolidated financial statements.

We believe our application of U.S. GAAP and the associated estimates are reasonable. Our accounting estimates are reevaluated, and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change. Historically, we have found our application of accounting policies to be appropriate, and actual results have not differed materially from those determined using necessary estimates.

For further discussions of the following significant accounting policies and other significant accounting policies, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Valuation of Financial Instruments

Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased are recorded at fair value. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price). Unrealized gains or losses are generally recognized in Principal transactions revenues in our Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

For information on the composition of our Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased recorded at fair value, see Note 4, Fair Value Disclosures, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Fair Value Hierarchy – In determining fair value, we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect our assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. We apply a hierarchy to categorize our fair value measurements broken down into three levels based on the transparency of inputs, where Level 1 uses observable prices in active markets and Level 3 uses valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs. Greater use of management judgment is required in determining fair value when inputs are less observable or unobservable in the marketplace, such as when the volume or level of trading activity for a financial instrument has decreased and when certain factors suggest that observed transactions may not be reflective of orderly market transactions. Judgment must be applied in determining the appropriateness of available prices, particularly in assessing whether available data reflects current prices and/or reflects the results of recent market transactions. Prices or quotes are weighed when estimating fair value with greater reliability placed on information from transactions that are considered to be representative of orderly market transactions.

Fair value is a market-based measure; therefore, when market observable inputs are not available, our judgment is applied to reflect those judgments that a market participant would use in valuing the same asset or liability. The availability of observable inputs can vary for different products. We use prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date even in periods of market disruption or illiquidity. The valuation of financial instruments categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy involves the greatest extent of management judgment. (See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 4, Fair Value Disclosures, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on the definitions of fair value, Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 and related valuation techniques.)

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities – For information on the composition and activity of our Level 3 assets and Level 3 liabilities, see Note 4, Fair Value Disclosures, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Controls Over the Valuation Process for Financial Instruments – Our Independent Price Verification Group, independent of the trading function, plays an important role in determining that our financial instruments are appropriately valued and that fair value measurements are reliable. This is particularly important where prices or valuations that require inputs are less observable. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, these control processes include reviews of the pricing model’s theoretical soundness and appropriateness by risk management personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. In addition, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.

39

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Income Taxes

Significant judgment is required in estimating our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. In determining the provision for income taxes, we must make judgments and interpretations about how to apply inherently complex tax laws to numerous transactions and business events. In addition, we must make estimates about the amount, timing and geographic mix of future taxable income, which includes various tax planning strategies to utilize tax attributes of deferred tax assets before they expire.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We are required to consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, and to weigh the evidence when determining whether a valuation allowance is required and the amount of such valuation allowance. Generally, greater weight is required to be placed on objectively verifiable evidence when making this assessment, in particular on recent historical operating results.

We also record reserves for unrecognized tax benefits based on our assessment of the probability of successfully sustaining tax filing positions. Management exercises significant judgment when assessing the probability of successfully sustaining tax filing positions, and in determining whether a contingent tax liability should be recorded and if so, estimating the amount. If our tax filing positions are successfully challenged, payments could be required that are in excess of reserved amounts or we may be required to reduce the carrying amount of our net deferred tax asset, either of which could be significant to our financial condition or results of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate, in management's judgment, that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. When testing for impairment, we group our long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities (or asset group). The determination of whether an asset group is recoverable is based on management's estimate of undiscounted future cash flows directly attributable to the asset group as compared to its carrying value. If the carrying amount of the asset group is greater than the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value.

Due to a decline in oil and gas prices during the second quarter of 2020, we performed an impairment analyses on certain of our proven oil and gas properties in the DJ Basin of Wyoming and Colorado, the Williston Basin in North Dakota and Montana and oil and gas properties in the East Eagle Ford. Estimated undiscounted cash flows were determined based on reserves and costs and updated those based on strip pricing as of May 31, 2020 for the DJ Basin and Williston Basis properties and as of February 29, 2020 for the East Eagle Ford properties. The expected undiscounted future net cash flows were then compared to the end of quarter net carrying value of the oil and gas properties. No impairment of the Williston Basin assets was necessary as the undiscounted future net cash flows significantly exceeded the carrying value of these assets. Undiscounted future net cash flows were lower than the carrying value of the DJ Basin properties and the East Eagle Ford properties, and accordingly, the fair value of such proven properties was estimated using a 10.0% discount rate and estimated future cash flows from the properties’ reserve report. The estimated fair value of the proven oil and gas properties in the DJ Basin totaled $26.8 million, which was $13.2 million lower than the carrying value as of the end of the second quarter of 2020 and the estimated fair value of the proven oil and gas properties in the East Eagle Ford totaled $9.6 million, which was $33.0 million lower than the carrying value as of the end of first quarter of 2020. As a result, impairment charges of $46.2 million were recorded in Other expenses during 2020.

Impairment of Equity Method Investments

We evaluate equity method investments for impairment when operating losses or other factors may indicate a decrease in value which is other than temporary. We consider a variety of factors including economic conditions nationally and in their geographic areas of operation, adverse changes in the industry in which they operate, declines in business prospects, deterioration in earnings, increasing costs of operations and other relevant factors specific to the investee. Whenever we believe conditions or events indicate that one of these investments might be significantly impaired, we obtain from such investee updated cash flow projections. We use this information and, together with discussions with the investee's management and comparable public company analysis, evaluate if the book value of its investment exceeds its fair value, and if so and the situation is deemed other than temporary, record an impairment charge.

We have an equity method interest in FXCM with rights to a majority of all distributions in respect of FXCM. In the fourth quarter of 2022, we had a triggering event to test our investment in FXCM for impairment. We estimated the fair value of our equity interest in FXCM based primarily on a discounted cash flow valuation model. The discounted cash flow valuation model used inputs including management’s projections of future FXCM cash flows and a discount rate of 23.0%. The estimated fair value of our equity investment in FXCM was $61.7 million as of the date of our impairment evaluation, which was $25.3 million lower than our prior carrying value. We concluded that the decline in fair value was other than temporary and as result incurred a $25.3 million impairment charge.

40

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

We have a 49% membership interest in the RedSky JZ Fulton Mall joint venture, which owns a property in Brooklyn, New York. During the first quarter of 2020, difficulties were encountered with attempts to refinance debt within the investment. We viewed this, combined with a softening of the Brooklyn, New York real estate market during the quarter, as a triggering event and evaluated our equity method investment in RedSky JZ Fulton Mall to determine if there was an impairment. In connection with this evaluation, we obtained an appraisal which reflected a reduction in the value of the investment in comparison to an earlier appraisal obtained shortly before the beginning of the quarter. The appraisal was based off of Level 3 inputs consisting of prices of comparable properties and the appraisal indicated that the value of the property was worth less than the debt outstanding. We recorded an impairment charge of $55.6 million during 2020, which represented all of its carrying value in the joint venture.

Goodwill

At November 30, 2022, Goodwill recorded in our Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition is $1.74 billion (3.4% of total assets). The nature and accounting for goodwill is discussed in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 11, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment at least annually, or when circumstances or events make it more likely than not that an impairment occurred. Goodwill is tested by comparing the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. Our annual goodwill impairment testing date for a substantial portion of our reporting units is August 1 and November 30 for other identified reporting units. The results of our annual tests did not indicate any goodwill impairment.

We use allocated tangible equity plus allocated goodwill and intangible assets for the carrying amount of each reporting unit. The amount of tangible equity allocated to a reporting unit is based on our cash capital model deployed in managing our businesses, which seeks to approximate the capital a business would require if it were operating independently. For further information on our Cash Capital Policy, refer to the Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources section herein. Intangible assets are allocated to a reporting unit based on either specifically identifying a particular intangible asset as pertaining to a reporting unit or, if shared among reporting units, based on an assessment of the reporting unit’s benefit from the intangible asset in order to generate results.

Estimating the fair value of a reporting unit requires management judgment and often involves the use of estimates and assumptions that could have a significant effect on whether or not an impairment charge is recorded and the magnitude of such a charge. Estimated fair values for our reporting units utilize market valuation methods that incorporate price-to-earnings and price-to-book multiples of comparable public companies and/or projected cash flows. Under the market valuation approach, the key assumptions are the selected multiples and our internally developed projections of future profitability, growth and return on equity for each reporting unit. The weight assigned to the multiples requires judgment in qualitatively and quantitatively evaluating the size, profitability and the nature of the business activities of the reporting units as compared to the comparable publicly-traded companies. In addition, as the fair values determined under the market valuation approach represent a noncontrolling interest, we apply a control premium to arrive at the estimate fair value of each reporting unit on a controlling basis.

Historically, we have performed our annual goodwill impairment testing within the Investment Banking and Capital Markets, Asset Management and Merchant Banking reportable business segments. On November 1, 2022 in connection with the merger of Jefferies Group LLC into Jefferies Financial Group Inc., we reassessed our reporting units based on the discrete financial information to be made available to segment management as of and subsequent to the merger. As a result, we identified each of the Investment Banking, Equities and Wealth Management and Fixed Income businesses to be reporting units within the Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable business segment. Goodwill previously attributable to our Merchant Banking reportable segment is now included within our Asset Management reportable business segment.

The total goodwill of $1.55 billion attributed to the Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable business segment has been assigned to each of the Investment Banking, Equities and Wealth Management and Fixed Income reporting units as of November 1, 2022, based on the relative fair value of each of the reporting units’ as of November 1, 2022. The relative fair value estimate of each of the reporting units’ as of November 1, 2022, was based on methodologies consistent with the market valuation approach used in our annual impairment test, which are consistent with valuation techniques market participants would use. The results of our reassessment of the reporting units indicated that all of the reporting units had a fair value in excess of their carrying amounts based on current projections as of November 1, 2022. The valuation methodology for our reporting units are sensitive to management’s forecasts of future profitability, which are a significant component of the valuation and come with a level of uncertainty regarding trading volumes and capital market transaction levels.

The carrying values of goodwill by reporting unit at November 30, 2022 are as follows: $722.5 million in Investment Banking, $254.8 million in Equities and Wealth Management, $575.6 million in Fixed Income, $143.0 million in Asset Management and $40.2 million attributed to various individual legacy merchant banking investments.

41

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Refer to Note 11, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for further details on goodwill.

Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources

Our CFO and Global Treasurer are responsible for developing and implementing our liquidity, funding and capital management strategies. These policies are determined by the nature and needs of our day to day business operations, business opportunities, regulatory obligations, and liquidity requirements.

Our actual levels of capital, total assets and financial leverage are a function of a number of factors, including asset composition, business initiatives and opportunities, regulatory requirements and cost and availability of both long term and short term funding. We have historically maintained a balance sheet consisting of a large portion of our total assets in cash and liquid marketable securities. The liquid nature of these assets provides us with flexibility in financing and managing our business.

We also own a legacy portfolio of businesses and investments that are reflected as consolidated subsidiaries, equity investments or securities. We are in the process of liquidating a substantial portion of this portfolio with the intention of selling to third parties or distributing to shareholders this portfolio over the next few years. During the year ended November 30, 2022, we sold our wholly-owned manufacturing subsidiary, Idaho Timber, at a combined sales price of $239.3 million, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $138.7 million recognized in Other revenue and also sold a multi-family real estate property recognizing revenues of $122.5 million in Other revenue and Cost of sales of $70.2 million.

In keeping with our strategy of returning excess liquidity to shareholders, during the year ended November 30, 2022, we returned an aggregate of $1.14 billion to shareholders in the form of $280.1 million dividends and the repurchase of 25.6 million shares for a total of $859.6 million of $33.58 per share. On January 13, 2023, we distributed our ownership interests in Vitesse Energy on a tax-free pro rata basis to all shareholders, resulting in a distribution of capital of over $500.0 million.

We maintain modest leverage to support our investment grade ratings. The growth of our balance sheet is supported by our equity and we have quantitative metrics in place to monitor leverage and double leverage. Our capital plan is robust, in order to sustain our operating model through stressed conditions. We maintain adequate financial resources to support business activities in both normal and stressed market conditions, including a buffer in excess of our regulatory, or other internal or external, requirements. Our access to funding and liquidity is stable and efficient to ensure that there is sufficient liquidity to meet our financial obligations in normal and stressed market conditions.

Our Balance Sheet

A business unit level balance sheet and cash capital analysis are prepared and reviewed with senior management on a weekly basis. As a part of this balance sheet review process, capital is allocated to all assets and gross balance sheet limits are adjusted, as necessary. This process ensures that the allocation of capital and costs of capital are incorporated into business decisions. The goals of this process are to protect the firm’s platform, enable our businesses to remain competitive, maintain the ability to manage capital proactively and hold businesses accountable for both balance sheet and capital usage.

We actively monitor and evaluate our financial condition and the composition of our assets and liabilities. We continually monitor our overall securities inventory, including the inventory turnover rate, which confirms the liquidity of our overall assets. A significant portion of our financial instruments are valued on a daily basis and we monitor and employ balance sheet limits for our various businesses.

42

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The following table provides detail on selected balance sheet items (dollars in millions):

November 30,
20222021% Change
Total assets$51,057.7$56,107.3(9.0)%
Cash and cash equivalents9,703.110,755.1(9.8)%
Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory purposes or deposited with clearing and depository organizations957.31,015.1(5.7)%
Financial instruments owned18,666.318,024.63.6%
Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased11,056.59,267.119.3%
Total Level 3 assets791.5602.631.3%
Securities borrowed$5,831.1$6,409.4(9.0)%
Securities purchased under agreements to resell4,546.77,642.5(40.5)%
Total securities borrowed and securities purchased under agreements to resell$10,377.8$14,051.9(26.1)%
Securities loaned$1,366.0$1,525.7(10.5)%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase7,452.38,446.1(11.8)%
Total securities loaned and securities sold under agreements to repurchase$8,818.3$9,971.8(11.6)%

Total assets at November 30, 2022 and 2021 were $51.06 billion and $56.11 billion, respectively, a decrease of 9.0%. During 2022, average total assets were approximately 21.7% higher than total assets at November 30, 2022.

Our total Financial instruments owned inventory was $18.67 billion and $18.02 billion at November 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively. During the year ended November 30, 2022, our total Financial instruments owned increased primarily due to increases in corporate equity securities, government and federal agency securities, investments at fair value and sovereign obligations, partially offset by decreases in loans and derivative contracts. Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased inventory was $11.06 billion at November 30, 2022, an increase of 19.3% from $9.27 billion at November 30, 2021, with the increase primarily driven by government and federal agency securities, corporate equity securities and corporate debt securities. Our overall net inventory position was $7.61 billion and $8.76 billion at November 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively, with the decrease primarily due to decreases in loans, government and federal agency securities and derivative contracts, partially offset by an increase in investments at fair value. Our Level 3 financial instruments owned as a percentage of total Financial instruments owned increased to 4.2% at November 30, 2022 from 3.3% at November 30, 2021 primarily due to mark-to-market gains on certain securities held in connection with our investment banking activities.

Securities financing assets and liabilities include financing for our financial instruments trading activity, matched book transactions and mortgage finance transactions. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The aggregate outstanding balance of our securities financing assets and liabilities increase or decrease from period to period depending on fluctuations in the level of our client activity and the level of our own trading activity. Our average month end balance of total reverse repos and stock borrows during 2022 were 45.2% higher than the November 30, 2022 balance. Our average month end balance of total repos and stock loans during 2022 were 47.7% higher than the November 30, 2022 balance.

43

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The following table presents our period end balance, average balance and maximum balance at any month end within the periods presented for Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (dollars in millions):

Year Ended
20222021
Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell:
Year end$4,547$7,642
Month end average7,4899,425
Maximum month end10,42812,321
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase:
Year end$7,452$8,446
Month end average11,73811,515
Maximum month end17,41719,207

Fluctuations in the balance of our repurchase agreements from period to period and intraperiod are dependent on business activity in those periods. Additionally, the fluctuations in the balances of our securities purchased under agreements to resell are influenced in any given period by our clients’ balances and our clients’ desires to execute collateralized financing arrangements via the repurchase market or via other financing products. Average balances and period end balances will fluctuate based on market and liquidity conditions and we consider the fluctuations intraperiod to be typical for the repurchase market.

Leverage Ratios

The following table presents total assets, total equity, total Jefferies Financial Group Inc. common shareholders’ equity and tangible Jefferies Financial Group Inc. common shareholders’ equity with the resulting leverage ratios (dollars in thousands):

November 30,
20222021
Total assets$51,057,683$56,107,311
Total equity$10,295,479$10,579,640
Total Jefferies Financial Group Inc. common shareholders’ equity$10,232,846$10,553,755
Deduct: Goodwill and intangible assets(1,875,576)(1,897,500)
Tangible Jefferies Financial Group Inc. common shareholders’ equity$8,357,270$8,656,255
Leverage ratio (1)5.05.3
Tangible gross leverage ratio (2)5.96.3

(1)Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total equity.

(2)Tangible gross leverage ratio (a non-GAAP financial measure) equals total assets less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets divided by tangible Jefferies Financial Group Inc. common shareholders’ equity. The tangible gross leverage ratio is used by rating agencies in assessing our leverage ratio.

Liquidity Management

The key objectives of the liquidity management framework are to support the successful execution of our business strategies while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of financial distress. Our liquidity management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk that we may be unable to access adequate financing to service our financial obligations without material franchise or business impact.

The principal elements of our liquidity management framework are our Contingency Funding Plan, our Cash Capital Policy and our assessment of Modeled Liquidity Outflow (“MLO”).

Contingency Funding Plan. Our Contingency Funding Plan is based on a model of a potential liquidity contraction over a one year time period. This incorporates potential cash outflows during a market or our idiosyncratic liquidity stress event, including, but not limited to, the following:

•Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and no incremental unsecured debt issuance;

•Maturity rolloff of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance and replacement with cash collateral;

44

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•Higher margin requirements than currently exist on assets on securities financing activity, including repurchase agreements and other secured funding;

•Liquidity outflows related to possible credit downgrade;

•Lower availability of secured funding;

•Client cash withdrawals;

•The anticipated funding of outstanding investment and loan commitments; and

•Certain accrued expenses and other liabilities and fixed costs.

Cash Capital Policy. We maintain a cash capital model that measures long-term funding sources against requirements. Sources of cash capital include our equity, mezzanine equity and the noncurrent portion of long-term borrowings. Uses of cash capital include the following:

•Illiquid assets such as equipment, goodwill, net intangible assets, exchange memberships, deferred tax assets and certain investments;

•A portion of securities inventory and other assets not expected to be financed on a secured basis in a credit stressed environment (i.e., margin requirements); and

•Drawdowns of unfunded commitments.

To ensure that we do not need to liquidate inventory in the event of a funding stress, we seek to maintain surplus cash capital. Our total long-term capital of $17.49 billion at November 30, 2022 exceeded our cash capital requirements.

MLO. Our businesses are diverse, and our liquidity needs are determined by many factors, including market movements, collateral requirements and client commitments, all of which can change dramatically in a difficult funding environment. During a liquidity stress, credit-sensitive funding, including unsecured debt and some types of secured financing agreements, may be unavailable, and the terms (e.g., interest rates, collateral provisions and tenor) or availability of other types of secured financing may change. As a result of our policy to ensure we have sufficient funds to cover what we estimate may be needed in a liquidity stress, we hold more cash and unencumbered securities and have greater long-term debt balances than our businesses would otherwise require. As part of this estimation process, we calculate an MLO that could be experienced in a liquidity stress. MLO is based on a scenario that includes both a market-wide stress and firm-specific stress, characterized by some or all of the following elements:

•Global recession, default by a medium-sized sovereign, low consumer and corporate confidence, and general financial instability.

•Severely challenged market environment with material declines in equity markets and widening of credit spreads.

•Damaging follow-on impacts to financial institutions leading to the failure of a large bank.

•A firm-specific crisis potentially triggered by material losses, reputational damage, litigation, executive departure, and/or a ratings downgrade.

The following are the critical modeling parameters of the MLO:

•Liquidity needs over a 30-day scenario.

•A two-notch downgrade of our long-term senior unsecured credit ratings.

•No support from government funding facilities.

•A combination of contractual outflows, such as upcoming maturities of unsecured debt, and contingent outflows (e.g., actions though not contractually required, we may deem necessary in a crisis). We assume that most contingent outflows will occur within the initial days and weeks of a stress.

•No diversification benefit across liquidity risks. We assume that liquidity risks are additive.

The calculation of our MLO under the above stresses and modeling parameters considers the following potential contractual and contingent cash and collateral outflows:

•All upcoming maturities of unsecured long-term debt, commercial paper, promissory notes and other unsecured funding products assuming we will be unable to issue new unsecured debt or rollover any maturing debt.

•Repurchases of our outstanding long-term debt in the ordinary course of business as a market maker.

45

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•A portion of upcoming contractual maturities of secured funding activity due to either the inability to refinance or the ability to refinance only at wider haircuts (i.e., on terms which require us to post additional collateral). Our assumptions reflect, among other factors, the quality of the underlying collateral and counterparty concentration.

•Collateral postings to counterparties due to adverse changes in the value of our over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives and other outflows due to trade terminations, collateral substitutions, collateral disputes, collateral calls or termination payments required by a two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings.

•Variation margin postings required due to adverse changes in the value of our outstanding exchange-traded derivatives and any increase in initial margin and guarantee fund requirements by derivative clearing houses.

•Liquidity outflows associated with our prime services business, including withdrawals of customer credit balances, and a reduction in customer short positions.

•Liquidity outflows to clearing banks to ensure timely settlements of cash and securities transactions.

•Draws on our unfunded commitments considering, among other things, the type of commitment and counterparty.

•Other upcoming large cash outflows, such as employee compensation, tax and dividend payments, with no expectation of future dividends from any subsidiaries.

Based on the sources and uses of liquidity calculated under the MLO scenarios, we determine, based on a calculated surplus or deficit, additional long-term funding that may be needed versus funding through the repurchase financing market and consider any adjustments that may be necessary to our inventory balances and cash holdings. At November 30, 2022, we had sufficient excess liquidity to meet all contingent cash outflows detailed in the MLO. We regularly refine our model to reflect changes in market or economic conditions and our business mix.

Sources of Liquidity

The following are financial instruments that are cash and cash equivalents or are deemed by management to be generally readily convertible into cash, marginable or accessible for liquidity purposes within a relatively short period of time (dollars in thousands):

November 30, 2022Average Balance Quarter ended November 30, 2022 (1)November 30, 2021
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash in banks$2,541,021$3,338,342$2,266,519
Money market investments (2)7,162,0885,733,2328,488,614
Total cash and cash equivalents9,703,1099,071,57410,755,133
Other sources of liquidity:
Debt securities owned and securities purchased under agreements to resell (3)1,417,1771,295,7461,621,118
Other (4)520,714559,172311,641
Total other sources1,937,8911,854,9181,932,759
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources$11,641,000$10,926,492$12,687,892
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources as % of Total assets22.8%22.6%
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources as % of Total assets less goodwill and intangible assets23.7%23.4%

(1)Average balances are calculated based on weekly balances.

(2)At November 30, 2022 and 2021, $7.14 billion and $8.47 billion, respectively, was invested in U.S. government money funds that invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in cash, securities issued by the U.S. government and U.S. government-sponsored entities, and repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by cash or government securities. The remaining $23.1 million and $14.9 million at November 30, 2022 and 2021 are invested in AAA-rated prime money funds. The average balance of U.S. government money funds for the quarter ended November 30, 2022 was $5.71 billion.

46

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

(3)Consists of high quality sovereign government securities and reverse repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities and other high quality sovereign government securities; deposits with a central bank within the European Economic Area, United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Japan, Switzerland or the U.S.; and securities issued by a designated multilateral development bank and reverse repurchase agreements with underlying collateral composed of these securities.

(4)Other includes unencumbered inventory representing an estimate of the amount of additional secured financing that could be reasonably expected to be obtained from our Financial instruments owned that are currently not pledged after considering reasonable financing haircuts.

In addition to the cash balances and liquidity pool presented above, the majority of financial instruments (both long and short) in our trading accounts are actively traded and readily marketable. At November 30, 2022, we had the ability to readily obtain repurchase financing for 78.2% of our inventory at haircuts of 10% or less, which reflects the liquidity of our inventory. In addition, as a matter of our policy, all of these assets have internal capital assessed, which is in addition to the funding haircuts provided in the securities finance markets. Additionally, certain of our Financial instruments owned primarily consisting of bank loans, consumer loans and investments are predominantly funded by long term capital. Under our cash capital policy, we model capital allocation levels that are more stringent than the haircuts used in the market for secured funding; and we maintain surplus capital at these more stringent levels. We continually assess the liquidity of our inventory based on the level at which we could obtain financing in the marketplace for a given asset. Assets are considered to be liquid if financing can be obtained in the repurchase market or the securities lending market at collateral haircut levels of 10% or less. The following summarizes our financial instruments by asset class that we consider to be of a liquid nature and the amount of such assets that have not been pledged as collateral at November 30, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

November 30,
20222021
Liquid Financial InstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (2)Liquid Financial InstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (2)
Corporate equity securities$3,040,844$846,520$2,635,956$347,157
Corporate debt securities3,215,80734,4052,943,13531,935
U.S. government, agency and municipal securities4,032,21559,9093,610,885109,325
Other sovereign obligations1,679,573803,7381,528,1001,463,968
Agency mortgage-backed securities (1)2,514,7731,487,165
Loans and other receivables111,681132,989
Total$14,594,893$1,744,572$12,338,230$1,952,385

(1)Consists solely of agency mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”).

(2)Unencumbered liquid balances represent assets that can be sold or used as collateral for a loan, but have not been.

In addition to being able to be readily financed at reasonable haircut levels, we estimate that each of the individual securities within each asset class above could be sold into the market and converted into cash within three business days under normal market conditions, assuming that the entire portfolio of a given asset class was not simultaneously liquidated. There are no restrictions on the unencumbered liquid securities, nor have they been pledged as collateral.

Sources of Funding and Capital Resources

Our assets are funded by equity capital, senior debt, securities loaned, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, customer free credit balances, bank loans and other payables.

47

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Secured Financing

We rely principally on readily available secured funding to finance our inventory of financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold. Our ability to support increases in total assets is largely a function of our ability to obtain short and intermediate-term secured funding, primarily through securities financing transactions. We finance a portion of our long inventory and cover some of our short inventory by pledging and borrowing securities in the form of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements (collectively “repos”), respectively. At November 30, 2022, approximately 61.0% of our cash and noncash repurchase financing activities use collateral that is considered eligible collateral by central clearing corporations. During 2022, an average of approximately 75.9% of our cash and noncash repurchase financing activities used collateral that was considered eligible collateral by central clearing corporations. Central clearing corporations are situated between participating members who borrow cash and lend securities (or vice versa); accordingly, repo participants contract with the central clearing corporation and not one another individually. Therefore, counterparty credit risk is borne by the central clearing corporation which mitigates the risk through initial margin demands and variation margin calls from repo participants. The comparatively large proportion of our total repo activity that is eligible for central clearing reflects the high quality and liquid composition of the inventory we carry in our trading books. For those asset classes not eligible for central clearing house financing, we seek to execute our bi-lateral financings on an extended term basis and the tenor of our repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements generally exceeds the expected holding period of the assets we are financing. The weighted average maturity of cash and noncash repurchase agreements for non-clearing corporation eligible funded inventory is approximately six months at November 30, 2022.

Our ability to finance our inventory via central clearinghouses and bi-lateral arrangements is augmented by our ability to draw bank loans on an uncommitted basis under our various banking arrangements. At November 30, 2022, short-term borrowings, which must be repaid within one year or less and include bank loans and overdrafts, borrowings under revolving credit facilities and floating rate puttable notes totaled $528.4 million. Interest under the bank lines is generally at a spread over the federal funds rate. Letters of credit are used in the normal course of business mostly to satisfy various collateral requirements in favor of exchanges in lieu of depositing cash or securities. Average daily short-term borrowings outstanding were $432.0 million for 2022.

At November 30, 2022 and 2021, our borrowings under credit facilities classified within bank loans in Short-term borrowings in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition were $517.0 million and $200.0 million, respectively. Our borrowings include credit facilities that contain certain covenants that, among other things, require us to maintain a specified level of tangible net worth, require a minimum regulatory net capital requirement for our U.S. broker-dealer, Jefferies LLC, and impose certain restrictions on the future indebtedness of certain of our subsidiaries that are borrowers. Interest is based on rates at spreads over the federal funds rate or other adjusted rates, as defined in the various credit agreements, or at a rate as agreed between the bank and us in reference to the bank’s cost of funding. At November 30, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants under these credit facilities.

For additional details on our short-term borrowings, refer to Note 16, Short-Term Borrowings, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In addition to the above financing arrangements, we issue notes backed by eligible collateral under master repurchase agreements, which provides an additional financing source for our inventory (our “repurchase agreement financing program”). The notes issued under the program are presented within Other secured financings in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At November 30, 2022, the outstanding notes were $1.31 billion, bear interest at a spread over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and mature from September 2022 to July 2025.

For additional details on our repurchase agreement financing program, refer to Note 8, Variable Interest Entities, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

48

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Total Long-Term Capital

At November 30, 2022 and 2021, we had total long-term capital of $17.49 billion and $18.72 billion, respectively, resulting in a long-term debt to equity capital ratio of 0.68:1 and 0.74:1, respectively. See “Equity Capital” herein for further information on our change in total equity. Our total long-term capital base at November 30, 2022 and 2021 was as follows (in thousands):

November 30,
20222021
Unsecured Long-Term Debt (1)$7,065,663$7,990,874
Total Mezzanine Equity131,461150,400
Total Equity10,295,47910,579,640
Total Long-Term Capital$17,492,603$18,720,914

(1)The amounts at November 30, 2022 and 2021, exclude our secured long-term debt. The amount at November 30, 2022 excludes $392.4 million of our 5.500% Senior Notes, as these notes mature on October 18, 2023. The amount at November 30, 2022 and 2021, also excludes $13.2 million and $12.0 million, respectively, of structured notes that will mature within one year.

Long-Term Debt

During 2022, long-term debt decreased by $351.7 million to $8.77 billion at November 30, 2022, as presented in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. This decrease is primarily due to fair value changes in our structured notes and gains on certain of our senior notes associated with interest rate swaps based on their designation as fair value hedges, partially offset by structured notes issuances, net of retirements, of approximately $209.4 million and net issuances of approximately $176.7 million related to our secured credit facilities.

At November 30, 2022, all of our structured notes contain various interest rate payment terms and are accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk presented in other comprehensive income and changes in fair value resulting from non-credit components recognized in Principal transactions revenues. The fair value of all of our structured notes at November 30, 2022 was $1.58 billion.

At November 30, 2022 and 2021, our borrowings under several credit facilities classified within Long-term debt in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition amounted to $933.5 million and $774.1 million, respectively. Interest on these credit facilities are based on adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) rates, Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") plus a spread or other adjusted rates, as defined in the various credit agreements. The credit facility agreements contain certain covenants that, among other things, require us to maintain specified levels of tangible net worth and liquidity amounts, and impose certain restrictions on future indebtedness of and require specified levels of regulated capital and cash reserves for certain of our subsidiaries. At November 30, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants under theses credit facilities, except for certain facilities secured by automobile loans with an amount outstanding of $112.9 million for which technical covenant violations have occurred that are in the process of being resolved with the lenders.

In addition, one of our subsidiaries has a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank for a term loan (“Secured Bank Loan”). At November 30, 2022, borrowings under the Secured Bank Loan amounted to $100.0 million and are also classified within Long-term debt in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Secured Bank Loan matures on September 13, 2024 and is collateralized by certain trading securities with an interest rate of 1.25% plus LIBOR. The agreement contains certain covenants that, among other things, restricts lien or encumbrance upon any of the pledged collateral. At November 30, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Secured Bank Loan.

HomeFed funds certain of its real estate projects in part by raising funds under the Immigrant Investor Program administered by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services pursuant to the Immigration and Nationality Act ("EB-5 Program"). This debt is secured by certain real estate of HomeFed. At November 30, 2022, HomeFed was in compliance with all debt covenants which include, among other requirements, limitations on incurrence of debt, collateral requirements and restricted use of proceeds. Primarily all of HomeFed's EB-5 Program debt matures in 2024 through 2026.

At November 30, 2022, HomeFed has construction loans with an aggregate committed amount of $101.9 million. The proceeds are being used for construction at certain of its real estate projects. The outstanding principal amount of the loans bear interest based on the 30 day LIBOR or the SOFR, plus spreads of 1.35% to 3.00%, subject to adjustment on the first of each calendar month. At November 30, 2022, the weighted average interest rate on these loans was 6.07%. The loans mature between October 2023 and May 2024 and are collateralized by the property underlying the related project with a guarantee by HomeFed. At November 30, 2022 and November 30, 2021, $57.0 million and $45.6 million, respectively, was outstanding under the construction loan agreements.

At November 30, 2022, our unsecured long-term debt has a weighted average maturity of approximately 9.5 years.

49

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

For further information, see Note 17, Long-Term Debt, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our long-term debt ratings at November 30, 2022 are as follows:

RatingOutlook
Moody’s Investors ServiceBaa2Stable
Standard and Poor’sBBBStable
Fitch Ratings (1)BBBPositive

(1)On January 24, 2022, Fitch Ratings affirmed our rating of BBB and revised our rating outlook from stable to positive.

At November 30, 2022, the long-term debt ratings on our principal subsidiaries, Jefferies LLC, Jefferies International Limited (a U.K. broker-dealer) and Jefferies GmbH are as follows:

Jefferies LLCJefferies International LimitedJefferies GmbH
RatingOutlookRatingOutlookRatingOutlook
Moody’s Investors ServiceBaa1StableBaa1StableBaa1Stable
Standard and Poor’sBBB+StableBBB+StableBBB+Stable

Access to external financing to finance our day to day operations, as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent upon various factors, including our debt ratings. Our current debt ratings are dependent upon many factors, including industry dynamics, operating and economic environment, operating results, operating margins, earnings trend and volatility, balance sheet composition, liquidity and liquidity management, our capital structure, our overall risk management, business diversification and our market share and competitive position in the markets in which we operate. Deterioration in any of these factors could impact our credit ratings. While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact on our business and trading results in future periods is inherently uncertain and depends on a number of factors, including the magnitude of the downgrade, the behavior of individual clients and future mitigating action taken by us.

In connection with certain over-the-counter derivative contract arrangements and certain other trading arrangements, we may be required to provide additional collateral to counterparties, exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a credit rating downgrade. At November 30, 2022, the amount of additional collateral that could be called by counterparties, exchanges and clearing organizations under the terms of such agreements in the event of a downgrade of our long-term credit rating below investment grade was $46.8 million. For certain foreign clearing organizations, credit rating is only one of several factors employed in determining collateral that could be called. The above represents management’s best estimate for additional collateral to be called in the event of a credit rating downgrade. The impact of additional collateral requirements is considered in our Contingency Funding Plan and calculation of MLO, as described above.

50

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Equity Capital

At November 30, 2022 and 2021, we had 600,000,000 authorized shares of common stock with a par value of $1.00 per share. At November 30, 2022, we had outstanding 226,129,626 common shares, 19,036,746 share-based awards that do not require the holder to pay any exercise price and 5,024,532 stock options that require the holder to pay an average exercise price of $23.75 per share. The 19,036,746 share-based awards include the target number of shares under the senior executive award plan until the performance period is complete.

The Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of common stock under a share repurchase program. Additionally Treasury stock repurchases include repurchases of common stock for net-share withholding under our equity compensation plan.

The table below presents information about common stock repurchases during the year ended November 30, 2022 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

Year Ended November 30, 2022
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs22,167,689
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares Purchased$737,350
Average Share Price of Shares Purchased$33.26
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs$158,570

At November 30, 2022, we had $158.6 million remaining authorization of future repurchases. On January 9, 2023, our Board of Directors increased our share buyback authorization back to a total of $250.0 million.

In addition, we have mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred shares that as of November 30, 2022 are convertible into 4,440,863 common shares.

The following table sets forth the declaration dates, record dates, payment date and per common share amounts for the dividends declared during the years ended November 30, 2022 and 2021.

Year Ended November 30, 2022
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment datePer common share amount
January 12, 2022February 14, 2022February 25, 2022$0.30
March 28, 2022May 16, 2022May 27, 2022$0.30
June 27, 2022August 15, 2022August 26, 2022$0.30
September 28, 2022November 14, 2022November 29, 2022$0.30
Year Ended November 30, 2021
Declaration DateRecord DatePayment datePer common share amount
January 4, 2021February 12, 2021February 26, 2021$0.20
March 24, 2021May 17, 2021May 28, 2021$0.20
June 28, 2021August 16, 2021August 27, 2021$0.25
September 30, 2021November 15, 2021November 29, 2021$0.25

On January 9, 2023, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.30 per common share to be paid on February 24, 2023 to common shareholders of record at February 13, 2023.

As compared to November 30, 2021, the decrease to total Jefferies Financial Group Inc. shareholders’ equity at November 30, 2022 is primarily attributed to purchases of common shares for treasury and dividends paid, partially offset by increases from net earnings and contributions from noncontrolling interests.

Net Capital

As a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and a member firm of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), Jefferies LLC is subject to the SEC Commission Uniform Net Capital Rule (“Rule 15c3-1”), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital, and has elected to calculate minimum capital requirements using the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3-1 in calculating net capital. Jefferies LLC, as a dually-registered U.S. broker-dealer and futures commission merchant (“FCM”), is also subject to Rule 1.17 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), which sets forth minimum financial requirements. The minimum net capital requirement in determining excess net capital for a dually-registered U.S. broker-dealer and FCM is equal to the greater of the requirement under Rule 15c3-1 or CFTC Rule 1.17.

51

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) contains provisions that require the registration of all swap dealers, major swap participants, security-based swap dealers, and/or major security-based swap participants. One of our subsidiaries, Jefferies Financial Services, Inc. ("JFSI"), a registered swap dealer, is subject to the CFTC's regulatory capital requirements and holds regulatory capital in excess of the minimum regulatory requirement. Additionally, JFSI is registered as a security-based swap dealer with the SEC and is subject to the SEC's security-based swap dealer regulatory rules. Further, JFSI is registered with the SEC as an OTC derivatives dealer, and is subject to compliance with the SEC's net capital requirements. As a security-based swap dealer and swap dealer, JFSI is subject to the net capital requirements of the SEC, CFTC and the NFA, as a member of the NFA. JFSI is required to maintain minimum net capital, as defined under SEC Rule 18a-1 of not less than the greater of 2% of the risk margin amount, as defined, or $20 million.

At November 30, 2022, Jefferies LLC and JFSI’s net capital and excess net capital were as follows (in thousands):

Net CapitalExcess Net Capital
Jefferies LLC$903,349$806,238
JFSI$436,681$416,681

FINRA is the designated examining authority for Jefferies LLC and the National Futures Association is the designated self-regulatory organization for Jefferies LLC as an FCM.

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to capital adequacy requirements as prescribed by the regulatory authorities in their respective jurisdictions, including Jefferies International Limited which is subject to the regulatory supervision and requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority in the U.K.

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above may restrict our ability to withdraw capital from our regulated subsidiaries.

Other Developments

In February 2022, Russia invaded Ukraine. Following Russia's invasion, the U.S., the U.K., and the European Union governments, among others, developed coordinated financial and economic sanctions targeting Russia that, in various ways, constrain transactions with numerous Russian entities, including major Russian banks and individuals; transactions in Russian sovereign debt; and investment, trade and financing to, from, or in certain regions of Ukraine. We do not have any operations in Russia or any clients with significant Russian operations and we have minimal market risk related to securities of companies either domiciled or operating in Russia. We continue to monitor the status of trading and the credit risk of our counterparties and we believe that any loss we might incur will be immaterial.

On January 1, 2022, the publication of the one-week and two-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR maturities and all non-U.S. Dollar LIBOR maturities ceased and the remaining U.S. Dollar LIBOR maturities will cease immediately after June 30, 2023. We are a counterparty to a number of LIBOR-based contracts composed primarily of cleared derivative contracts and floating rate notes. We continue to make progress with our transition program to orderly transition from Interbank Offered Rates to alternative reference rates in accordance with industry timelines, which includes a policy that limits new agreements that reference U.S. Dollar LIBOR or non-U.S Dollar LIBOR, except as permitted under certain circumstances. Our transition plan is designed to enable operational readiness and robust risk management and we are taking steps to update operational processes, models and contracts for any changes that may be required as well as reduce our overall exposure to LIBOR. We are actively engaged with our counterparties to ensure that our contracts adhere to the International Swaps and Derivative Association, Inc. fallback protocol or are actively converted to alternative risk-free reference rates and are both educating and assisting our clients with the transition from and cessation of LIBOR.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have contractual commitments arising in the ordinary course of business for securities loaned or purchased under agreements to resell, repurchase agreements, future purchases and sales of foreign currencies, securities transactions on a when-issued basis, purchases and sales of corporate loans in the secondary market and underwriting. Each of these financial instruments and activities contains varying degrees of off-balance sheet risk whereby the fair values of the securities underlying the financial instruments may be in excess of, or less than, the contract amount. The settlement of these transactions is not expected to have a material effect upon our consolidated financial statements.

52

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

In the normal course of business we engage in other off balance-sheet arrangements, including derivative contracts. Neither derivatives’ notional amounts nor underlying instrument values are reflected as assets or liabilities in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Rather, the fair values of derivative contracts are reported in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as Financial instruments owned or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased as applicable. Derivative contracts are reflected net of cash paid or received pursuant to credit support agreements and are reported on a net by counterparty basis when a legal right of offset exists under an enforceable master netting agreement. For additional information about our accounting policies and our derivative activities, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 4, Fair Value Disclosures, and Note 5, Derivative Financial Instruments, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations

The table below provides information about our contractual obligations at November 30, 2022. The table presents principal cash flows with expected maturity dates (in millions):

Expected Maturity Date
202320242025 and 20262027 and 20282029 and LaterTotal
Contractual obligations:
Unsecured long-term debt (contractual principal payments net of unamortized discounts and premiums) (1)$409.6$910.3$111.1$1,235.4$4,804.9$7,471.3
Secured long-term debt (1)146.71,107.848.31,302.8
Interest payment obligations on long-term debt (2)110.391.5136.0195.8835.91,369.5
Operating leases (3)76.878.7152.6137.5162.5608.1
Purchase obligations (4)195.6132.770.329.02.7430.3
Total$939.0$2,321.0$518.3$1,597.7$5,806.0$11,182.0

(1)For additional information on long-term debt, see Note 17, Long-Term Debt, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2)Amounts based on applicable interest rates at November 30, 2022.

(3)For additional information on operating leases related to certain premises and equipment agreements, see Note 15, Leases, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(4)Purchase obligations for goods and services primarily include payments for outsourcing and computer and telecommunications maintenance agreements. Purchase obligations at November 30, 2022 reflect the minimum contractual obligations under legally enforceable contracts.

Subsequent to November 30, 2022 and on or before January 31, 2023, we expect to make cash payments of $1.50 billion related to compensation awards for fiscal 2022. See Note 13, Compensation Plans, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

53

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Risk Management

Overview

Risk is an inherent part of our business and activities. The extent to which we properly and effectively identify, assess, monitor and manage each of the various types of risk involved in our activities is critical to our financial soundness, viability and profitability. Accordingly, we have a comprehensive risk management approach, with a formal governance structure and policies and procedures outlining frameworks and processes to identify, assess, monitor and manage risk. Principal risks involved in our business activities include market, credit, liquidity and capital, operational, legal and compliance, new business and reputational risk.

Risk management is a multifaceted process that requires communication, judgment and knowledge of financial products and markets. Our risk management process encompasses the active involvement of executive and senior management, and also many departments independent of the revenue-producing business units, including the Risk Management, Operations, Information Technology, Compliance, Legal and Finance Departments. Our risk management policies, procedures and methodologies are flexible in nature and are subject to ongoing review and modification.

In achieving our strategic business objectives, our risk appetite incorporates keeping our clients’ interests as top priority and ensuring we are in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, as well as adhering to the highest ethical standards. We undertake prudent risk-taking that protects the capital base and franchise, utilizing risk limits and tolerances that avoid outsized risk-taking. We maintain a diversified business mix and avoid significant concentrations to any sector, product, geography, or activity and set quantitative concentration limits to manage this risk. We consider contagion, second order effects and correlation in our risk assessment process and actively seek out value opportunities of all sizes. We manage the risk of opportunities larger than our approved risk levels through risk sharing and risk distribution, sell-down and hedging as appropriate. We have a limited appetite for illiquid assets and complex derivative financial instruments. We maintain the asset quality of our balance sheet through conducting trading activity in liquid markets and generally ensure high turnover of our inventory. We subject less liquid positions and derivative financial instruments to particular scrutiny and use a wide variety of specific metrics, limits, and constraints to manage these risks. We protect our reputation and franchise, as well as our standing within the market. We operate a federated approach to risk management and assign risk oversight responsibilities to a number of functions with specific areas of focus.

For discussion of liquidity and capital risk management, refer to the “Liquidity, Financial Condition and Capital Resources” section herein.

Governance and Risk Management Structure

Our Board of Directors (“Board”) and Risk and Liquidity Oversight Committee (“Committee”). Our Board and Committee play an important role in reviewing our risk management process and risk appetite. The Committee assists the Board in its oversight of: (i) the Company’s enterprise risk management, (ii) the Company’s capital, liquidity and funding guidelines and policies and (iii) the performance of the Company’s Chief Risk Officer. Our Global Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) and Global Treasurer meet with the Committee on no less than a quarterly basis to present our risk profile and liquidity profile and to respond to questions. Our Chief Information Officer also meets with the Committee at least semi-annually to receive and review reports related to any exposure to cybersecurity risk and our plans and programs to mitigate and respond to cybersecurity risks. Additionally, our risk management team continuously monitors our various businesses, the level of risk the businesses are taking and the efficacy of potential risk mitigation strategies and presents this information to our senior management and the Committee.

Our Board also fulfills its risk oversight role through the operations of its various committees, including its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has responsibility for risk oversight in connection with its review of our financial statements, internal audit function and internal control over financial reporting, as well as assisting the Board with our legal and regulatory compliance and overseeing our Code of Business Practice. The Audit Committee is also updated on risk controls at each of its regularly scheduled meetings.

Internal Audit, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board and includes professionals with a broad range of audit and industry experience, including risk management expertise, is responsible for independently assessing and validating key controls within our risk management framework.

We make extensive use of internal committees to govern risk taking and ensure that business activities are properly identified, assessed, monitored and managed. The Risk Management Committee (“RMC”) and membership comprises our Chief Executive Officer, President, CFO, CRO and Global Treasurer. Our other risk related committees govern risk taking and ensure that business activities are properly managed for their area of oversight.

54

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Risk Committees.

•RMC - the principal committee that governs our risk taking activities. The RMC meets weekly to discuss our risk profile and discuss business or market trends and their potential impact on the business. The Committee approves our limits as a whole, and across risk categories and business lines, reviews limit breaches, and approves risk policies and stress testing methodologies and is supported by the subcommittees, e.g., Credit Committee, Model Governance Committee and Stress Testing Committee, and management forums in risk management functions.

•Executive Committee - provides insight, perspective and guidance for the day-to-day operations and strategic direction of their respective businesses and us as a whole.

•Operating Committee - brings together the managers of all control areas and the business line chief operating officers, whereby each department presents issues regarding current and proposed business. This committee provides the key forum for coordination and communication between the control managers entirely focused on our activities as a whole.

•Asset / Liability Committee - seeks to ensure effective management and control of the balance sheet in terms of risk profile, adequacy of capital and liquidity resources, and funding profile and strategy. The committee is responsible for developing, implementing and enforcing our liquidity, funding and capital policies. This includes recommendations for capital and balance sheet size, as well as the allocation of capital to our businesses.

•Independent Price Verification Committee - establishes our valuation policies and procedures and is responsible for independently validating the fair value of our financial instruments. The committee, which comprises stakeholders represented by the CFO, Internal Audit, Risk Management and Controllers, meets monthly to assess and approve the results of our inventory price testing.

•New Business Committee - reviews new business, products and activities and extensions of existing businesses, products and activities that may introduce materially different or greater risks than those of a business’ existing activities. The new business approval process is a key control over new business activity. The objectives are to notify all relevant functions of the intention to introduce a new product, business or activity, to share information between functions and to ensure there is a thorough understanding of the proposal.

Risk Considerations

We apply a comprehensive framework of limits on a variety of key metrics to constrain the risk profile of our business activities. The size of the limits reflects our risk appetite for a certain activity under normal business conditions. Key metrics included in our risk management framework include inventory position and exposure limits on a gross and net basis, scenario analysis and stress tests, Value-at-Risk (“VaR”), sensitivities, exposure concentrations, aged inventory, Level 3 assets, counterparty exposure, leverage and cash capital.

Market Risk

Market risk is defined as the risk of loss due to fluctuations in the market value of financial assets and liabilities attributable to changes in market variables.

Our market risk principally arises from interest rate risk, from exposure to changes in the yield curve, the volatility of interest rates, and credit spreads, and from equity price risks from exposure to changes in prices and volatilities of individual equities, equity baskets and equity indices. In addition, commodity price risk results from exposure to the changes in prices and volatilities of individual commodities, commodity baskets and commodity indices, and foreign exchange risk results from changes in foreign currency rates.

Market risk is present in our capital markets business through market making, proprietary trading, underwriting and investing activities and is present in our asset management business through investments in separately managed accounts and direct investments in funds. Given our involvement in a broad set of financial products and markets, market risk exposures are diversified, and economic hedges are established as appropriate.

Market risk is monitored and managed through a set of key risk metrics such as VaR, stress scenarios, risk sensitivities and position exposures. Limits are set on the key risk metrics to monitor and control the risk exposure ensuring that it is in line with our risk appetite. Our risk appetite, including the market risk limits, is periodically reviewed to reflect business strategy and market environment. Material risk changes, top/emerging risks and limit utilizations/breaches are highlighted, through risk reporting, and escalated as necessary.

Trading is principally managed through front office trader mandates, where each trader is provided a specific mandate in line with our product registry. Mandates set out the activities, currencies, countries and products that the desk is permitted to trade in and set the limits applicable

55

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Trader Mandates

Trading is principally managed through front office trader mandates, where each trader is provided a specific mandate in line with our product registry. Mandates set out the activities, currencies, countries and products that the desk is permitted to trade in and set the limits applicable to the desk. Traders are responsible for knowing their trading limits and trading in a manner consistent with their mandate.

VaR

VaR is a statistical estimate of the potential loss from adverse market movements over a specified time horizon within a specified probability (confidence level). It provides a common risk measure across financial instruments, markets and asset classes. We estimate VaR using a model that simulates revenue and loss distributions by applying historical market changes to the current portfolio. We calculate a one-day VaR using a one year look-back period measured at a 95% confidence level.

As with all measures of VaR, our estimate has inherent limitations due to the assumption that historical changes in market conditions are representative of the future. Furthermore, the VaR model measures the risk of a current static position over a one-day horizon and might not capture the market risk over a longer time horizon where moves may be more extreme. Previous changes in market risk factors may not generate accurate predictions of future market movements. While we believe the assumptions and inputs in our risk model are reasonable, we could incur losses greater than the reported VaR. Consequently, this VaR estimate is only one of a number of tools we use in our daily risk management activities.

The table below shows firmwide VaR for each component of market risk by interest rate and credit spreads, equity, currency and commodity products using the past 365 days of historical data (in millions):

Daily VaR (1) Value-at-Risk in Trading Portfolios
VaR at November 30, 2022VaR at November 30, 2021
Daily VaR for 2022Daily VaR for 2021
Risk Categories:AverageHighLowAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads$6.26$5.93$9.01$3.63$4.60$5.46$11.15$3.21
Equity Prices7.917.8317.593.559.8511.6618.986.17
Currency Rates0.220.120.340.020.120.120.310.03
Commodity Prices0.090.290.830.090.150.390.770.13
Diversification Effect (2)(3.12)(3.13)N/AN/A(2.06)(4.00)N/AN/A
Firmwide VaR (3)$11.36$11.04$18.94$5.90$12.66$13.63$22.91$6.94

(1)For the firmwide VaR numbers reported above, a one day time horizon, with a one year look-back period, and a 95% confidence level were used.

(2)The diversification effect is not applicable for the maximum and minimum VaR values as firmwide VaR and the VaR values for the four risk categories might have occurred on different days during the period.

(3)The aggregated VaR presented here is less than the sum of the individual components (i.e., interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity risk and commodity price risk) due to the benefit of diversification among the four risk categories. Diversification benefit equals the difference between aggregated VaR and the sum of VaRs for the four risk categories and arises because the market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

The table below shows VaR for our capital markets trading activities, which excludes the impact on VaR for each component of market risk from our asset management activities by interest rate and credit spreads, equity, currency and commodity products using the past 365 days of historical data (in millions):

Daily VaR (1) Value-at-Risk in Trading Portfolios
VaR at November 30, 2022VaR at November 30, 2021
Daily VaR for 2022Daily VaR for 2021
Risk Categories:AverageHighLowAverageHighLow
Interest Rates and Credit Spreads$6.01$5.60$8.63$3.20$4.63$5.45$11.25$3.29
Equity Prices8.098.0731.133.425.205.8013.443.23
Currency Rates0.010.050.290.070.110.310.02
Commodity Prices0.020.560.010.040.27
Diversification Effect (2)(2.48)(4.54)N/AN/A(2.21)(3.75)N/AN/A
Capital Markets VaR (3)$11.63$9.20$19.56$4.78$7.70$7.65$12.18$5.10

56

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

(1)For the capital markets VaR numbers reported above, a one-day time horizon, with a one year look-back period, and a 95% confidence level were used.

(2)The diversification effect is not applicable for the maximum and minimum VaR values as the capital markets VaR and the VaR values for the four risk categories might have occurred on different days during the period.

(3)The aggregated VaR presented here is less than the sum of the individual components (i.e., interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity risk and commodity price risk) due to the benefit of diversification among the four risk categories. Diversification benefit equals the difference between aggregated VaR and the sum of VaRs for the four risk categories and arises because the market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.

Our average daily firmwide VaR decreased to $11.04 million for 2022 from $13.63 million for 2021. The decrease was primarily due to lower exposures from our asset management activities, which was partially offset by an increase in firmwide VaR from periodic residual exposures to equity block trades. Average daily capital markets VaR increased to $9.20 million for 2022 from $7.65 million for 2021 driven by periodic residual exposure to equity block trades.

The efficacy of the VaR model is tested by comparing our actual daily net revenues for those positions included in VaR calculation with the daily VaR estimate. This evaluation is performed at various levels, from the overall level down to specific business lines. For the VaR model, revenue is defined as principal transactions revenues, trading related commissions, revenue from securitization activities and net interest income. VaR backtesting methodologies differ for regulated entities with approved capital models.

For a 95% confidence one day VaR model (i.e., no intra-day trading), assuming current changes in market value are consistent with the historical changes used in the calculation, losses would not be expected to exceed the VaR estimates more than twelve times on an annual basis (i.e., once in every 20 days). During 2022, there were three days when the aggregate net trading loss exceeded the 95% one day VaR.

The chart below reflects our daily VaR over the last four quarters. The drop in VaR from January to end of February 2022 was driven by exposure reductions in response to market volatility driven by inflation, rate hike expectations and Russia/Ukraine crisis. VaR increase in early March 2022 was driven by higher equity exposure which was subsequently reduced. VaR trended lower from June 2022 to mid July 2022 driven by defensive positioning. The temporary increase in VaR in mid-July 2022 was driven by a block trade which was subsequently reduced. VaR was relatively stable during the three months ended November 30, 2022.

57

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Daily Net Trading Revenue

There were 30 days with trading losses out of a total of 252 trading days in 2022. The histogram below presents the distribution of our actual daily net trading revenue for substantially all of our trading activities for 2022 (in millions).

Other Risk Measures

Sensitivity analysis is viewed as the most appropriate measure of risks for certain positions within financial instruments and therefore such positions are not included in the VaR model. Accordingly, Risk Management has additional procedures in place to assure that the level of potential loss that would arise from market movements are within acceptable levels. Such procedures include performing stress tests and profit and loss analysis. The table below presents the potential reduction in net earnings associated with a 10% stress of the fair value of the positions that are not included in the VaR model at November 30, 2022 (in thousands):

10% Sensitivity
Investment in funds (1)$127,498
Private investments20,087
Corporate debt securities in default7,211
Trade claims2,588

(1)Includes investments in hedge funds, fund of funds and private equity funds. For additional details on these investments refer to “Investments at Fair Value” within Note 4, Fair Value Disclosures, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The impact of changes in our own credit spreads on our structured notes for which the fair value option was elected is not included in VaR. The estimated credit spread risk sensitivity for each one basis point widening in our own credit spreads on financial liabilities for which the fair value option was elected was an increase in value of approximately $1.5 million at November 30, 2022, which is included in other comprehensive income.

Other Risk

We are also subject to interest rate risk on our long-term fixed interest rate debt. Generally, the fair market value of debt securities with a fixed interest rate will increase as interest rates fall, and the fair market value will decrease as interest rates rise. The following table represents principal cash flows by expected maturity dates and the related weighted-average interest rate on those maturities for our consolidated long-term debt obligations, inclusive of any related interest rate hedges. For the variable rate borrowings, the weighted-average interest rates are based on the rates in effect at the reporting date. Our market risk with respect to foreign currency exposure on our long-term debt is also shown below. For additional information, see Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements.

58

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Expected Maturity Date (Fiscal Years)
20232024202520262027ThereafterTotalFair Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Rate Sensitive Liabilities:
Fixed Interest Rate Borrowings$393,748$242,000$90,565$46,390$533,438$3,329,710$4,635,851$4,248,868
Weighted-Average Interest Rate5.54%2.92%1.95%4.18%5.88%5.03%
Variable Interest Rate Borrowings$150,316$1,191,568$38,780$70,422$673,007$1,327,499$3,451,592$3,122,061
Weighted-Average Interest Rate5.42%6.05%5.46%6.64%6.49%5.93%
Borrowings with Foreign Currency Exposure$$520,650$$$$761,815$1,282,465$1,085,148
Weighted-Average Interest Rate%1.00%%%%6.59%

Stress Tests and Scenario Analysis

Stress tests are used to analyze the potential impact of specific events or extreme market moves on the current portfolio both firm-wide and within business segments. Stress testing is an important part of our risk management approach because it allows us to quantify our exposure to tail risks, highlight potential loss concentrations, undertake risk/reward analysis, set risk controls and overall assess and mitigate our risk.

We employ a range of stress scenarios, which comprise both historical market price and rate changes and hypothetical market environments, and generally involve simultaneous changes of many risk factors. Indicative market changes in the scenarios include, but are not limited to, a large widening of credit spreads, a substantial decline in equities markets, significant moves in selected emerging markets, large moves in interest rates and changes in the shape of the yield curve.

Unlike our VaR, which measures potential losses within a given confidence interval, stress scenarios do not have an associated implied probability. Rather, stress testing is used to estimate the potential loss from market moves that tend to be larger than those embedded in the VaR calculation. Stress testing complements VaR to cover for potential limitations of VaR such as the breakdown in correlations, non-linear risks, tail risk and extreme events and capturing market moves beyond the confidence levels assumed in the VaR calculations.

Stress testing is performed and reported at least weekly as part of our risk management process and on an ad hoc basis in response to market events or concerns. Current stress tests provide estimated revenue and loss of the current portfolio through a range of both historical and hypothetical events. The stress scenarios are reviewed and assessed at least annually so that they remain relevant and up to date with market developments. Additional hypothetical scenarios are also conducted on a sub-portfolio basis to assess the impact of any relevant idiosyncratic stress events as needed.

Counterparty Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss due to adverse changes in a counterparty’s credit worthiness or its ability or willingness to meet its financial obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of a financial contract.

We are exposed to credit risk as a trading counterparty to other broker-dealers and customers, as a counterparty to derivative contracts, as a direct lender and through extending loan commitments and providing securities-based lending and as a member of exchanges and clearing organizations. Credit exposure exists across a wide-range of products, including cash and cash equivalents, loans, securities finance transactions and over-the-counter derivative contracts. The main sources of credit risk are:

•Loans and lending arising in connection with our investment banking and capital markets activities, which reflects our exposure at risk on a default event with no recovery of loans. Current exposure represents loans that have been drawn by the borrower and lending commitments that are outstanding. In addition, credit exposures on forward settling traded loans are included within our loans and lending exposures for consistency with the balance sheet categorization of these items. Loans and lending also arise in connection with our portion of a Secured Revolving Credit Facility that is with us and Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, to be funded equally, to support loan underwritings by Jefferies Finance. For further information on this facility, refer to Note 9, Investments, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition, we have loans outstanding to certain of our officers and employees (none of whom are executive officers or directors). For further information on these employee loans, refer to Note 25, Related Party Transactions, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

•Securities and margin financing transactions, which reflect our credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements to the extent the fair value of the underlying collateral differs from the contractual agreement amount and from margin provided to customers.

59

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

•OTC derivatives, which are reported net by counterparty when a legal right of setoff exists under an enforceable master netting agreement. OTC derivative exposure is based on a contract at fair value, net of cash collateral received or posted under credit support agreements. In addition, credit exposures on forward settling trades are included within our derivative credit exposures.

•Cash and cash equivalents, which includes both interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing deposits at banks.

Credit is extended to counterparties in a controlled manner and in order to generate acceptable returns, whether such credit is granted directly or is incidental to a transaction. All extensions of credit are monitored and managed as a whole to limit exposure to loss related to credit risk. Credit risk is managed according to the Credit Risk Management Policy, which sets out the process for identifying counterparty credit risk, establishing counterparty limits, and managing and monitoring credit limits. The policy includes our approach for:

•Client on-boarding and approving counterparty credit limits;

•Negotiating, approving and monitoring credit terms in legal and master documentation;

•Determining the analytical standards and risk parameters for ongoing management and monitoring credit risk books;

•Actively managing daily exposure, exceptions and breaches; and

•Monitoring daily margin call activity and counterparty performance.

Counterparty credit exposure limits are granted within our credit ratings framework, as detailed in the Credit Risk Management Policy. The Credit Risk Department assesses counterparty credit risk and sets credit limits at the counterparty master agreement level. Limits must be approved by appropriate credit officers and initiated in our credit and trading systems before trading commences. All credit exposures are reviewed against approved limits on a daily basis.

Our Secured Revolving Credit Facility, which supports loan underwritings by Jefferies Finance, is governed under separate policies other than the Credit Risk Management Policy and is approved by our Board. The loans outstanding to certain of our officers and employees are extended pursuant to a review by our most senior management.

Current counterparty credit exposures at November 30, 2022 and 2021 are summarized in the tables below and provided by credit quality, region and industry (in millions). Credit exposures presented take netting and collateral into consideration by counterparty and master agreement. Collateral taken into consideration includes both collateral received as cash as well as collateral received in the form of securities or other arrangements. Current exposure is the loss that would be incurred on a particular set of positions in the event of default by the counterparty, assuming no recovery. Current exposure equals the fair value of the positions less collateral. Issuer risk is the credit risk arising from inventory positions (for example, corporate debt securities and secondary bank loans). Issuer risk is included in our country risk exposure tables below.

60

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Counterparty Credit Exposure by Credit Rating
Loans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash and Cash EquivalentsTotal with Cash and Cash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021
AAA Range$$$2.0$0.8$0.1$$2.1$0.8$7,162.1$8,518.2$7,164.2$8,519.0
AA Range70.160.0142.7111.73.913.0216.7184.74.75.1221.4189.8
A Range1.80.4575.1530.4207.8338.0784.7868.82,114.11,869.42,898.82,738.2
BBB Range251.1250.3155.3170.9(1.3)37.2405.1458.4419.3349.0824.4807.4
BB or Lower61.640.022.111.444.071.0127.7122.40.1127.7122.5
Unrated377.8164.2377.8164.22.913.3380.7177.5
Total$762.4$514.9$897.2$825.2$254.5$459.2$1,914.1$1,799.3$9,703.1$10,755.1$11,617.2$12,554.4
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Region
Loans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash and Cash EquivalentsTotal with Cash and Cash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021
Asia/Latin America/Other$15.8$14.9$56.3$63.7$0.3$0.9$72.4$79.5$283.0$268.1$355.4$347.6
Europe and the Middle East1.70.3273.2300.835.266.4310.1367.543.957.0354.0424.5
North America744.9499.7567.7460.7219.0391.91,531.61,352.39,376.210,430.010,907.811,782.3
Total$762.4$514.9$897.2$825.2$254.5$459.2$1,914.1$1,799.3$9,703.1$10,755.1$11,617.2$12,554.4
Counterparty Credit Exposure by Industry
Loans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesTotalCash and Cash EquivalentsTotal with Cash and Cash Equivalents
AtAtAtAtAtAt
November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021November 30, 2022November 30, 2021
Asset Managers$20.8$$$$$$20.8$$7,162.1$8,518.2$7,182.9$8,518.2
Banks, Broker-dealers251.9250.7623.1602.9211.2388.91,086.21,242.52,541.02,236.93,627.23,479.4
Corporates197.8158.236.668.0234.4226.2234.4226.2
As Agent Banks182.7185.2182.7185.2182.7185.2
Other291.9106.091.437.16.72.3390.0145.4390.0145.4
Total$762.4$514.9$897.2$825.2$254.5$459.2$1,914.1$1,799.3$9,703.1$10,755.1$11,617.2$12,554.4

For additional information regarding credit exposure to OTC derivative contracts, refer to Note 5, Derivative Financial Instruments, in our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

61

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Country Risk Exposure

Country risk is the risk that events or developments that occur in the general environment of a country or countries due to economic, political, social, regulatory, legal or other factors, will affect the ability of obligors of the country to honor their obligations. We define the country of risk as the country of jurisdiction or domicile of the obligor, and monitor country risk resulting from both trading positions and counterparty exposure, which may not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments utilized to manage market risk. The following tables reflect our top exposure at November 30, 2022 and 2021 to the sovereign governments, corporations and financial institutions in those non- U.S. countries in which we have a net long issuer and counterparty exposure (in millions):

November 30, 2022
Issuer RiskCounterparty RiskIssuer and Counterparty Risk
Fair Value of Long Debt SecuritiesFair Value of Short Debt SecuritiesNet Derivative Notional ExposureLoans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesCash and Cash EquivalentsExcluding Cash and Cash EquivalentsIncluding Cash and Cash Equivalents
Canada$273.6$(98.3)$(68.7)$0.1$91.5$181.1$1.8$379.3$381.1
United Kingdom555.0(350.1)(117.5)1.748.715.827.8153.6181.4
Hong Kong18.8(46.7)1.3187.4(26.6)160.8
France330.3(239.7)(42.8)82.06.7136.5136.5
Netherlands322.2(212.4)5.53.80.20.2119.3119.5
Italy911.7(674.8)(133.3)0.5103.6104.1
Germany323.8(381.5)68.569.32.511.482.694.0
Spain437.3(376.9)(38.0)46.00.568.468.9
China200.1(129.3)(6.3)64.564.5
Brazil137.2(61.3)(16.7)59.259.2
Total$3,510.0$(2,571.0)$(349.3)$1.8$342.6$206.3$229.6$1,140.4$1,370.0
November 30, 2021
Issuer RiskCounterparty RiskIssuer and Counterparty Risk
Fair Value of Long Debt SecuritiesFair Value of Short Debt SecuritiesNet Derivative Notional ExposureLoans and LendingSecurities and Margin FinanceOTC DerivativesCash and Cash EquivalentsExcluding Cash and Cash EquivalentsIncluding Cash and Cash Equivalents
Canada$196.4$(94.2)$1.3$$63.1$259.5$1.7$426.1$427.8
United Kingdom570.6(350.1)(1.4)0.368.924.926.7313.2339.9
Hong Kong27.9(18.3)(1.8)2.5160.610.3170.9
Japan247.3(205.4)(3.1)18.30.151.457.2108.6
Spain191.4(111.8)(0.1)25.30.3105.1105.1
Australia134.1(78.5)0.625.57.581.789.2
Netherlands220.2(142.0)0.73.90.11.382.984.2
Switzerland97.3(67.6)3.540.32.52.776.078.7
France210.7(201.7)(59.5)99.626.976.076.0
China458.4(356.9)(34.1)67.467.4
Total$2,354.3$(1,626.5)$(93.9)$0.3$347.4$314.3$251.9$1,295.9$1,547.8

Operational Risk

Operational risk is the risk of financial or non-financial impact, resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. We interpret this definition as including not only financial loss or gain but also other negative impacts to our objectives such as reputational impact, legal/regulatory impact and impact on our clients. Third-party risk is also included as a subset of Operational Risk and is defined as the potential threat presented to us, or our employees or clients, from our supply chain and other third-parties used to perform a process, service or activity on our behalf.

Our Operational Risk framework includes governance as well as operational risk processes, which comprises operational risk event capture and analysis, risk and control self-assessments, operational risk key indicators, action tracking, risk monitoring and reporting, deep dive risk assessments, new business approvals and vendor risk management. Each revenue producing and support department is responsible for the management and reporting of operational risks and the implementation of the Operational Risk Management Policy and processes within the department with regular operational risk training provided to our employees.

62

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Operational Risk events are mapped to Risk Categories used for the consistent classification of risk data to support root cause and trend analysis, which includes:

•Fraud and Theft

•Clients and Business Practices

•Market Conduct / Regulatory Compliance

•Business Disruption

•Technology

•Data Protection and Privacy

•Trading

•Transaction and Process Management

•People

•Cyber

•Vendor Risk

Operational Risk Management Policy, framework, infrastructure, methodology, processes, guidance and oversight of the operational risk processes are centralized and consistent firmwide and additionally subject to regional and legal entity operational risk governance as required. We also maintain a firmwide Third-Party (“Vendor”) Risk Management Policy & Framework to ensure adequate control and monitoring over our critical third parties which includes processes for conducting periodic reviews covering areas of risk including financial health, information security, privacy, business continuity management, disaster recovery and operational risk.

Our leadership continuously monitors circumstances around COVID-19 and provides as-needed communications to both our clients and our employees to keep them fully abreast of our policies and protocols. We follow local and federal guidelines to ensure the safety of our people and clients and operate effectively with a hybrid working environment across all functions with no disruptions to our business or control processes. As the incidence of COVID-19 decreases, our employees have returned to our offices in numbers matching pre-COVID-19 attendance levels.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the risk of losses resulting from decisions that are based on the output of models, due to errors or weaknesses in the design and development, implementation, or improper use of models. We use quantitative models primarily to value certain financial assets and liabilities and to monitor and manage our risk. Model risk is a function of the model materiality, frequency of use, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions used in a given model. Robust model risk management is a core part of our risk management approach and is overseen through our risk governance structure and risk management controls.

Legal and Compliance Risk

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of noncompliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. We are subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. We have various procedures addressing issues such as regulatory capital requirements, sales and trading practices, use of and safekeeping of customer funds, credit granting, collection activities, anti-money laundering and record keeping. These risks also reflect the potential impact that changes in local and international laws and tax statutes have on the economics and viability of current or future transactions. In an effort to mitigate these risks, we continuously review new and pending regulations and legislation and participate in various industry interest groups. We also maintain an anonymous hotline for employees or others to report suspected inappropriate actions by us or by our employees or agents.

New Business Risk

New business risk refers to the risks of entering into a new line of business or offering a new product. By entering a new line of business or offering a new product, we may face risks that we are unaccustomed to dealing with and may increase the magnitude of the risks we currently face. The New Business Committee reviews proposals for new businesses and new products to determine if we are prepared to handle the additional or increased risks associated with entering into such activities.

63

Table of Contents

JEFFERIES FINANCIAL GROUP INC.

Reputational Risk

We recognize that maintaining our reputation among clients, investors, regulators and the general public is an important aspect of minimizing legal and operational risks. Maintaining our reputation depends on a large number of factors, including the selection of our clients and the conduct of our business activities. We seek to maintain our reputation by screening potential clients and by conducting our business activities in accordance with high ethical standards. Our reputation and business activity can be affected by statements and actions of third-parties, even false or misleading statements by them. We actively monitor public comment concerning us and are vigilant in seeking to assure accurate information and perception prevails.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000096223-22-000006.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-01-28. Report date: 2021-11-30.

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The purpose of this section is to discuss and analyze our consolidated financial condition, liquidity and capital resources and results of operations for the years ended November 30, 2021 and 2020. For a discussion of our results of operations and liquidity and capital resources for the year ended November 30, 2019, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2020, which was filed with the SEC on January 29, 2021.

This analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnote disclosures contained in this report and the following "Cautionary Statement for Forward-Looking Information."

Cautionary Statement for Forward-Looking Information

Statements included in this report may contain forward-looking statements. Such statements may relate, but are not limited, to projections of revenues, income or loss, development expenditures, plans for growth and future operations, competition and regulation, as well as assumptions relating to the foregoing. Such forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the safe-harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which cannot be predicted or quantified. When used in this report, the words "will," "would," "could," "estimates," "expects," "anticipates," "believes," "plans," "intends" and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Future events and actual results could differ materially from those set forth in, contemplated by or underlying the forward-looking statements.

Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any results projected, forecasted, estimated or budgeted or may materially and adversely affect our actual results include, but are not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and in our other public filings with the SEC.

Undue reliance should not be placed on these forward-looking statements, which are applicable only as of the date hereof. Except as may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date of this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Results of Operations

We are engaged in investment banking and capital markets and asset management, and own a legacy portfolio of businesses and investments that we have historically denominated as our "Merchant Banking" business. The following tables present a summary of our financial results.

26

A summary of results of operations for the year ended November 30, 2021 is as follows (in thousands):

Investment Banking and Capital MarketsAsset ManagementMerchant BankingCorporateParent Company InterestConsolidation AdjustmentsTotal
Net revenues$6,796,631$336,690$1,040,733$3,042$$8,233$8,185,329
Expenses:
Cost of sales470,870470,870
Compensation and benefits3,323,60182,726109,18635,6113,551,124
Non-compensation expenses:
Floor brokerage and clearing fees266,03535,825301,860
Selling, general and other expenses1,024,61748,913160,33719,25326,004(677)1,278,447
Interest expense (1)23,95153,13377,084
Depreciation and amortization85,1781,90167,5772,764157,420
Total non-compensation expenses1,375,83086,639251,86522,01779,137(677)1,814,811
Total expenses4,699,431169,365831,92157,62879,137(677)5,836,805
Income (loss) before income taxes and loss related to associated companies2,097,200167,325208,812(54,586)(79,137)8,9102,348,524
Loss related to associated companies(94,419)(94,419)
Income (loss) before income taxes$2,097,200$167,325$114,393$(54,586)$(79,137)$8,9102,254,105
Income tax provision576,729
Net income$1,677,376

(1)    Interest expense within Merchant Banking of $24.0 million for the year ended November 30, 2021 primarily includes $20.7 million for Foursight Capital and $3.2 million for Vitesse Energy.

A summary of results of operations for the year ended November 30, 2020 is as follows (in thousands):

Investment Banking and Capital MarketsAsset ManagementMerchant BankingCorporateParent Company InterestConsolidation AdjustmentsTotal
Net revenues$4,989,138$235,255$764,460$13,258$$8,763$6,010,874
Expenses:
Cost of sales338,588338,588
Compensation and benefits2,735,08089,52777,07239,1842,940,863
Non-compensation expenses:
Floor brokerage and clearing fees241,08325,509266,592
Selling, general and other expenses810,75346,045199,12826,197(3,167)1,078,956
Interest expense (1)31,42553,44584,870
Depreciation and amortization82,3345,24767,3623,496158,439
Total non-compensation expenses1,134,17076,801297,91529,69353,445(3,167)1,588,857
Total expenses3,869,250166,328713,57568,87753,445(3,167)4,868,308
Income (loss) before income taxes and loss related to associated companies1,119,88868,92750,885(55,619)(53,445)11,9301,142,566
Loss related to associated companies(75,483)(75,483)
Income (loss) before income taxes$1,119,888$68,927$(24,598)$(55,619)$(53,445)$11,9301,067,083
Income tax provision298,673
Net income$768,410

(1)    Interest expense within Merchant Banking of $31.4 million for the year ended November 30, 2020 primarily includes $26.7 million for Foursight Capital and $4.7 million for Vitesse Energy.

27

A summary of results of operations for the year ended November 30, 2019 is as follows (in thousands):

Investment Banking and Capital MarketsAsset ManagementMerchant BankingCorporateParent Company InterestConsolidation AdjustmentsTotal
Net revenues$3,035,988$84,894$735,213$32,833$$4,048$3,892,976
Expenses:
Cost of sales319,641319,641
Compensation and benefits1,641,81463,30561,76758,0051,824,891
Non-compensation expenses:
Floor brokerage and clearing fees202,42520,715223,140
Selling, general and other expenses767,15040,432162,83239,820(591)1,009,643
Interest expense (1)34,12953,04887,177
Depreciation and amortization77,5492,04269,8053,475152,871
Total non-compensation expenses1,047,12463,189266,76643,29553,048(591)1,472,831
Total expenses2,688,938126,494648,174101,30053,048(591)3,617,363
Income (loss) before income taxes and income related to associated companies347,050(41,600)87,039(68,467)(53,048)4,639275,613
Income related to associated companies474202,45368202,995
Income (loss) before income taxes$347,050$(41,126)$289,492$(68,467)$(53,048)$4,707478,608
Income tax benefit(483,955)
Net income$962,563

(1)    Interest expense within Merchant Banking of $34.1 million for the year ended November 30, 2019 primarily includes $29.0 million for Foursight Capital and $4.8 million for Vitesse Energy.

The composition of our financial results has varied over time and we expect will continue to evolve. Our strategy focuses on continuing to build out our investment banking effort, enhancing our capital markets businesses and further developing our Leucadia Asset Management alternative asset management platform, while returning excess cash to shareholders. The following factors and events should be considered in evaluating our financial results as they impact comparisons:

Our 2021 financial results were impacted by:

•Record results from Investment Banking and Capital Markets:

◦Record Investment Banking net revenues of $4.42 billion, including record advisory net revenues of $1.87 billion, record equity underwriting net revenues of $1.56 billion and record debt underwriting net revenues of $935.1 million;

◦Combined Capital Markets net revenues of $2.26 billion, including record equities net revenues of $1.30 billion and fixed income net revenues of $959.1 million;

•Record Asset Management revenues (before allocated net interest) of $381.6 million; and

•Pre-tax income of $114.4 million related to our Merchant Banking businesses reflecting:

◦Record revenue and pre-tax income from Idaho Timber; and

◦Mark-to-market increases in the value of several of our investments in public and private companies.

Our 2020 financial results were impacted by:

•Then record results from Investment Banking and Capital Markets:

◦Then record Investment Banking net revenues of $2.40 billion, including advisory net revenues of $1.05 billion, equity underwriting net revenues of $902.0 million and debt underwriting net revenues of $546.0 million;

◦Record combined Capital Markets net revenues of $2.47 billion, including then record equities net revenues of $1.13 billion and record fixed income net revenues of $1.34 billion;

•Then record Asset Management revenues (before allocated net interest) of $283.7 million; and

28

•Pre-tax loss of $24.6 million related to our Merchant Banking businesses reflecting:

◦Then record performance from Idaho Timber and a positive contribution from Vitesse Energy;

◦A gain of $61.5 million from effective short-term hedges against mark-to-market and fair value decreases in some of our other investments within Merchant Banking;

◦A $44.2 million non-cash charge to write down the value of our investment in WeWork in the first half of 2020;

◦Non-cash charges of $73.9 million related to write-downs of real estate investments at HomeFed; and

◦Non-cash charge of $13.2 million to write down Vitesse Energy's oil and gas assets in the Denver-Julesburg Basin ("DJ Basin") and $34.6 million to write down the value of our investment in JETX Energy to reflect the decline in oil prices.

Our 2019 financial results were impacted by:

•Investment Banking net revenues of $1.52 billion, including advisory net revenues of $767.4 million, equity underwriting net revenues of $362.0 million and debt underwriting net revenues of $407.3 million;

•Combined Capital Markets net revenues of $1.46 billion, including equities net revenues of $774.0 million and fixed income net revenues of $681.4 million;

•The special dividend of our interest in Spectrum Brands of $451.1 million, removing the investment from our Merchant Banking portfolio going forward;

•A $205.0 million pre-tax gain on the sale of our remaining 31% interest in National Beef;

•A $72.1 million pre-tax gain on the revaluation of our 70% interest in HomeFed to fair value in connection with the acquisition of the remaining common stock of HomeFed;

•A reduction during 2019 to the estimated fair value of WeWork of $182.3 million; and

•A nonrecurring non-cash tax benefit of $544.6 million related to the closing of our available for sale portfolio, which triggered the realization of lodged tax benefits from earlier years;

Investment Banking and Capital Markets, and Asset Management

Our Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment and Asset Management reportable segment primarily comprise our investment in Jefferies Group.

Investment Banking and Capital Markets

A summary of results of operations for our Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment is as follows (in thousands):

202120202019
Net revenues$6,796,631$4,989,138$3,035,988
Expenses:
Compensation and benefits3,323,6012,735,0801,641,814
Non-compensation expenses:
Floor brokerage and clearing fees266,035241,083202,425
Selling, general and other expenses1,024,617810,753767,150
Depreciation and amortization85,17882,33477,549
Total non-compensation expenses1,375,8301,134,1701,047,124
Total expenses4,699,4313,869,2502,688,938
Income before income taxes$2,097,200$1,119,888$347,050

Our Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment comprises many business units, with many interactions and much integration among them. Business activities include the sales, trading, origination and advisory effort for various equity, fixed income, commodities, foreign exchange and advisory services. Our results in any given period can be materially affected by conditions in global financial markets, economic conditions generally, and our own activities and positions.

29

Revenues by Source

Net revenues presented for our Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment include allocations of interest income and interest expense as we assess the profitability of these businesses inclusive of the net interest revenue or expense associated with the respective activities, including the net interest cost of allocated long-term debt, which is a function of the mix of each business's associated assets and liabilities and the related funding costs.

The following provides a summary of net revenues by source (in thousands):

202120202019
Advisory$1,873,560$1,053,500$767,421
Equity underwriting1,557,364902,016361,972
Debt underwriting935,131545,978407,336
Total underwriting2,492,4951,447,994769,308
Other investment banking57,196(103,330)(14,617)
Total investment banking4,423,2512,398,1641,522,112
Equities1,300,8771,128,910773,979
Fixed income959,1221,340,792681,362
Total capital markets2,259,9992,469,7021,455,341
Other113,381121,27258,535
Total Investment Banking and Capital Markets (1)$6,796,631$4,989,138$3,035,988

(1)Allocated net interest is not separately disaggregated in presenting our Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment within Net Revenues by Source. This presentation is aligned to our Investment Banking and Capital Markets internal performance measurement.

Investment Banking Revenues

Investment banking is comprised of revenues from:

•    advisory services with respect to mergers/acquisitions, restructurings/recapitalizations and private capital advisory transactions;

•    underwriting services, which include underwriting and placement services related to corporate debt, municipal bonds, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, equity and equity-linked securities and loan syndication;

•    our 50% share of net earnings from Jefferies Finance; and

•    securities and loans received or acquired in connection with our investment banking activities.

The following table sets forth our investment banking activities (dollars in billions):

Deals CompletedAggregate Value
202120202019202120202019
Advisory transactions315228195$380.4$217.5$241.6
Public and private equity and convertible offerings426286166$145.6$103.5$45.3
Public and private debt financings812639779$390.9$255.8$190.7

Investment banking revenues were a record $4.42 billion for 2021, compared with $2.40 billion for 2020, reflecting record advisory and underwriting revenues.

Our 2021 advisory revenues were a record $1.87 billion, up $820.1 million, or 77.8% from 2020, primarily due to a significant increase in the number and values of transactions, including a significant contribution from Special Purpose Acquisition Companies ("SPACs") advisory transactions in 2021.

Our underwriting revenues for 2021 were a record $2.49 billion, an increase of $1.04 billion, or 72.1%, from 2020, with record net revenues in equity underwriting of $1.56 billion and record net revenues of $935.1 million in debt underwriting, as clients

30

took advantage of the strong equity environment and the low interest rate environment. Our equity underwriting results also include increased revenues from SPAC offerings, as well as strong revenues from at-the-money offerings.

Other investment banking revenues were $57.2 million for 2021, compared with a loss of $103.3 million for 2020. Other investment banking revenues include our share of the net earnings (loss) of the Jefferies Finance joint venture. In 2021, Jefferies Finance achieved record underwriting volumes on the back of the strength of the leveraged loan market and an active private-equity backed mergers and acquisitions environment. The Jefferies Finance results in 2021 were partially offset by a $56.0 million one-time charge incurred by Jefferies Finance related to refinancing outstanding debt. Results of Jefferies Finance in 2020 were impacted by unrealized losses related to the write-down of commitments and loans held-for-sale, primarily due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the markets and the economy. The prior year results were also impacted by unrealized write-downs of private equity investments received or acquired in connection with our investment banking activities.

At November 30, 2021, Jefferies Group's investment banking backlog is robust and consistent with levels from a year ago. As an indicator of net revenues in a given future period, backlog is subject to limitations. The time frame for the realization of revenues from these expected transactions varies and is influenced by factors we do not control. Transactions not included in the estimate may occur, and expected transactions may also be modified or cancelled.

Equities Net Revenues

Equities are comprised of net revenues from:

•services provided to our clients from which we earn commissions or spread revenue by executing, settling and clearing transactions for clients;

•advisory services offered to clients;

•financing, securities lending and other prime brokerage services offered to clients, including capital introductions and outsourced trading; and

•wealth management services.

Total equities net revenues were a record $1.30 billion for 2021, an increase of 15.2%, over the previous year record of $1.13 billion for 2020. Overall, our record results were driven by strong client activity and trading performance across all regions.

Our global cash equities business had record results driven by significant client activity and strong trading revenue, including trading gains from SPAC-related activity, and our electronic trading platform continues to expand and achieve record results. Our derivatives business achieved record results, driven by strong client activity and trading revenues. Our prime services franchise had record results driven by higher balances and increased client activity, as well as higher financing revenues in our securities finance business. Our results were slightly offset by lower revenues in our global convertibles businesses primarily driven by lower trading volumes and volatility.

Our execution franchise continues to be top-ranked by Greenwich Associates in electronic trading and our global convertibles business was ranked #1 in global overall quality. Each of our research franchises in the U.S., Europe, and across Asia Pacific are now ranked within the top 8 by Institutional Investor. Our global distribution platform has received several top 5 rankings by Institutional Investor in sales and sector strategy.

Fixed Income Net Revenues

Fixed income is comprised of net revenues from:

•executing transactions for clients and making markets in securitized products, investment grade, high yield, distressed, emerging markets, municipal and sovereign securities and bank loans, as well as foreign exchange execution on behalf of clients;

•interest rate derivatives and credit derivatives; and

•financing services offered to clients.

Fixed income net revenues totaled $959.1 million for 2021, a decrease of 28.5% compared with record net revenues of $1.34 billion for 2020, driven by reduced global trading volumes across several products. While 2021 revenues decreased from 2020, our fixed income franchise produced solid overall trading results across most of our businesses, reflecting continued strength in certain of our credit-focused businesses and strong client demand in structuring and financing credit products and for trading securitized products. The results in 2020 significantly benefited from strong trading volumes due to extremely active markets and high levels of volatility.

31

Net revenues for 2021 were higher in our securitized markets groups and distressed trading business, as compared with the prior year. In addition, 2021 results benefited from trading gains in our municipal securities business compared to 2020 when markets experienced a significant sell-off due to the impact of COVID-19. Our revenues also benefited from ongoing investments across our European credit franchise.

Our 2021 results also include lower revenues in our U.S. and International rates businesses due to a decline in trading opportunities, as a result of lower volatility, as the prior year benefited from significant client activity and wider bid-offer spreads. Lower results across our investment grade corporates and emerging markets businesses, as well as our high yield and loan trading businesses, were driven by reduced client activity and lower levels of volatility in 2021.

Other

Other is comprised of revenues from:

• Berkadia and other investments (other than Jefferies Finance, which is included in Other investment banking);

• principal investments in private equity and hedge funds managed by third-parties and are not part of our asset management platform and other strategic investment positions; and

• investments held as part of employee benefit plans, including deferred compensation plans (for which we incur an equal and offsetting amount of compensation expenses).

Our net revenues from our other business category totaled $113.4 million for 2021, a decrease of $7.9 million compared with $121.3 million for 2020.

Results for 2021 include net revenues of $130.6 million from our share of the income from Berkadia compared with $68.9 million in 2020. The higher net revenues for 2021 are due to significant increases in debt and investment sales volumes. The net revenues for 2020 were impacted by the impairment of mortgage servicing rights as a result of lower interest rates, higher loan loss provisions and a decline in loan originations due to the impact of COVID-19. Other revenues also include allocated interest expense related to our investment in Berkadia.

Results for 2020 also include gains of $61.5 million from macro hedges that were bought and sold in 2020 at the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Compensation and Benefits

Compensation and benefits expense consists of salaries, benefits, commissions, annual cash compensation and share-based awards and the amortization of share-based and cash compensation awards to employees. Cash and share-based awards and a portion of cash awards granted to employees as part of year end compensation generally contain provisions such that employees who terminate their employment or are terminated without cause may continue to vest in their awards, so long as those awards are not forfeited as a result of other forfeiture provisions (primarily non-compete clauses) of those awards. Accordingly, the compensation expense for a portion of awards granted at year end as part of annual compensation is recorded during the year of the award. Compensation and benefits expense includes amortization expense associated with these awards to the extent vesting is contingent on future service. In addition, the awards to our Chief Executive Officer and President contain market and performance conditions and the awards are amortized over their service periods.

Compensation and benefits expense increased to $3.32 billion in 2021 from $2.74 billion in 2020. The following table provides a summary of compensation and benefits expense (dollars in thousands):

20212020
Compensation expense without future service requirements$2,935,311$2,242,701
Amortization of share-based and cash-based awards201,487312,761
Amendment of certain service provisions186,803179,618
Total Compensation and benefits expense$3,323,601$2,735,080
Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of Net revenues48.9%54.8%
Compensation and benefits expense as a percentage of Net revenues, excluding the impact of the amendment of certain service provisions46.2%51.2%

32

A significant portion of compensation expense is highly variable with net revenues. Compensation and benefits expense increased at a lower rate than the increase in net revenues. During the fourth quarter of 2021 and the fourth quarter of 2020, Jefferies Group amended the service requirement provisions of certain cash-based awards that had been granted during previous years. Compensation expense of $186.8 million and $179.6 million, respectively, was recorded to reflect the acceleration of amortization that resulted from these amendments. Amortization of share-based and cash-based awards decreased in 2021 as a result of the accelerated amortization recognized in 2020.

Non-Compensation Expenses

Non-compensation expenses include floor brokerage and clearing fees, underwriting costs, technology and communications expense, occupancy and equipment rental expense, business development, professional services, bad debt provision, impairment charges, depreciation and amortization expense and other costs. All of these expenses, other than floor brokerage and clearing fees, and depreciation and amortization expense, are included in Selling, general and other expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Non-compensation expenses were $1.38 billion for 2021, an increase of $241.7 million, or 21.3%, compared with $1.13 billion for 2020. Non-compensation expenses as a percentage of Investment Banking and Capital Markets net revenues were 20.2% and 22.7% for 2021 and 2020, respectively, demonstrating the operating leverage inherent in our business.

The increase in non-compensation expenses was largely due to higher Floor brokerage and clearing fees on increased trading volumes in equities and higher underwriting costs and business development expenses as investment banking activity increased and higher costs associated with our increased recruiting efforts. The increase also included higher technology and communication expenses, primarily related to the development of various trading and management systems and increased market data costs. Professional services expenses were also higher primarily due to legal and agency fees to support growing activity across our businesses.

Results in 2021 also included higher non-compensation expenses, primarily due to an increase in bad debt expense mostly related to a specific default in our prime brokerage business and $38.2 million in costs related to the early redemption of Jefferies Group's senior notes, partially offset by a reduction in the loss provision for investment banking receivables.

Asset Management

Our asset management business is a diversified alternative asset management platform offering institutional clients an innovative range of investment strategies and asset classes directly and through our affiliated asset managers. We provide access to capital and provide certain of our affiliated asset managers with operational infrastructure and global marketing and distribution.

A summary of results of operations for our Asset Management reportable segment is as follows (in thousands):

202120202019
Net revenues$336,690$235,255$84,894
Expenses:
Compensation and benefits82,72689,52763,305
Non-compensation expenses:
Floor brokerage and clearing fees35,82525,50920,715
Selling, general and other expenses48,91346,04540,432
Depreciation and amortization1,9015,2472,042
Total non-compensation expenses86,63976,80163,189
Total expenses169,365166,328126,494
Income (loss) before income taxes and income related to associated companies167,32568,927(41,600)
Income related to associated companies474
Income (loss) before income taxes$167,325$68,927$(41,126)

33

Revenues

Asset management net revenues include the following:

•    Total asset management fees: management and performance fees from funds and accounts managed by us;

•     Revenue from arrangements with strategic affiliates: revenues from affiliated asset managers in which we hold interests that entitle us to portions of their revenues and/or profits, as well as earnings on our ownership interests in our affiliated asset managers; and

•    Investment return: this includes investment income from capital invested in and managed by us and our affiliated asset managers.

The key components of asset management revenues are the level of assets under management and the performance return, for the most part on an absolute basis and, in certain cases, relative to a benchmark or hurdle. These components can be affected by financial markets, profits and losses in the applicable investment portfolios and client capital activity. Further, asset management fees vary with the nature of investment management services. The terms under which clients may terminate our investment management authority, and the requisite notice period for such termination, varies depending on the nature of the investment vehicle and the liquidity of the portfolio assets. In some instances, performance fees and similar revenues are generally recognized once a year when they become fixed and determinable and are not probable of being significantly reversed, typically in December. As a result, a significant portion of our performance fees and similar revenues generated from investment returns in a calendar year are recognized in our following fiscal year.

The following summarizes the results of our Asset Management businesses revenues by asset class (in thousands):

202120202019
Asset management fees:
Equities$6,927$6,158$4,390
Multi-asset7,9098,54418,798
Total asset management fees14,83614,70223,188
Revenue from arrangements with strategic affiliates (1)105,89711,8371,807
Total asset management fees and revenues120,73326,53924,995
Investment return (2)260,864257,200100,447
Allocated net interest (2)(44,907)(48,484)(40,548)
Total Asset Management revenues$336,690$235,255$84,894

(1)The amounts include our share of fees received by affiliated asset management companies with which we have revenue and profit share arrangements, as well as earnings on our ownership interest in affiliated asset managers.

(2)Allocated net interest represents an allocation to Asset Management of long-term debt interest expense, net of interest income on our Cash and cash equivalents and other sources of liquidity. Allocated net interest has been disaggregated to increase transparency and to make clearer actual Investment return. We believe that aggregating Investment return and Allocated net interest would obscure the Investment return by including an amount that is unique to our credit spreads, debt maturity profile, capital structure, liquidity risks and allocation methods.

Asset management net revenues for 2021 were a record $336.7 million, compared with $235.3 million for 2020, driven by a substantial increase in asset management fees and revenues and higher investment returns across certain platforms. Asset management fees and revenues in 2021 of $120.7 million, as compared with $26.5 million in the prior year, were driven by significant increases in management, performance and similar fees and revenues from our strategic affiliates.

34

Expenses

The increase in expenses in the 2021 as compared with 2020 primarily reflects an increase in Floor brokerage and clearing fees in 2021 partially offset by the wind down of one of our businesses in the second quarter of 2020.

Assets under Management

The tables below include only third-party assets under management by us, excluding those of our affiliated asset managers.

Assets under management by predominant asset class were as follows (in millions):

November 30,
20212020
Assets under management:
Equities$349$481
Multi-asset482293
Total$831$774

Changes in assets under management during the year were as follows (in millions):

20212020
Balance, beginning of period$774$1,216
Net cash flow in (out)21(319)
Net market appreciation (depreciation)36(123)
Balance, end of period$831$774

The change in assets under management in our wholly-owned managers during 2021 is primarily due to new subscriptions and investments from third-parties and net market appreciation, partially offset by redemptions from and liquidations of certain funds. The change in assets under management in our wholly-owned managers during 2020 is primarily due to the liquidation and redemptions from certain funds related to the wind down of our quantPORT asset management platform and market depreciation, partially offset by increased investments by third-parties in certain funds and managed accounts.

Our definition of assets under management is not based on any definition contained in any of our investment management agreements and differs from the manner in which "Regulatory Assets Under Management" is reported to the SEC on Form ADV.

35

Asset Management Investments

Our asset management business makes seed and additional strategic investments directly in alternative asset management separately managed accounts and co-mingled funds where we act as the asset manager or in affiliated asset managers where we have strategic relationships and participate in the revenues or profits of the affiliated manager. Our asset management investments generated an investment return of $260.9 million and $257.2 million for 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following table reflects amounts invested by asset manager (in thousands):

November 30,
20212020
Jefferies Financial Group Inc., as manager:
Fund investments (1)$221,359$258,893
Separately managed accounts (2)251,665352,084
Total473,024610,977
Third-party, as manager:
Fund investments831,508650,585
Separately managed accounts (2)368,377323,943
Investments in asset managers222,661162,268
Total1,422,5461,136,796
Total asset management investments$1,895,570$1,747,773

(1)    Due to the level or nature of an investment in a fund, we may consolidate that fund, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the fund are included in the representative line items in the consolidated financial statements. At November 30, 2021 and 2020, $76.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively, represents net investments in funds that have been consolidated in our financial statements.

(2)    Where we have investments in a separately managed account, the assets and liabilities of such account are presented in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition within each respective line item.

Collectively, we and our affiliated asset managers have aggregate net asset values or net asset value equivalent assets under management of approximately $23.6 billion and $16.0 billion at November 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Net asset values or net asset value equivalent assets under management are comprised of the fair value of the net assets of a fund or the net capital invested in a separately managed account. (In the third quarter of 2021, we made changes to our disclosure of aggregate assets under management to exclude the aggregate par value of collateralized loan obligations that are managed by Jefferies Finance, in order to better align the manner in which we evaluate our asset management businesses, and have presented the amount at November 30, 2020 on a comparable basis.) These include the following:

•$20.1 billion and $12.6 billion as of November 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively - This includes the assets under management raised by affiliated asset managers with whom we have an ongoing profit or revenue sharing arrangement. In some instances, due to the timing of payments and crystallization of profits or revenue, the majority of revenue related to these relationships will be realized at their calendar year end (during our first fiscal quarter).

•$2.6 billion and $2.6 billion as of November 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively - Net asset values of investments made by us in funds or separately managed accounts. At times, we will incubate strategies using our own capital during the institutional build-out phase before opening investments to outside capital. This net asset value includes our seed capital of $1.6 billion and $1.5 billion as of November 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, in addition to amounts financed of $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion as of November 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, invested in funds and separately managed accounts that are managed by us and our affiliated asset managers.

•$0.8 billion and $0.8 billion as of November 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively - This includes third-party investments actively managed by wholly-owned divisions.

36

Merchant Banking

A summary of results for Merchant Banking is as follows (in thousands):

202120202019
Net revenues$1,040,733$764,460$735,213
Expenses:
Cost of sales470,870338,588319,641
Compensation and benefits109,18677,07261,767
Non-compensation expenses:
Selling, general and other expenses160,337199,128162,832
Interest23,95131,42534,129
Depreciation and amortization67,57767,36269,805
Total non-compensation expenses251,865297,915266,766
Total expenses831,921713,575648,174
Income before income taxes and income (loss) related to associated companies208,81250,88587,039
Income (loss) related to associated companies(94,419)(75,483)202,453
Income (loss) before income taxes$114,393$(24,598)$289,492

The increase in Net revenues in 2021 as compared to 2020 is primarily due to increased revenues at Idaho Timber and in our real estate businesses, and an increase in realized and unrealized gains on financial instruments. The increase in Compensation and benefits expense in 2021 as compared to 2020 is primarily due to increases at Vitesse, Idaho Timber and HomeFed. The increase in Cost of sales in 2021 as compared to 2020 primarily correlates to the increased sales at Idaho Timber and in our real estate businesses. The decrease in Selling, general and other expenses in 2021 as compared to 2020 primarily reflects non-cash charges in 2020 to JETX Energy's and Vitesse Energy's oil and gas assets and write-downs to some of our real estate investments at HomeFed.

37

A summary of results for Merchant Banking by significant business and investment is as follows (in thousands):

RevenuesExpensesIncome (Loss) from Associated CompaniesTotal Pre-Tax Income (Loss)
2021
Oil and gas$151,807$146,811$$4,996
Idaho Timber538,692433,683105,009
Real estate130,051108,022(6,177)15,852
Other220,183143,405(88,242)(11,464)
Total$1,040,733$831,921$(94,419)$114,393
2020
Oil and gas$141,973$178,679$$(36,706)
Idaho Timber421,497341,79679,701
Real estate47,16066,043(46,050)(64,933)
Other153,830127,057(29,433)(2,660)
Total$764,460$713,575$(75,483)$(24,598)
2019
Oil and gas$150,224$170,680$$(20,456)
Idaho Timber324,786306,83217,954
Real estate37,40539,9407,5495,014
National Beef232,042232,042
Spectrum Brands89,49789,497
Other133,301130,722(37,138)(34,559)
Total$735,213$648,174$202,453$289,492

Oil and Gas

Oil and gas results for 2021 were higher than 2020 primarily due to slightly increased production revenues and impairment charges recorded during the first half of 2020, partially offset by increased unrealized losses related to oil hedge derivatives. Oil and gas net revenues totaled $151.8 million and $142.0 million during 2021 and 2020, respectively, and primarily consist of three components:

•Production revenues (include the impact of realized gains and losses related to oil hedges) were $172.1 million and $156.8 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase in production revenues related to higher oil and gas prices and slightly higher volumes due to fewer inactive wells, partially offset by greater realized losses on oil hedges due to the higher oil prices. Production revenues included realized gains (losses) on oil hedges of $(12.4) million and $52.7 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

•Net unrealized losses related to oil hedge derivatives were $20.3 million and $7.0 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively. As discussed further in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, Vitesse Energy uses swaps and call and put options to reduce exposure to future oil price fluctuations. For 2021, approximately 48% of oil production was hedged at a weighted average price of approximately $54/barrel. For 2022, approximately 45% of expected oil production is hedged at a weighted average price of approximately $59/barrel.

•Mark-to-market gains (losses) related to a financial instrument owned held at fair value were not material in 2021 and $(7.8) million during 2020.

Total expenses for Oil and gas were $146.8 million during 2021 as compared to $178.7 million in 2020. The decrease in expenses was primarily due to non-cash charges in 2020 of $34.6 million to write down JETX Energy's oil and gas assets to reflect the impact of oil price declines during the period and $13.2 million to write down Vitesse Energy's oil and gas assets in the DJ Basin.

38

Idaho Timber

High demand for wood for home improvement and construction, primarily in the first half of the year, led to favorable pricing and record results for Idaho Timber in 2021. Net revenues increased during 2021 as compared to 2020, primarily due to an increase in average selling price of 43%.

The increase in total expenses for Idaho Timber during 2021 as compared to 2020 primarily reflects increased cost of sales and increased compensation expense.

Real Estate

The increase in real estate revenues and expenses in 2021 as compared to 2020 reflects increased revenues from sales of properties and the related cost of sales. During 2021, we sold a self-storage facility and recognized revenues of $26.4 million and cost of sales of $12.4 million related to this sale. Income (loss) related to real estate associated companies for 2020, includes a non-cash charge of $55.6 million to fully write off the value of HomeFed's RedSky JZ Fulton Investors ("RedSky JZ Fulton Mall") joint venture investment due to the softening of the Brooklyn real estate market and a non-cash charge of $6.9 million to fully write off HomeFed's interest in the Brooklyn Renaissance Plaza hotel related to the significant impact of COVID-19.

Other

Other revenues reflect realized and unrealized gains (losses) on financial instruments owned, which are held at fair value, of $73.3 million and $54.7 million during 2021 and 2020, respectively. The gains (losses) on financial instruments owned include mark-to-market changes in the value of our investments in public companies of $69.3 million and $31.8 million for 2021 and 2020, respectively. The gains (losses) on financial instruments owned for 2020, also include a gain of $61.5 million from effective short-term hedges against mark-to-market and fair value decreases in our portfolio investments.

During 2013, we invested $9.0 million in WeWork. We sold our remaining interest in WeWork during 2021 and recognized principal transaction revenues of $25.3 million during the year. We received total cumulative proceeds related to our investment in WeWork of $67.1 million.

Corporate

A summary of results of operations for Corporate is as follows (in thousands):

202120202019
Net revenues$3,042$13,258$32,833
Expenses:
Compensation and benefits35,61139,18458,005
Non-compensation expenses:
Selling, general and other expenses19,25326,19739,820
Depreciation and amortization2,7643,4963,475
Total non-compensation expenses22,01729,69343,295
Total expenses57,62868,877101,300
Loss before income taxes$(54,586)$(55,619)$(68,467)

Net revenues primarily include realized and unrealized securities gains and interest income for investments held at the holding company. Total expenses include share-based compensation expense of $16.3 million and $13.7 million for 2021 and 2020, respectively. Share-based compensation expense for 2021 includes $7.0 million related to the full current fair value of certain share-based grants made during 2021, which were fully vested upon grant.

39

Parent Company Interest

Parent company interest totaled $53.1 million and $53.4 million for 2021 and 2020, respectively. In connection with the acquisition of HomeFed in 2019, we began capitalizing interest. Total amounts of interest expense may fluctuate due to capitalization of interest.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, we repurchased $308.3 million principal amount of our $750.0 million outstanding 5.50% Senior Notes due October 18, 2023 and incurred $26.0 million of costs relating to the early redemption of these notes. As a result of the debt repurchase, interest expense in future periods will be reduced.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes was $576.7 million for 2021, representing an effective tax rate of 25.6%. For 2020, our provision for income taxes was $298.7 million, representing an effective tax rate of 28.0%. The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily related to decreases in our unrecognized tax benefits and related interest, and favorable settlements with taxing authorities.

For further information on income taxes, see Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements.

40

Selected Statement of Financial Condition Data

The tables below reconcile the balance sheet for each of our reportable segments to our consolidated balance sheet (in thousands):

November 30, 2021
Investment Banking and Capital MarketsAsset ManagementMerchant BankingCorporateConsolidation AdjustmentsTotal
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$8,810,427$3,651$149,576$1,791,479$$10,755,133
Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory purposes or deposited with clearing and depository organizations1,015,1071,015,107
Financial instruments owned, at fair value17,059,9502,382,323386,39719,828,670
Loans to and investments in associated companies1,150,782191,342403,6661,745,790
Securities borrowed6,409,4206,409,420
Securities purchased under agreements to resell7,618,65223,8327,642,484
Securities received as collateral, at fair value7,2897,289
Receivables6,602,549384,377844,6947,6207,839,240
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net860,4486,31935,1469,317911,230
Intangible assets, net and goodwill1,707,807143,30446,3891,897,500
Other assets731,88715,5211,386,462619,412(401,035)2,352,247
Total assets51,974,3183,150,6693,252,3302,427,828(401,035)60,404,110
Liabilities
Long-term debt (1) (2)6,955,6581,084,168398,911687,0089,125,745
Other liabilities38,582,5041,089,864962,354314,638(401,035)40,548,325
Total liabilities45,538,1622,174,0321,361,2651,001,646(401,035)49,674,070
Redeemable noncontrolling interests25,40025,400
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred shares125,000125,000
Noncontrolling interests73710,38714,76125,885
Total Jefferies Financial Group Inc. shareholders' equity$6,435,419$966,250$1,850,904$1,301,182$$10,553,755

(1)    Jefferies Group long-term debt of $8.04 billion at November 30, 2021 is allocated to Investment Banking and Capital Markets, and Asset Management reportable segments based on an internal management view only and may not be reflective of what long-term debt would be on a stand-alone segment basis.

(2)    Long-term debt within Merchant Banking of $398.9 million at November 30, 2021, primarily includes $248.7 million for real estate businesses, $67.6 million for Vitesse Energy and $82.6 million for Foursight Capital. At November 30, 2021, Vitesse Energy had $68.0 million drawn out of the maximum $140.0 million borrowing base on its credit facility and Foursight Capital had $82.8 million drawn out of the maximum $175.0 million credit commitment on its credit facilities. See Note 12 in our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

41

November 30, 2020
Investment Banking and Capital MarketsAsset ManagementMerchant BankingCorporateConsolidation AdjustmentsTotal
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$7,102,004$10,109$212,668$1,730,367$$9,055,148
Cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory purposes or deposited with clearing and depository organizations604,321604,321
Financial instruments owned, at fair value15,249,6862,534,860340,03118,124,577
Loans to and investments in associated companies995,730148,005542,8281,686,563
Securities borrowed6,934,7626,934,762
Securities purchased under agreements to resell5,096,7695,096,769
Securities received as collateral, at fair value7,5177,517
Receivables5,470,104378,037762,38252(1,808)6,608,767
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net847,1088,12130,67011,305897,204
Intangible assets, net and goodwill1,721,277143,31048,8801,913,467
Other assets805,8488,6171,235,605436,975(297,788)2,189,257
Total assets44,835,1263,231,0593,173,0642,178,699(299,596)53,118,352
Liabilities
Long-term debt (1) (2)6,218,797676,883463,648992,7118,352,039
Other liabilities32,752,7401,758,373727,088239,507(299,596)35,178,112
Total liabilities38,971,5372,435,2561,190,7361,232,218(299,596)43,530,151
Redeemable noncontrolling interests24,67624,676
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred shares125,000125,000
Noncontrolling interests71216,67717,24334,632
Total Jefferies Financial Group Inc. shareholders' equity$5,862,877$779,126$1,940,409$821,481$$9,403,893

(1)    Jefferies Group long-term debt of $6.90 billion at November 30, 2020 is allocated to Investment Banking and Capital Markets, and Asset Management reportable segments based on an internal management view only and may not be reflective of what long-term debt would be on a stand-alone segment basis.

(2)    Long-term debt within Merchant Banking of $463.6 million at November 30, 2020, primarily includes $236.8 million for real estate businesses, $97.9 million for Vitesse Energy and $129.0 million for Foursight Capital. At November 30, 2020, Vitesse Energy had $98.5 million drawn out of the maximum $120.0 million borrowing base on its credit facility and Foursight Capital had $129.3 million drawn out of the maximum $175.0 million credit commitment on its credit facilities. See Note 12 in our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

42

The table below presents our capital by significant business and investment (in thousands):

November 30,
20212020
Jefferies Group$7,127,095$6,407,954
Assets held on behalf of Asset Management (excluding Jefferies Group)274,574234,049
Merchant Banking:
Oil and gas510,798526,642
Real estate476,939531,553
Linkem133,778198,991
FXCM99,441133,375
Idaho Timber87,52785,595
Investments in public companies246,510192,363
Other295,911271,890
Total Merchant Banking1,850,9041,940,409
Corporate liquidity and other assets, net of Corporate liabilities including long-term debt1,301,182821,481
Total Capital$10,553,755$9,403,893

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Parent Company Liquidity

Our strategy focuses on continuing to build out our investment banking effort, enhancing our capital markets businesses and further developing our Leucadia Asset Management alternative asset management platform, while returning excess capital to shareholders. We own a legacy portfolio of businesses and investments that we historically denominated as our "Merchant Banking" business and are reflected in our consolidated results as consolidated subsidiaries, equity investments, securities or in other ways. We are well along in the process of liquidating this portfolio, with the intention of selling to third parties, distributing to shareholders or transferring the balance of this portfolio to our Asset Management reportable segment over the next few years.

Over our last four fiscal years, we generated significant excess liquidity from operations and sales of Merchant Banking businesses. In keeping with our strategy, $3.9 billion was returned to shareholders, including 127 million shares repurchased at an average price of $21.55 per share (equal to 38% of book value at the beginning of this four-year period). In addition, in light of our performance and prospects, as well as our limited need for incremental equity capital, in January 2022, our Board of Directors increased our quarterly dividend to $0.30 per share, a 140% increase from two years ago, and increased our share buyback authorization back to a total of $250 million. We expect to continue to return capital to shareholders via dividends and buybacks, as well as, if financial conditions and circumstances permit, in-kind distributions or special cash dividends as we complete the wind down of the legacy Merchant Banking portfolio.

Parent company liquidity, which includes cash and investments that are easily convertible into cash within a relatively short period of time total $2.00 billion at November 30, 2021, and are primarily comprised of cash, prime and government money market funds and other publicly traded securities. These are classified in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as cash and cash equivalents and financial instruments owned, at fair value. At November 30, 2021, $1.56 billion of this amount is invested in U.S. government money funds that invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in cash, securities issued by the U.S. government and U.S. government-sponsored entities and repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by cash or government securities.

During the year ended November 30, 2021, our parent company received cash distributions of $1.05 billion from our subsidiary businesses, including $769.9 million from Jefferies Group. We also received $118.2 million from divestitures and repayments of advances.

43

Our annual recurring cash requirements, including the payment of interest on our parent company debt, dividends and corporate cash overhead expenses, are estimated to aggregate to approximately $387.7 million in the upcoming year. Dividends paid during the year ended November 30, 2021 of $222.8 million include quarterly dividends of $0.20 per share for each of the first two quarters of 2021 and $0.25 per share for each of the last two quarters of 2021. In January 2022, our Board of Directors increased our quarterly dividend by 20% to $0.30 per share. The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and depends upon general business conditions, legal and contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem to be relevant.

For many years, we benefited from federal net operating loss carryovers ("NOLs") which substantially offset our federal cash tax requirements. As a result of full utilization of our federal NOLs and other tax attributes, we incurred and paid in cash federal taxes in 2021.

Our primary long-term parent company cash requirement is our $691.7 million principal outstanding as of November 30, 2021 under our long-term debt, of which $441.7 million is due in 2023 and $250.0 million in 2043. During the fourth quarter of 2021, we completed a tender offer for any and all of our 5.5% Senior Notes due October 18, 2023. $308.3 million in aggregate principal amount of the notes were repurchased, for an aggregate cash payment of $332.7 million.

Shares Outstanding

During the year ended November 30, 2021, we purchased a total of 8,540,000 of our common shares for $266.8 million, or an average price per share of $31.25. At November 30, 2021, we have approximately $162.5 million available for future repurchases. In January 2022, the Board of Directors increased the share repurchase authorization back up to $250.0 million.

At November 30, 2021, we had outstanding 243,541,431 common shares, 21,234,000 share-based awards that do not require the holder to pay any exercise price and 5,109,000 stock options that require the holder to pay an average exercise price of $23.70 per share. The 21,234,000 share-based awards include the target number of shares under the senior executive award plan. Additionally, we have mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred shares that are currently convertible into 4,440,863 common shares, at an effective conversion price of $28.15 per share. At November 30, 2021, the maximum potential increase to common shares outstanding resulting from these outstanding awards and the preferred shares is 30,784,000 (potentially an aggregate of 274,325,431 outstanding common shares if all awards and preferred shares become outstanding common shares).

Long-term Debt Ratings

From time to time in the past, we have accessed public and private credit markets and raised capital in underwritten bond financings. The funds raised have been used by us for general corporate purposes, including for our existing businesses and new investment opportunities. In addition, the ratings of Jefferies are a factor considered by rating agencies that rate the debt of our subsidiary companies, including Jefferies Group, whose access to external financing is important to its day to day operations. Ratings issued by bond rating agencies, subject to change at any time. Our long-term debt ratings as of November 30, 2021 are as follows:

RatingOutlook
Moody's Investors Service (1)Baa2Stable
Standard and Poor'sBBBStable
Fitch Ratings (2)BBBStable

(1)    On November 10, 2021, Moody's Investors Service revised our rating of Baa3 to Baa2 and revised our rating outlook from positive to stable.

(2)    Subsequent to year end, on January 24, 2022, Fitch Ratings affirmed our rating of BBB and revised our rating outlook from stable to positive.

44

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

As discussed above, we have historically relied on our available liquidity to meet short-term and long-term needs, and to make acquisitions of new businesses and investments. Except as otherwise disclosed herein, our operating businesses do not generally require significant funds to support their operating activities. The mix of our operating businesses and investments can change frequently as a result of acquisitions or divestitures, the timing of which is impossible to predict but which often have a significant impact on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in any one period. Further, the timing and amounts of distributions from investments in associated companies may be outside our control. As a result, reported cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities do not generally follow any particular pattern or trend, and reported results in the most recent period should not be expected to recur in any subsequent period.

The following table provides a summary of our cash flows (in thousands):

202120202019
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period$9,664,972$8,480,435$6,012,662
Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities1,573,0182,075,948(827,837)
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities(400,593)(186,192)1,707,095
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities994,294(723,525)1,589,578
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(3,387)18,306(1,063)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period$11,828,304$9,664,972$8,480,435

During the year ended November 30, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities primarily reflects funds provided by Jefferies Group of $1.93 billion, funds provided by our Merchant Banking operations of $226.2 million and Corporate tax payments of $625.1 million.

During the year ended November 30, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities primarily relates to funds provided by Jefferies Group of $1.19 billion. Net losses related to property and equipment, and other assets includes non-cash charges of $61.0 million to write down the value of certain of our assets during the year ended November 30, 2020.

During the year ended November 30, 2021, net cash used for investing activities principally reflects $2.34 billion of loans to and investments in associated companies and $611.5 million for advances on notes, loans and other receivables, partially offset by $2.32 billion of capital distributions and loan repayments from associated companies and $394.4 million of collections on notes, loans and other receivables.

During the year ended November 30, 2020, net cash used for investing activities principally reflects $1.69 billion of loans to and investments in associated companies and $813.9 million for advances on notes, loans and other receivables, partially offset by $1.56 billion of capital distributions and loan repayments from associated companies and $686.1 million of collections on notes, loans and other receivables.

During the year ended November 30, 2021, net cash provided by financing activities primarily relates to funds provided by Jefferies Group of $1.71 billion, including funds provided by the issuance of debt of $3.17 billion and proceeds from other secured financings of $1.02 billion, partially offset by funds used for the repayment of debt of $2.48 billion. Additionally, funds provided by financing activities includes the issuance of debt of $321.6 million and proceeds from other secured financings of $173.6 million in our Merchant Banking reportable segment. This was partially offset by funds used to repurchase common shares for treasury of $269.4 million, funds used for the repayment of debt of $389.7 million in our Merchant Banking reportable segment and $332.7 million in our Corporate reportable segment, and funds used to pay dividends of $222.8 million.

During the year ended November 30, 2020, net cash used for financing activities primarily relates to funds used to repurchase common shares for treasury of $816.9 million and funds used to pay dividends of $160.9 million. This was partially offset by funds provided by Jefferies Group of $215.5 million, including funds provided by the issuance of debt of $2.79 billion and proceeds from other secured financings of $305.9 million, partially offset by funds used for the repayment of debt of $2.86 billion.

45

The following below provides information about our contractual obligations at November 30, 2021:

Expected Maturity Date (Fiscal Years)
Contractual ObligationsTotal202220232024 and 20252026 and 2027After 2027
(In millions)
Long-term debt$9,095.6$57.1$1,320.3$1,140.9$1,178.2$5,399.1
Estimated interest payments on debt3,504.6373.0311.2544.0494.71,781.7
Operating leases635.575.471.4134.0125.9228.8
Other532.9264.9141.079.738.09.3
Total contractual obligations$13,768.6$770.4$1,843.9$1,898.6$1,836.8$7,418.9

Amounts related to our U.S. pension obligations ($27.5 million) are not included in the above table as the timing of payments is uncertain; however, we do not expect to make any contributions to these plans in 2022. For further information, see Note 17 in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, the above amounts do not include liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits as the timing of payments, if any, is uncertain. Such amounts aggregated $436.9 million at November 30, 2021; for more information, see Note 19 in our consolidated financial statements.

Our U.S. pension obligations relate to frozen defined benefit pension plans, principally the defined benefit plan of WilTel Communications Group, LLC ("WilTel"), our former telecommunications subsidiary. When we sold WilTel in 2005, its defined benefit pension plan was not transferred in connection with the sale. At November 30, 2021, we had recorded a liability of $18.9 million in our Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition for WilTel's unfunded defined benefit pension plan obligation. This amount represents the difference between the present value of amounts owed to former employees of WilTel (referred to as the projected benefit obligation) and the market value of plan assets set aside in segregated trust accounts. Since the benefits in this plan have been frozen, future changes to the unfunded benefit obligation are expected to principally result from benefit payments, changes in the market value of plan assets, differences between actuarial assumptions and actual experience and interest rates.

Calculations of pension expense and projected benefit obligations are prepared by actuaries based on assumptions provided by management. These assumptions are reviewed on an annual basis, including assumptions about discount rates, interest credit rates and expected long-term rates of return on plan assets. The timing of expected future benefit payments was used in conjunction with the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve to develop a discount rate for the WilTel plan that is representative of the high quality corporate bond market. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% change in the discount rate would affect pension expense in 2022 by $0.1 million and the benefit obligation by $5.7 million, of which $4.1 million relates to the WilTel plan.

The deferred losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) have not yet been recognized as components of net periodic pension cost in the Consolidated Statements of Operations ($44.9 million at November 30, 2021). These deferred amounts primarily result from differences between the actual and assumed return on plan assets and changes in actuarial assumptions, including changes in discount rates and changes in interest credit rates. They are amortized to expense if they exceed 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market value of plan assets as of the beginning of the year. The estimated net loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into pension expense in 2022 is $2.5 million.

The assumed long-term rates of return on plan assets are based on the investment objectives of the plans, which are more fully discussed in Note 17 in our consolidated financial statements.

Jefferies Group Liquidity

General

The Chief Financial Officer and Global Treasurer of Jefferies Group are responsible for developing and implementing liquidity, funding and capital management strategies for Jefferies Group. These policies are determined by the nature and needs of day to day business operations, business opportunities, regulatory obligations and liquidity requirements.

46

The actual levels of capital, total assets and financial leverage are a function of a number of factors, including asset composition, business initiatives and opportunities, regulatory requirements and cost and availability of both long-term and short-term funding. Jefferies Group has historically maintained a balance sheet consisting of a large portion of total assets in cash and liquid marketable securities, arising principally from traditional securities brokerage and trading activity. The liquid nature of these assets provides flexibility in financing and managing our business.

Jefferies Group maintains modest leverage to support its investment grade ratings. The growth of its balance sheet is supported by its equity and we have quantitative metrics in place to monitor leverage and double leverage. Jefferies Group capital plan is robust, in order to sustain its operating model through stressed conditions. We maintain adequate financial resources to support business activities in both normal and stressed market conditions, including a buffer in excess of regulatory, or other internal or external, requirements. Jefferies Group's access to funding and liquidity is stable and efficient to ensure that there is sufficient liquidity to meet its financial obligations in normal and stressed market conditions.

A business unit level balance sheet and cash capital analysis are prepared and reviewed with senior management on a weekly basis.  As a part of this balance sheet review process, capital is allocated to all assets and gross balance sheet limits are adjusted, as necessary. This process ensures that the allocation of capital and costs of capital are incorporated into business decisions. The goals of this process are to protect the firm's platform, enable the businesses to remain competitive, maintain the ability to manage capital proactively and hold businesses accountable for both balance sheet and capital usage.

We actively monitor and evaluate our financial condition and the composition of assets and liabilities. The overall securities inventory is continually monitored, including the inventory turnover rate, which confirms the liquidity of overall assets. Substantially all of Jefferies Group's financial instruments are valued on a daily basis and we monitor and employ balance sheet limits for its various businesses.

At November 30, 2021, the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition includes Jefferies Group's Level 3 financial instruments owned, at fair value that are approximately 2% of total financial instruments owned, at fair value.

Securities financing assets and liabilities include financing for financial instruments trading activity, matched book transactions and mortgage finance transactions. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions.

The following table presents period end balance, average balance and maximum balance at any month end within the periods presented for Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (in millions):

20212020
Securities purchased under agreements to resell:
Period end$7,642$5,097
Month end average9,4258,040
Maximum month end12,32112,061
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
Period end$8,446$8,316
Month end average11,51513,501
Maximum month end19,20718,979

Fluctuations in the balance of repurchase agreements from period to period and intraperiod are dependent on business activity in those periods. Additionally, the fluctuations in the balances of securities purchased under agreements to resell are influenced in any given period by our clients' balances and our clients' desires to execute collateralized financing arrangements via the repurchase market or via other financing products. Average balances and period end balances will fluctuate based on market and liquidity conditions and we consider the fluctuations intraperiod to be typical for the repurchase market.

Liquidity Management

The key objectives of Jefferies Group's liquidity management framework are to support the successful execution of its business strategies while ensuring sufficient liquidity through the business cycle and during periods of financial distress. The liquidity management policies are designed to mitigate the potential risk that adequate financing may not be accessible to service financial obligations without material franchise or business impact.

47

The principal elements of Jefferies Group's liquidity management framework are the Contingency Funding Plan, the Cash Capital Policy and the assessment of Modeled Liquidity Outflow.

Contingency Funding Plan.  Jefferies Group's Contingency Funding Plan is based on a model of a potential liquidity contraction over a one year time period. This incorporates potential cash outflows during a market or our idiosyncratic liquidity stress event, including, but not limited to, the following:

•Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year and no incremental unsecured debt issuance;

•Maturity rolloff of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance and replacement with cash collateral;

•Higher margin requirements than currently exist on assets on securities financing activity, including repurchase agreements;

•Liquidity outflows related to possible credit downgrade;

•Lower availability of secured funding;

•Client cash withdrawals;

•The anticipated funding of outstanding investment and loan commitments; and

•Certain accrued expenses and other liabilities and fixed costs.

Cash Capital Policy. A cash capital model is maintained that measures long-term funding sources against requirements. Sources of cash capital include equity and the noncurrent portion of long-term borrowings. Uses of cash capital include the following:

•Illiquid assets such as equipment, goodwill, net intangible assets, exchange memberships, deferred tax assets and certain investments;

•A portion of securities inventory that is not expected to be financed on a secured basis in a credit stressed environment (i.e., margin requirements); and

•Drawdowns of unfunded commitments.

To ensure that inventory does not need to be liquidated in the event of a funding stress, we seek to maintain surplus cash capital. Jefferies Group's total long-term capital of $14.38 billion at November 30, 2021 exceeded its cash capital requirements.

Modeled Liquidity Outflow. Jefferies Group's businesses are diverse, and liquidity needs are determined by many factors, including market movements, collateral requirements and client commitments, all of which can change dramatically in a difficult funding environment. During a liquidity stress, credit-sensitive funding, including unsecured debt and some types of secured financing agreements, may be unavailable, and the terms (e.g., interest rates, collateral provisions and tenor) or availability of other types of secured financing may change. As a result of Jefferies Group's policy to ensure it has sufficient funds to cover estimates of what may be needed in a liquidity stress, Jefferies Group holds more cash and unencumbered securities and has greater long-term debt balances than the businesses would otherwise require. As part of this estimation process, we calculate a Modeled Liquidity Outflow that could be experienced in a liquidity stress. Modeled Liquidity Outflow is based on a scenario that includes both a market-wide stress and firm-specific stress.

Based on the sources and uses of liquidity calculated under the Modeled Liquidity Outflow scenarios, Jefferies Group determines, based on a calculated surplus or deficit, additional long-term funding that may be needed versus funding through the repurchase financing market and consider any adjustments that may be necessary to Jefferies Group's inventory balances and cash holdings. At November 30, 2021, Jefferies Group had sufficient excess liquidity to meet all contingent cash outflows detailed in the Modeled Liquidity Outflow. Jefferies Group regularly refines its model to reflect changes in market or economic conditions and the firm's business mix.

48

Sources of Liquidity

Within Jefferies Group, the following are financial instruments that are cash and cash equivalents or are deemed by management to be generally readily convertible into cash, marginable or accessible for liquidity purposes within a relatively short period of time, as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (in thousands):

November 30, 2021Average Balance Fourth Quarter 2021 (1)November 30, 2020
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash in banks$1,888,693$3,238,339$1,979,058
Money market investments (2)6,924,8714,149,3685,132,871
Total cash and cash equivalents8,813,5647,387,7077,111,929
Other sources of liquidity:
Debt securities owned and securities purchased under agreements to resell (3)1,621,1181,516,5471,180,410
Other (4)311,641484,528312,511
Total other sources1,932,7592,001,0751,492,921
Total cash and cash equivalents and other liquidity sources$10,746,323$9,388,782$8,604,850

(1)Average balances are calculated based on weekly balances.

(2)At November 30, 2021 and 2020, $6.91 billion and $5.12 billion, respectively, was invested in U.S. government money funds that invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in cash, securities issued by the U.S. government and U.S. government-sponsored entities, and repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by cash or government securities. The remaining $14.9 million at both November 30, 2021 and 2020 are invested in AAA rated prime money funds. The average balance of U.S. government money funds for the quarter ended November 30, 2021 was $4.13 billion.

(3)Consists of high quality sovereign government securities and reverse repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities and other high quality sovereign government securities; deposits with a central bank within the European Economic Area, U.K., Canada, Australia, Japan, Switzerland or the U.S.; and securities issued by a designated multilateral development bank and reverse repurchase agreements with underlying collateral comprised of these securities.

(4)Other includes unencumbered inventory representing an estimate of the amount of additional secured financing that could be reasonably expected to be obtained from financial instruments owned that are currently not pledged after considering reasonable financing haircuts.

In addition to the cash balances and liquidity pool presented above, the majority of financial instruments (both long and short) in Jefferies Group's trading accounts are actively traded and readily marketable. At November 30, 2021, repurchase financing can be readily obtained for 63.8% of Jefferies Group's inventory at haircuts of 10% or less, which reflects the liquidity of the inventory. In addition, as a matter of our policy, all of these assets have internal capital assessed, which is in addition to the funding haircuts provided in the securities finance markets. Additionally, certain of Jefferies Group's financial instruments owned, primarily consisting of bank loans, consumer loans and investments, are predominantly funded by Jefferies Group's long-term capital. Under Jefferies Group's cash capital policy, capital allocation levels are modeled that are more stringent than the haircuts used in the market for secured funding; and surplus capital is maintained at these more stringent levels. We continually assess the liquidity of Jefferies Group's inventory based on the level at which Jefferies Group could obtain financing in the marketplace for a given asset. Assets are considered to be liquid if financing can be obtained in the repurchase market or the securities lending market at collateral haircut levels of 10% or less.

49

The following summarizes Jefferies Group's financial instruments owned by asset class that are considered to be of a liquid nature and the amount of such assets that have not been pledged as collateral as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (in thousands):

November 30, 2021November 30, 2020
Liquid Financial InstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (2)Liquid Financial InstrumentsUnencumbered Liquid Financial Instruments (2)
Corporate equity securities$2,635,956$347,157$2,191,536$238,129
Corporate debt securities2,943,13531,9352,298,59150,217
U.S. Government, agency and municipal securities3,610,885109,3253,336,361110,586
Other sovereign obligations1,528,1001,463,9682,518,9281,101,272
Agency mortgage-backed securities (1)1,487,1651,652,743
Loans and other receivables132,989564,112
Total$12,338,230$1,952,385$12,562,271$1,500,204

(1)Consists solely of agency mortgage-backed securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and the Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae").

(2)Unencumbered liquid balances represent assets that can be sold or used as collateral for a loan, but have not been.

In addition to being able to be readily financed at reasonable haircut levels, it is estimated that each of the individual securities within each asset class above could be sold into the market and converted into cash within three business days under normal market conditions, assuming that the entire portfolio of a given asset class was not simultaneously liquidated. There are no restrictions on the unencumbered liquid securities, nor have they been pledged as collateral.

Sources of Funding and Capital Resources

Jefferies Group's assets are funded by equity capital, senior debt, securities loaned, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, customer free credit balances, bank loans and other payables.

Secured Financing

Readily available secured funding is used to finance Jefferies Group's inventory of financial instruments. Jefferies Group's ability to support increases in total assets is largely a function of the ability to obtain short and intermediate-term secured funding, primarily through securities financing transactions. Repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements (collectively "repos"), respectively, are used to finance a portion of long inventory and cover some of short inventory by pledging and borrowing securities. At November 30, 2021, approximately 60.9% of Jefferies Group's cash and noncash repurchase financing activities used collateral that was considered eligible collateral by central clearing corporations. During the year ended November 30, 2021, an average of approximately 70.2% of Jefferies Group's cash and noncash repurchase financing activities used collateral that was considered eligible collateral by central clearing corporations. Central clearing corporations are situated between participating members who borrow cash and lend securities (or vice versa); accordingly, repo participants contract with the central clearing corporation and not one another individually. Therefore, counterparty credit risk is borne by the central clearing corporation which mitigates the risk through initial margin demands and variation margin calls from repo participants. The comparatively large proportion of Jefferies Group's total repo activity that is eligible for central clearing reflects the high quality and liquid composition of the inventory Jefferies Group carries in its trading books. For those asset classes not eligible for central clearing house financing, Jefferies Group seeks to execute its bi-lateral financings on an extended term basis and the tenor of Jefferies Group's repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements generally exceeds the expected holding period of the assets Jefferies Group is financing. The weighted average maturity of cash and noncash repurchase agreements for non-clearing corporation eligible funded inventory is approximately eight months at November 30, 2021.

Jefferies Group's ability to finance its inventory via central clearinghouses and bi-lateral arrangements is augmented by Jefferies Group's ability to draw bank loans on an uncommitted basis under its various banking arrangements. At November 30, 2021, short-term borrowings, which must be repaid within one year or less and include bank loans and overdrafts, borrowings under revolving credit facilities and floating rate puttable notes, totaled $221.9 million. Interest under the bank lines is generally at a spread over the federal funds rate. Letters of credit are used in the normal course of business mostly to satisfy various collateral

50

requirements in favor of exchanges in lieu of depositing cash or securities. Average daily short-term borrowings outstanding for Jefferies Group were $346.8 million and $656.3 million for 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Jefferies Group's short-term borrowings include facilities that contain certain covenants that, among other things, require it to maintain a specified level of tangible net worth and impose certain restrictions on the future indebtedness of certain of its subsidiaries that are borrowers. At November 30, 2021, Jefferies Group was in compliance with all covenants under these facilities. The outstanding balance of Jefferies Group's facilities, which are with a bank and are included within short-term borrowings, were $200.0 million at November 30, 2021. Interest is based on a rate per annum at spreads over the federal funds rate as defined in the credit agreements.

Jefferies Group's short-term borrowings at November 30, 2021 also include floating rate puttable notes of $6.8 million and other bank loans of $15.1 million.

A bank has agreed to make revolving intraday credit advances ("Jefferies Group Intraday Credit Facility") for an aggregate committed amount of $150.0 million. The Jefferies Group Intraday Credit Facility is structured so that advances are generally repaid before the end of each business day. However, if an advance is not repaid by the end of any business day, the advance is converted to an overnight loan. Intraday loans accrue interest at a rate of 0.12% based on the number of minutes in a day the advance is outstanding. Overnight loans are charged interest at the base rate plus 3% on a daily basis. The base rate is the higher of the federal funds rate plus 0.50% or the prime rate in effect at that time. The Jefferies Group Intraday Credit Facility contains financial covenants, which include a minimum regulatory net capital requirement for Jefferies Group's U.S. broker-dealer, Jefferies LLC. At November 30, 2021, Jefferies Group was in compliance with all debt covenants under the Jefferies Group Intraday Credit Facility.

In addition, this bank also provides a $200.0 million revolving credit facility with a termination date of September 12, 2022, which is used for margin calls at a domestic clearing corporation. Overnight loans are charged interest at a spread over the federal funds rate.

Another bank provides committed revolving credit facilities for a total of $200.0 million, including a $150.0 million intraday component and a $50.0 million overnight component, that are used to fund our Asia Pacific business activity. The intraday component is structured so that advances are generally repaid before the end of each business day. However, if an advance is not repaid by the end of any business day, the advance is converted to an overnight loan. Intraday loans accrue interest at a rate of 1.00%. Overnight loans are charged as agreed between the bank and Jefferies Group in reference to the bank's cost of funding.

In addition to the above financing arrangements, Jefferies Group issues notes backed by eligible collateral under master repurchase agreements, which provides an additional financing source for its inventory ("repurchase agreement financing program"). The notes issued under the program are presented within Other secured financings in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At November 30, 2021, the outstanding notes were $3.69 billion, bear interest at a spread over London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") and mature from December 2021 to August 2023.

Long-Term Debt

Jefferies Group's long-term debt reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition at November 30, 2021 is $8.04 billion. During the year ended November 30, 2021, Jefferies Group's long-term debt increased by $1.14 billion, primarily due to the issuance of 2.625% senior notes with a principal amount of $1.0 billion, due October 15, 2031, and floating rate senior notes with a principal amount of $62.3 million, due 2071, partially offset by the early redemption of its 5.125% senior notes with a principal amount of $750.0 million, due January 20, 2023. The change was also due to an increase of $349.0 million from its borrowings under its unsecured revolving credit facility ("Jefferies Group Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility"), an increase of $484.3 million from secured long-term borrowings and approximately $175.6 million of structured notes issuances, net of retirements. At November 30, 2021, all of Jefferies Group's structured notes contain various interest rate payment terms and are accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value resulting from a change in the instrument specific credit risk presented in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and changes in fair value resulting from non-credit components recognized in Principal transactions revenue. The fair value of all of Jefferies Group's structured notes at November 30, 2021 was $1.84 billion.

During April 2021, Jefferies Group entered into a Revolving Credit Facility ("Jefferies Group Revolving Credit Facility") with a group of commercial banks following the maturity of its previous revolving credit facility. At November 30, 2021, borrowings under the Jefferies Group Revolving Credit Facility amounted to $249.0 million. Interest is based on an adjusted LIBOR Rate, as defined in the credit agreement. The Jefferies Group Revolving Credit Facility contains certain covenants that,

51

among other things, require Jefferies Group LLC to maintain specified levels of tangible net worth and liquidity amounts, and impose certain restrictions on future indebtedness of and require specified levels of regulated capital for certain of its subsidiaries. Throughout the period and at November 30, 2021, no instances of noncompliance with the Jefferies Group Revolving Credit Facility covenants occurred and Jefferies Group expects to remain in compliance given its current liquidity and anticipated funding requirements given its business plan and profitability expectations.

During May 2021, Jefferies Group entered into a Secured Credit Facility agreement ("Jefferies Group Secured Credit Facility") with a bank under which it has borrowed $375.0 million at November 30, 2021. Interest is based on a rate per annum at spreads over an Adjusted LIBOR Rate, as defined in the credit agreement. The Jefferies Group Secured Credit Facility contains certain covenants that, among other things, require Jefferies Group LLC to maintain a specified level of tangible net worth. The covenants also require a certain subsidiary of Jefferies Group to maintain specified leverage amounts and impose certain restrictions on its future indebtedness. At November 30, 2021, Jefferies Group was in compliance with all debt covenants under the Jefferies Group Secured Credit Facility.

During August 2021, Jefferies Group entered into the Jefferies Group Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility agreement with SMBC under which Jefferies Group has borrowed $349.0 million at November 30, 2021. Interest is based on a rate per annum at spreads over an Adjusted LIBOR Rate or a Base Rate, as defined in the credit agreement. The Jefferies Group Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility contains certain covenants that, among other things, require Jefferies Group LLC to maintain a specified level of tangible net worth, net cash capital and a minimum regulatory net capital requirement for Jefferies LLC. At November 30, 2021, Jefferies Group was in compliance with all covenants under the Jefferies Group Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility.

During September 2021, one of Jefferies Group's subsidiaries amended a Loan and Security Agreement with a bank for a term loan ("Jefferies Group Secured Bank Loan") due to the maturity of its previous secured bank loan. At November 30, 2021, borrowings under the Jefferies Group Secured Bank Loan amounted to $100.0 million. The Jefferies Group Secured Bank Loan matures on September 13, 2024 and is collateralized by certain trading securities. Interest on the Jefferies Group Secured Bank Loan is 1.25% plus LIBOR. The agreement contains certain covenants that, among other things, restrict lien or encumbrance upon any of the pledged collateral. At November 30, 2021, Jefferies Group was in compliance with all covenants under the Jefferies Group Secured Bank Loan.

Jefferies Group's unsecured long-term debt, which excludes the Jefferies Group Revolving Credit Facility, the Jefferies Group Secured Credit Facility and the Jefferies Group Secured Bank Loan, has a weighted average maturity of approximately 10.9 years at November 30, 2021.

Jefferies Group's long-term debt ratings as of November 30, 2021 are as follows:

RatingOutlook
Moody's Investors Service (1)Baa2Stable
Standard and Poor'sBBBStable
Fitch Ratings (2)BBBStable

(1)    On November 10, 2021, Moody's Investors Service revised Jefferies Group's rating of Baa3 to Baa2 and revised its rating outlook from positive to stable.

(2)    Subsequent to year end, on January 24, 2022, Fitch Ratings affirmed Jefferies Group's rating of BBB and revised its rating outlook from stable to positive.

Jefferies Group's access to external financing to finance its day to day operations, as well as the cost of that financing, is dependent upon various factors, including its debt ratings. Jefferies Group's current debt ratings are dependent upon many factors, including industry dynamics, operating and economic environment, operating results, operating margins, earnings trend and volatility, balance sheet composition, liquidity and liquidity management, capital structure, overall risk management, business diversification and market share and competitive position in the markets in which it operates. Deterioration in any of these factors could impact Jefferies Group's credit ratings. While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact on business and trading results in future periods is inherently uncertain and depends on a number of factors, including the magnitude of the downgrade, the behavior of individual clients and future mitigating action taken by us.

In connection with certain over-the-counter derivative contract arrangements and certain other trading arrangements, Jefferies Group may be required to provide additional collateral to counterparties, exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a

52

credit rating downgrade. At November 30, 2021, the amount of additional collateral that could be called by counterparties, exchanges and clearing organizations under the terms of such agreements in the event of a downgrade of Jefferies Group's long-term credit rating below investment grade was $72.2 million. For certain foreign clearing organizations, credit rating is only one of several factors employed in determining collateral that could be called. The above represents management's best estimate for additional collateral to be called in the event of a credit rating downgrade. The impact of additional collateral requirements is considered in Jefferies Group's Contingency Funding Plan and calculation of Modeled Liquidity Outflow, as described above.

Ratings issued by credit rating agencies are subject to change at any time.

Net Capital

Jefferies Group operates a broker-dealer, Jefferies LLC, registered with the SEC and a member firm of FINRA. Jefferies LLC is subject to the SEC Uniform Net Capital Rule ("Rule 15c3-1"), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital and has elected to calculate minimum capital requirements using the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3-1 in calculating net capital. Jefferies LLC, as a dually-registered U.S. broker-dealer and FCM, is also subject to Rule 1.17 of the CFTC, which sets forth minimum financial requirements. The minimum net capital requirement in determining excess net capital for a dually-registered U.S. broker-dealer and FCM is equal to the greater of the requirement under Rule 15c3-1 or CFTC Rule 1.17.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") contains provisions that require the registration of all swap dealers, major swap participants, security-based swap dealers, and/or major security-based swap participants. On October 6, 2021, JFSI, a registered swap dealer, became subject to the CFTC's regulatory capital requirements and holds regulatory capital in excess of the minimum regulatory requirement. Additionally, JFSI registered as a security-based swap dealer with the SEC on November 1, 2021, and became subject to the SEC's security-based swap dealer regulatory rules. Further, subsequent to year end, on December 16, 2021, JFSI was approved by the SEC as an OTC derivatives dealer, and is subject to compliance with the SEC's net capital requirements. At November 30, 2021, JFSI is in compliance with these SEC and CFTC requirements. As a security-based swap dealer and swap dealer, JFSI is subject to the net capital requirements of the SEC, CFTC and the NFA, as a member of the NFA. JFSI is required to maintain minimum net capital, as defined under SEC Rule 18a-1 of not less than the greater of 2% of the risk margin amount, as defined, or $20 million.

Jefferies LLC's net capital and excess net capital at November 30, 2021 were $2.23 billion and $2.11 billion, respectively. JFSI's net capital and excess net capital at November 30, 2021 were $452.3 million and $432.3 million, respectively.

FINRA is the designated examining authority for Jefferies LLC and the NFA is the designated self-regulatory organization for Jefferies LLC as an FCM.

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries of Jefferies Group are subject to capital adequacy requirements as prescribed by the regulatory authorities in their respective jurisdictions, including Jefferies International Limited which is subject to the regulatory supervision and requirements of the Financial Conduct Authority in the U.K.

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above may restrict Jefferies Group's ability to withdraw capital from its regulated subsidiaries.

Some of our other consolidated subsidiaries also have credit agreements which may restrict the payment of cash dividends, or the ability to make loans or advances to the parent company.

Other Developments

On December 31, 2020, the U.K. left the EU single market and customs union and Jefferies Group's U.K. broker dealer, Jefferies International Limited, was no longer able to provide services to European clients under the passport regime. Jefferies Group had already taken steps to ensure its ability to provide services to its European clients without interruption by establishing a wholly-owned subsidiary in Germany ("Jefferies GmbH"), which is authorized and regulated in Germany by the Federal Financial Services Authority ("BaFin"). Jefferies Group's European clients were migrated to Jefferies GmbH to conduct business across all of Jefferies Group's European investment banking, fixed income and equity platforms with no client disruptions or settlement issues.

Central banks and regulators around the world have convened working groups to find, and implement the transition to, suitable replacements for IBORs. During 2021, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that the publication of the one-week and two-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR maturities and all non-U.S. Dollar LIBOR maturities will cease immediately after December 31, 2021, with the remaining U.S. Dollar LIBOR maturities ceasing immediately after June 30, 2023. Jefferies

53

Group is a counterparty to a number of LIBOR-based contracts, with maturity dates subsequent to 2021, composed primarily of cleared derivative contracts and floating rate notes. Jefferies Group's IBOR transition plan is overseen by a global steering committee and it has an active transition program focused on an orderly transition from IBORs to alternative reference rates in accordance with industry transition timelines. Jefferies Group continues to make progress on its transition plan, which is designed to enable operational readiness and robust risk management and are taking steps to update operational processes, models and contracts for any changes that may be required as well as reduce our overall exposure to LIBOR. Jefferies Group is actively engaged with its counterparties to ensure that our contracts adhere to the International Swaps and Derivative Association, Inc. ("ISDA")

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At November 30, 2021, our commitments and guarantees, substantially all of which related to Jefferies Group, are as follows:

Expected Maturity Date (Fiscal Years)
Commitments and GuaranteesTotal202220232024 and 20252026 and 2027After 2027
(In millions)
Equity commitments$375.3$333.2$27.5$3.6$4.6$6.4
Loan commitments335.5250.025.560.0
Underwriting commitments167.0167.0
Forward starting reverse repos7,682.37,682.3
Forward starting repos4,572.04,572.0
Other unfunded commitments601.725.0571.35.4
Derivative contracts (1):
Non-credit related27,997.516,978.67,849.43,081.887.7
Credit related17.817.8
Standby letters of credit6.75.10.60.50.5
Total commitments and guarantees$41,755.8$30,013.2$8,474.3$3,109.1$152.3$6.9

(1)    Certain of our derivative contracts meet the definition of a guarantee and are therefore included in the above table. For additional information on commitments, see Note 22 in our consolidated financial statements.

We have agreed to reimburse Berkshire Hathaway for up to one-half of any losses incurred under a $1.5 billion surety policy securing outstanding commercial paper issued by an affiliate of Berkadia. As of November 30, 2021, the aggregate amount of commercial paper outstanding was $1.47 billion. This commitment is not included in the table above as the timing of payments, if any, is uncertain.

In the normal course of business, we engage in other off-balance sheet arrangements, including derivative contracts. Neither derivatives' notional amounts nor underlying instrument values are reflected as assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Rather, the fair values of derivative contracts are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as Financial instruments owned, at fair value or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value, as applicable. Derivative contracts are reflected net of cash paid or received pursuant to credit support agreements and are reported on a net by counterparty basis when a legal right of offset exists under an enforceable master netting agreement. For additional information about our accounting policies and our derivative activities see Notes 2, 4 and 5 in our consolidated financial statements.

We are routinely involved with variable interest entities ("VIEs") in the normal course of business. At November 30, 2021, we did not have any commitments to purchase assets from our VIEs. For additional information regarding VIEs, see Notes 7 and 8 in our consolidated financial statements.

54

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could significantly differ from those estimates. We believe that the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting estimates, which are those that are important to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations and require our most difficult, subjective and complex judgments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments – Financial instruments owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value are recorded at fair value, either as required by accounting pronouncements or through the fair value option election. Gains and losses on Financial instruments owned, at fair value and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in Principal transactions. Fair value is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (the exit price).

In determining fair value, we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs reflect our assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. We apply a hierarchy to categorize our fair value measurements broken down into three levels based on the transparency of inputs as follows:

Column 1Column 2
Level 1:Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the reported date. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments.
Column 1Column 2
Level 2:Pricing inputs other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable at the reported date. The nature of these financial instruments include cash instruments for which quoted prices are available but traded less frequently, derivative instruments for which fair values have been derived using model inputs that are directly observable in the market, or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data, and financial instruments that are fair valued by reference to other similar financial instruments, the parameters of which can be directly observed.
Column 1Column 2
Level 3:Instruments that have little to no pricing observability at the reported date. These financial instruments are measured using management's best estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation.

Fair value is a market based measure; therefore, when market observable inputs are not available, our judgment is applied to reflect those judgments that a market participant would use in valuing the same asset or liability. The availability of observable inputs can vary for different products. We use prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date even in periods of market disruption or illiquidity. The valuation of financial instruments classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy involves the greatest amount of management judgment.

Jefferies Group's Independent Price Verification Group, independent of its trading function, plays an important role in determining that financial instruments are appropriately valued and that fair value measurements are reliable. This is particularly important where prices or valuations that require inputs are less observable. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, these control processes include reviews of the pricing model's theoretical soundness and appropriateness by risk management personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. In addition, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.

For further information on the fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, see Notes 2 and 4 in our consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes – We record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We are required to consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, and to weigh the evidence when determining whether a valuation allowance is required and the amount of such valuation allowance. Generally, greater weight is required to be placed on objectively verifiable evidence when making this assessment, in particular on recent historical operating results.

55

We also record reserves for unrecognized tax benefits based on our assessment of the probability of successfully sustaining tax filing positions. Management exercises significant judgment when assessing the probability of successfully sustaining tax filing positions, and in determining whether a contingent tax liability should be recorded and if so, estimating the amount. If our tax filing positions are successfully challenged, payments could be required that are in excess of reserved amounts or we may be required to reduce the carrying amount of our net deferred tax asset, either of which could be significant to our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition or results of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets – We evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate, in management's judgment, that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. When testing for impairment, we group our long-lived assets with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities (or asset group). The determination of whether an asset group is recoverable is based on management's estimate of undiscounted future cash flows directly attributable to the asset group as compared to its carrying value. If the carrying amount of the asset group is greater than the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its estimated fair value.

Due to a decline in oil and gas prices during the second quarter of 2020, Vitesse Energy performed impairment analyses on its proven oil and gas properties in the DJ Basin of Wyoming and Colorado and the Williston Basin in North Dakota and Montana. Vitesse Energy first determined the estimated undiscounted cash flows based on the reserves and costs utilized in its reserve report and then updated those cash flows based on strip pricing as of May 31, 2020. The expected undiscounted future net cash flows were then compared to the end of quarter net carrying value of the oil and gas properties. No impairment of the Williston Basin assets was necessary as the undiscounted future net cash flows significantly exceeded the carrying value of these assets. As undiscounted future net cash flows were lower than the carrying value of the DJ Basin properties, Vitesse Energy then determined the estimated fair value of the proven properties. To measure the estimated fair value of its proven properties, Vitesse Energy used unobservable Level 3 inputs, including a 10.0% discount rate and estimated future cash flows from its reserve report. The estimated fair value of Vitesse Energy's proven oil and gas properties in the DJ Basin totaled $26.8 million, which was $13.2 million lower than the carrying value as of the end of the second quarter of 2020. As a result, an impairment charge of $13.2 million was recorded in Selling, general and other expenses during 2020.

Due to a decline in oil and gas prices during the first quarter of 2020, JETX Energy performed an impairment analysis for its oil and gas properties in the East Eagle Ford. JETX Energy first determined the estimated undiscounted cash flows based on the reserves and costs utilized in its reserve report and then updated those cash flows based on strip pricing as of February 29, 2020. The expected undiscounted future net cash flows were then compared to the end of quarter net carrying value of the proven properties. As the undiscounted future net cash flows were lower than the carrying value, JETX Energy then determined the estimated fair value of the proven properties. To measure the estimated fair value of its proven properties, JETX Energy used unobservable Level 3 inputs, including a 10.0% discount rate and estimated future cash flows from its reserve report. The estimated fair value of JETX Energy's proven oil and gas properties in the East Eagle Ford totaled $9.6 million, which was $33.0 million lower than the carrying value as of the end of first quarter of 2020. As a result, an impairment charge of $33.0 million was recorded in Selling, general and other expenses during 2020.

Impairment of Equity Method Investments – We evaluate equity method investments for impairment when operating losses or other factors may indicate a decrease in value which is other than temporary. We consider a variety of factors including economic conditions nationally and in their geographic areas of operation, adverse changes in the industry in which they operate, declines in business prospects, deterioration in earnings, increasing costs of operations and other relevant factors specific to the investee. Whenever we believe conditions or events indicate that one of these investments might be significantly impaired, we obtain from such investee updated cash flow projections. We use this information and, together with discussions with the investee's management and comparable public company analysis, evaluate if the book value of its investment exceeds its fair value, and if so and the situation is deemed other than temporary, record an impairment charge.

HomeFed has a 49% membership interest in the RedSky JZ Fulton Mall joint venture, which owns a property in Brooklyn, New York. The property consists of 14 separate tax lots, divided into two development sites which may be redeveloped with buildings consisting of up to 540,000 square feet of floor area development rights. During the first quarter of 2020, difficulties were encountered with attempts to refinance debt within the investment. We viewed this, combined with a softening of the Brooklyn, New York real estate market during the quarter, as a triggering event and evaluated HomeFed's equity method investment in RedSky JZ Fulton Mall to determine if there was an impairment. In connection with this evaluation, we obtained an appraisal which reflected a reduction in the value of the investment in comparison to an earlier appraisal obtained shortly before the beginning of the quarter. The appraisal was based off of Level 3 inputs consisting of prices of comparable properties and the appraisal indicated that the value of the property was worth less than the debt outstanding. HomeFed recorded an

56

impairment charge of $55.6 million within Income (loss) related to associated companies during 2020, which represented all of its carrying value in the joint venture.

Goodwill – We allocate the acquisition cost of consolidated businesses to the specific tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their fair values. Significant judgments and estimates are often made by management to determine these values, and may include the use of appraisals, consideration of market quotes for similar transactions, use of discounted cash flow techniques or consideration of other information we believe to be relevant. Any excess of the cost of a business acquisition over the fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired is recorded as goodwill, which is not amortized to expense. Substantially all of our goodwill was recognized in connection with the Jefferies Group acquisition.

At least annually, and more frequently if warranted, we will assess whether goodwill has been impaired at the reporting unit level. The fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value, including goodwill and allocated intangible assets. If the fair value is in excess of the carrying value, the goodwill for the reporting unit is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized as the difference between the fair value and carrying value of the reporting unit.

The fair values are based on widely accepted valuation techniques that we believe market participants would use, although the valuation process requires significant judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The methodologies we utilize in estimating fair value include market capitalization, price-to-book multiples of comparable exchange traded companies, multiples of merger and acquisitions of similar businesses and/or projected cash flows. In addition, as the fair values determined under a market approach represent a noncontrolling interest, we apply a control premium to arrive at the estimated fair value of our reporting units on a controlling basis. The estimates and assumptions used in determining fair value could have a significant effect on whether or not an impairment charge is recorded and the magnitude of such a charge. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

An independent valuation specialist was engaged to assist with the valuation process relating to the Investment Banking and Capital Markets, and Asset Management reportable segments for our annual goodwill impairment test as of August 1, 2021. The results of our annual goodwill impairment test for both the Investment Banking and Capital Markets reportable segment and the Asset Management reportable segment did not indicate any goodwill impairment.

Intangible Assets – Intangible assets deemed to have finite lives are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, where the useful life is the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly, or indirectly, to our future cash flows. Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. If future undiscounted cash flows are estimated to be less than the carrying amounts of the asset groups used to generate those cash flows in subsequent reporting periods, particularly for those with large investments in amortizable intangible assets, impairment charges would have to be recorded.

An intangible asset with an indefinite useful life is not amortized but assessed for impairment annually, or more frequently, when certain events or circumstances exist indicating an assessment for impairment is necessary. Impairment exists when the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined using valuation techniques consistent with what a market participant would use. All of our indefinite-lived intangible assets were recognized in connection with the 2013 Jefferies Group acquisition, which consists of exchange and clearing organization membership interests and registrations. Our annual impairment testing date was August 1, 2021. At August 1, 2021, we utilized quantitative assessments of membership interests and registrations that have available quoted sales prices as well as certain other membership interests and registrations that have declined in utilization and qualitative assessments were performed on the remainder of our indefinite-life intangible assets. In applying our quantitative assessments, we recognized immaterial impairment losses on certain exchange membership interests and registrations. With regard to our qualitative assessments of the remaining indefinite-life intangible assets, based on our assessments of market conditions, the utilization of the assets and the replacement costs associated with the assets, we have concluded that it is not more likely than not that the intangible assets are impaired.

Contingencies – In the normal course of business, we have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in legal and regulatory proceedings. We are also involved, from time to time, in other exams, investigations and similar reviews (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding our businesses, certain of which may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other injunctions.

We recognize a liability for a contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. If the reasonable estimate of a probable loss is a range, we accrue the most likely amount of such loss, and if such amount is not determinable, then we accrue the minimum in the range as the loss accrual. The determination of the outcome and loss estimates requires significant judgment on the part of management, can be highly subjective and is subject to

57

significant change with the passage of time as more information becomes available. Estimating the ultimate impact of litigation matters is inherently uncertain, in particular because the ultimate outcome will rest on events and decisions of others that may not be within our power to control. We do not believe that any of our current litigation will have a significant adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity; however, if amounts paid at the resolution of litigation are in excess of recorded reserve amounts, the excess could be significant in relation to results of operations for that period. For further information, see Note 22 in our consolidated financial statements.